CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP INC/RI (CFG)
SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6022 State Commercial Banks
SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=759944. Latest filing source: 0000759944-26-000028.
Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.
Selected Fundamentals
| Metric | Value | Unit | FY | Filed |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 8,247,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2026-02-12 |
| Net income | 1,831,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2026-02-12 |
| Assets | 226,351,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2026-02-12 |
Financials
Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-12. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000759944.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.
| Metric | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 5,255,000,000 | 5,707,000,000 | 6,128,000,000 | 6,491,000,000 | 6,905,000,000 | 6,647,000,000 | 8,021,000,000 | 8,224,000,000 | 7,809,000,000 | 8,247,000,000 |
| Net income | 1,045,000,000 | 1,652,000,000 | 1,721,000,000 | 1,791,000,000 | 1,057,000,000 | 2,319,000,000 | 2,073,000,000 | 1,608,000,000 | 1,509,000,000 | 1,831,000,000 |
| Diluted EPS | 1.97 | 3.25 | 3.52 | 3.81 | 2.22 | 5.16 | 4.10 | 3.13 | 3.03 | 3.86 |
| Operating cash flow | 1,490,000,000 | 1,883,000,000 | 1,767,000,000 | 1,697,000,000 | 111,000,000 | 2,275,000,000 | 4,119,000,000 | 2,961,000,000 | 2,001,000,000 | 2,211,000,000 |
| Dividends paid | 241,000,000 | 322,000,000 | 471,000,000 | 617,000,000 | 672,000,000 | 670,000,000 | 779,000,000 | 808,000,000 | 769,000,000 | 755,000,000 |
| Share buybacks | 430,000,000 | 820,000,000 | 1,025,000,000 | 1,220,000,000 | 270,000,000 | 295,000,000 | 153,000,000 | 906,000,000 | 1,050,000,000 | 600,000,000 |
| Assets | 149,520,000,000 | 152,336,000,000 | 160,518,000,000 | 165,733,000,000 | 183,349,000,000 | 188,409,000,000 | 226,733,000,000 | 221,964,000,000 | 217,521,000,000 | 226,351,000,000 |
| Liabilities | 129,773,000,000 | 132,066,000,000 | 139,701,000,000 | 143,532,000,000 | 160,676,000,000 | 164,989,000,000 | 203,043,000,000 | 197,622,000,000 | 193,267,000,000 | 200,034,000,000 |
| Stockholders' equity | 19,747,000,000 | 20,270,000,000 | 20,817,000,000 | 22,201,000,000 | 22,673,000,000 | 23,420,000,000 | 23,690,000,000 | 24,342,000,000 | 24,254,000,000 | 26,317,000,000 |
Ratios
| Metric | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Net margin | 19.89% | 28.95% | 28.08% | 27.59% | 15.31% | 34.89% | 25.84% | 19.55% | 19.32% | 22.20% |
| Return on equity | 5.29% | 8.15% | 8.27% | 8.07% | 4.66% | 9.90% | 8.75% | 6.61% | 6.22% | 6.96% |
| Return on assets | 0.70% | 1.08% | 1.07% | 1.08% | 0.58% | 1.23% | 0.91% | 0.72% | 0.69% | 0.81% |
| Liabilities / equity | 6.57 | 6.52 | 6.71 | 6.47 | 7.09 | 7.04 | 8.57 | 8.12 | 7.97 | 7.60 |
Financial Charts
Quarterly
Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-04. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000759944.json.
| Quarter | End Date | Revenue | Net Income | Diluted EPS | Method |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022-Q2 | 2022-06-30 | 0.67 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2022-Q3 | 2022-09-30 | 1.23 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q1 | 2023-03-31 | 1.00 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q2 | 2023-06-30 | 2,094,000,000 | 478,000,000 | 0.92 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2023-Q3 | 2023-09-30 | 2,014,000,000 | 430,000,000 | 0.85 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2023-Q4 | 2023-12-31 | 1,988,000,000 | 189,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2024-Q1 | 2024-03-31 | 1,959,000,000 | 334,000,000 | 0.65 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q2 | 2024-06-30 | 1,963,000,000 | 392,000,000 | 0.78 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q3 | 2024-09-30 | 1,901,000,000 | 382,000,000 | 0.77 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q4 | 2024-12-31 | 1,986,000,000 | 401,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2025-Q1 | 2025-03-31 | 1,935,000,000 | 373,000,000 | 0.77 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q2 | 2025-06-30 | 2,037,000,000 | 436,000,000 | 0.92 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q3 | 2025-09-30 | 2,118,000,000 | 494,000,000 | 1.05 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q4 | 2025-12-31 | 2,157,000,000 | 528,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2026-Q1 | 2026-03-31 | 2,168,000,000 | 517,000,000 | 1.13 | reported discrete quarter |
Quarterly Charts
Macro Cross-References
- CPIAUCSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items in U.S. City Average
- UNRATE - Unemployment Rate
- FEDFUNDS - Federal Funds Effective Rate
- CES0500000003 - Average Hourly Earnings of All Employees, Total Private
- DFEDTARU - Federal Funds Target Range - Upper Limit
- DFEDTARL - Federal Funds Target Range - Lower Limit
- DGS3MO - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 3-Month Constant Maturity
- DGS2 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 2-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS10 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 10-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS30 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 30-Year Constant Maturity
- T10Y2Y - 10-Year Treasury Constant Maturity Minus 2-Year Treasury Constant Maturity
- CPILFESL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items Less Food and Energy
- CPIUFDSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Food
- CPIENGSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Energy
- CUSR0000SAH1 - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Shelter
- PCEPI - Personal Consumption Expenditures: Chain-type Price Index
- PCEPILFE - Personal Consumption Expenditures Excluding Food and Energy: Chain-type Price Index
- PPIACO - Producer Price Index by Commodity: All Commodities
- T10YIE - 10-Year Breakeven Inflation Rate
- U6RATE - Total Unemployed, Plus All Marginally Attached Workers Plus Total Employed Part Time for Economic Reasons
- PAYEMS - All Employees, Total Nonfarm
- CIVPART - Labor Force Participation Rate
- EMRATIO - Employment-Population Ratio
- UNEMPLOY - Unemployed
- CE16OV - Employment Level
- ICSA - Initial Claims
- JTSJOL - Job Openings: Total Nonfarm
- JTSQUR - Quits: Total Nonfarm
- GDPC1 - Real Gross Domestic Product
- A191RL1Q225SBEA - Real Gross Domestic Product: Percent Change from Preceding Period
- INDPRO - Industrial Production: Total Index
- TCU - Capacity Utilization: Total Index
- HOUST - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Started: Total Units
- PERMIT - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Authorized in Permit-Issuing Places: Total Units
- RSAFS - Advance Retail Sales: Retail Trade
- PCE - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- DSPIC96 - Real Disposable Personal Income
- PSAVERT - Personal Saving Rate
- M2SL - M2
- BOPGSTB - U.S. International Trade in Goods and Services: Balance
- MSPUS - Median Sales Price of Houses Sold for the United States
- HSN1F - New One Family Houses Sold: United States
- RHORUSQ156N - Homeownership Rate in the United States
- TTLCONS - Total Construction Spending: Total Construction in the United States
- RRVRUSQ156N - Rental Vacancy Rate in the United States
- TOTALSL - Total Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- REVOLSL - Revolving Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- DRCCLACBS - Delinquency Rate on Credit Card Loans, All Commercial Banks
- GDP - Gross Domestic Product
- GPDI - Gross Private Domestic Investment
- GCE - Government Consumption Expenditures and Gross Investment
- PCEC - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- NETEXP - Net Exports of Goods and Services
- GFDEBTN - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt
- GFDEGDQ188S - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt as Percent of Gross Domestic Product
- FYFSD - Federal Surplus or Deficit
- FGRECPT - Federal Government Current Receipts
- FGEXPND - Federal Government: Current Expenditures
- MANEMP - All Employees, Manufacturing
- USCONS - All Employees, Construction
- USTRADE - All Employees, Retail Trade
- USFIRE - All Employees, Financial Activities
- USGOVT - All Employees, Government
- AWHAETP - Average Weekly Hours of All Employees, Total Private
- DGORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Durable Goods
- NEWORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Nondefense Capital Goods Excluding Aircraft
- BUSINV - Total Business Inventories
- EXPGS - Exports of Goods and Services
- IMPGS - Imports of Goods and Services
- IR - Import Price Index (End Use): All Commodities
- PPIFIS - Producer Price Index by Commodity: Final Demand
Latest quarter (10-Q)
Latest 10-Q source: 0000759944-26-000101.
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
| Page | ||
|---|---|---|
| Forward-Looking Statements | 6 | |
| Introduction | 7 | |
| Executive Summary | 7 | |
| Consolidated Statement of Operations Analysis | 9 | |
| Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis | 13 | |
| Business Segments | 15 | |
| Risk Management | 16 | |
| Credit Risk | 16 | |
| Market Risk | 21 | |
| Liquidity Risk | 23 | |
| Operational Risk | 26 | |
| Compliance Risk | 26 | |
| Capital | 27 | |
| Critical Accounting Estimates | 30 | |
| Accounting and Reporting Developments | 32 | |
| Non-GAAP Financial Measures | 33 |
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 5
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Any statement that does not describe historical or current facts is a forward-looking statement. These statements often include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “goals,” “targets,” “initiatives,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook,” and “guidance”, or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “likely,” “should,” “would,” and “could.”
Forward-looking statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management and on information currently available to management. Our statements speak as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update these statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements in light of new information or future events. We caution you, therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following, without limitation:
•Negative economic, business, and political conditions, including as a result of the interest rate environment, supply chain disruptions, tariffs, inflationary pressures, and labor shortages that adversely affect the general economy, housing prices, the job market, consumer confidence, and spending habits;
•The general state of the economy and employment, as well as general business and economic conditions, and changes in the competitive environment;
•Our capital and liquidity requirements under regulatory standards and our ability to generate capital and liquidity on favorable terms;
•The effect of changes in our credit ratings on our cost of funding, access to capital markets, ability to market our securities, and overall liquidity position;
•The effect of changes in the level of commercial and consumer deposits on our funding costs and net interest margin;
•Our ability to achieve our financial performance goals and execute on our strategic business initiatives, including the continued expansion of Private Bank and Private Wealth, and our aim to position us as a more innovative, modern, and customer-centric bank;
•The effects of geopolitical instability, including the war in Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East, on economic and market conditions, inflationary pressures and the interest rate environment, commodity price and foreign exchange rate volatility, and heightened cybersecurity risks;
•Our ability to comply with supervisory requirements and expectations as well as new or amended regulations;
•Liabilities and business restrictions resulting from litigation and regulatory investigations;
•The impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income, net interest margin, mortgage originations, and mortgage servicing rights, as well as on market liquidity, which could affect our funding sources and ability to originate and distribute financial products in the primary and secondary markets;
•Financial services reform and other current, pending, or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on our revenue and businesses;
•Environmental risks, such as physical or transition risks associated with climate change, and social and governance risks that could adversely affect our reputation, operations, business, and customers;
•A failure in, or breach of, our compliance with laws, as well as operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of cyberattacks; and
•Management’s ability to identify and manage these and other risks.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 6
In addition to the above factors, we also caution that the actual amounts and timing of any future common stock dividends or share repurchases will be subject to various factors, including our capital position, financial performance, balance sheet growth, market conditions, and regulatory considerations, as well as any other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will repurchase shares from, or pay any dividends to, holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such repurchases or dividends.
More information about factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements can be found in the “Risk Factors” section in Part I, Item 1A of our 2025 Form 10-K.
INTRODUCTION
Citizens Financial Group, Inc., headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island, is one of the nation’s oldest and largest financial institutions. We offer a broad range of retail, private banking, wealth management, and commercial banking products and services to individuals, small businesses, middle-market companies, large corporations, and institutions. We help our customers reach their potential by listening to them and by understanding their needs in order to offer tailored advice, ideas, and solutions. In Consumer Banking, we provide an integrated experience that includes mobile and online banking, a full-service customer contact center, and the convenience of approximately 3,000 ATMs and approximately 1,000 branches in 14 states and the District of Columbia. Consumer Banking products and services include a full range of banking, lending, savings, wealth management, and small business offerings. Consumer Banking includes Citizens Private Bank and Private Wealth, which integrates banking services and wealth management solutions to serve high- and ultra-high-net-worth individuals and families, as well as investors, entrepreneurs, and businesses. In Commercial Banking, we offer a broad complement of financial products and solutions, including lending and leasing, deposit and treasury management services, foreign exchange, interest rate and commodity risk management solutions, as well as loan syndication, corporate finance, merger and acquisition, and debt and equity capital markets capabilities.
At March 31, 2026, we had total assets of $227.9 billion, total deposits of $184.0 billion, and total stockholders’ equity of $26.2 billion. In addition, we had total client assets of $62.6 billion, including assets under management of $36.8 billion, representing assets for which continuous and regular supervisory or management services are provided, and transactional assets of $25.8 billion, representing assets for which execution, custody, recordkeeping, reporting, and other services are provided.
The following MD&A is intended to assist readers in their analysis of the accompanying unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements and supplemental financial information. It should be read in conjunction with the unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1, as well as other information contained in this document and our 2025 Form 10-K.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This summary highlights select financial information of the Company as well as information regarding certain significant events and transactions occurring during the three months ended March 31, 2026. This summary should be read in conjunction with this entire document for a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources, and critical accounting policies and estimates. Each of these items, taken individually or collectively, could have an impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. For additional information regarding our financial performance and condition, see “Consolidated Statement of Operations Analysis” and “Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis.”
Key Financial Highlights
•Net income of $517 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased $144 million, with earnings per diluted common share up $0.36 to $1.13 compared to the same period in 2025.
•Net interest income of $1.6 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased $171 million, and net interest margin of 3.14% increased 25 basis points compared to the same period in 2025. The increase in net interest income reflects higher net interest margin driven by improved funding costs, including the reduction of higher-cost funding given runoff of the auto loan portfolio, terminated swap impacts, and fixed-rate asset repricing benefits, partially offset by lower asset yields.
•Noninterest income of $606 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased $62 million compared to the same period in 2025, reflecting growth across a number of fee categories, primarily capital markets and wealth fees.
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 7
•Noninterest expense of $1.4 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased $64 million compared to the same period in 2025, driven by salaries and employee benefits reflecting hiring related to the Private Bank and Private Wealth build-out and strong capital markets fee performance, partially offset by a decline in other operating expense reflecting lower FDIC deposit insurance costs.
•Provision expense of $140 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026 decreased $13 million compared to the same period in 2025, reflecting runoff of certain retail portfolios and improving credit trends and loan mix.
•The efficiency ratio of 63.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2026 compared to 67.9% for the same period in 2025.
•ROTCE of 12.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2026 compared to 9.6% for the same period in 2025.
•Tangible book value per common share of $37.94 at March 31, 2026 was broadly stable compared to $38.07 at December 31, 2025.
See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information regarding the ROTCE and tangible book value per common share non-GAAP financial measures presented herein.
Matrix Capital Acquisition
In March 2026, we completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Matrix Capital Markets Group, Inc., a market–leading advisory firm in the Downstream Energy & Convenience Retail sector, with additional expertise and proven success in the Automotive Aftermarket and Outdoor Recreation and Marine sectors. This transaction further strengthens our sector-focused advisory capabilities.
Share Repurchases
During the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Parent Company repurchased $300 million of its outstanding common stock, with remaining capacity of $1.0 billion as of March 31, 2026. See Note 10 and Item 2 for additional information on share repurchase activity.
Debt Offerings
In January 2026, the Parent Company issued $400 million of fixed-reset subordinated notes due 2036. These notes bear interest at a rate of 5.299% per annum to January 28, 2031, and at a rate equal to the Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate plus 1.45% from January 29, 2031 to, but excluding, the ma
[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]
Latest 10-K MD&A
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
| Page | ||
|---|---|---|
| Introduction | 38 | |
| Executive Summary | 38 | |
| Consolidated Statement of Operations Analysis - 2025 compared with 2024 | 40 | |
| Consolidated Statement of Operations Analysis - 2024 compared with 2023 | 44 | |
| Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis | 45 | |
| Business Segments | 48 | |
| Risk Management | 50 | |
| Credit Risk | 51 | |
| Market Risk | 61 | |
| Liquidity Risk | 67 | |
| Operational Risk | 70 | |
| Compliance Risk | 70 | |
| Capital | 70 | |
| Critical Accounting Estimates | 73 | |
| Accounting and Reporting Developments | 76 | |
| Non-GAAP Financial Measures | 77 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 37 |
INTRODUCTION
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. is one of the nation’s oldest and largest financial institutions, with $226.4 billion in assets as of December 31, 2025. Headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island, we offer a broad range of retail, private banking, wealth management, and commercial banking products and services to individuals, small businesses, middle-market companies, large corporations, and institutions. We help our customers reach their potential by listening to them and by understanding their needs in order to offer tailored advice, ideas, and solutions. In Consumer Banking, we provide an integrated experience that includes mobile and online banking, a full-service customer contact center, and the convenience of approximately 3,100 ATMs and approximately 1,000 branches in 14 states and the District of Columbia. Consumer Banking products and services include a full range of banking, lending, savings, wealth management, and small business offerings. Consumer Banking includes Citizens Private Bank and Private Wealth, which integrates banking services and wealth management solutions to serve high- and ultra-high-net-worth individuals and families, as well as investors, entrepreneurs, and businesses. In Commercial Banking, we offer a broad complement of financial products and solutions, including lending and leasing, deposit and treasury management services, foreign exchange, interest rate and commodity risk management solutions, as well as loan syndication, corporate finance, merger and acquisition, and debt and equity capital markets capabilities.
The following MD&A is intended to assist readers in their analysis of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and supplemental financial information. It should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, as well as other information contained in this document.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This summary highlights select financial information of the Company as well as information regarding certain significant events and transactions occurring during the year ended December 31, 2025. This summary should be read in conjunction with this entire document for a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources, and critical accounting policies and estimates. Each of these items, taken individually or collectively, could have an impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. For additional information regarding our financial performance and condition, see “Consolidated Statement of Operations Analysis – 2025 compared with 2024” and “Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis.”
Key Financial Highlights
•Net income of $1.8 billion increased $322 million, with earnings per diluted common share up $0.83 to $3.86 compared to 2024.
•Net interest income of $5.9 billion increased $220 million and net interest margin of 2.97% increased 13 basis points compared to 2024. The increase in net interest income is driven by higher net interest margin which reflects lower funding costs, including the reduction of higher-cost funding given the auto loan portfolio runoff and education loan sale, lower terminated swap impacts, and fixed-rate asset repricing benefits, partially offset by lower asset yields.
•Noninterest income of $2.4 billion increased $218 million compared to 2024, reflecting growth across a number of fee categories, primarily wealth and capital markets fees.
•Noninterest expense of $5.3 billion increased $77 million compared to 2024, driven by salaries and employee benefits reflecting hiring related to the Private Bank and Private Wealth build-out, strong capital markets fee performance, and increased medical benefit costs, partially offset by a decline in other operating expense primarily driven by lower FDIC deposit insurance costs.
•Provision expense of $608 million decreased $79 million compared to 2024, reflecting improving loan mix and reduced CRE.
•The efficiency ratio of 64.40% compared to 67.03% in 2024.
•ROTCE of 11.20% compared to 9.81% in 2024.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 38 |
•Tangible book value per common share of $38.07 increased 18% from 2024, driven by a decrease in common shares outstanding of eleven million and a net increase in tangible common equity of $2.1 billion. The increase in tangible common equity is primarily attributable to increases in AOCI of $1.6 billion and retained earnings of $933 million, including net income of $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025.
See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information regarding the ROTCE and tangible book value per common share non-GAAP financial measures presented herein.
Sale of Education Loans
During the first quarter of 2025, we entered into an agreement to sell $1.9 billion of education loans and subsequently reclassified these loans to LHFS. Upon reclassification to LHFS, a charge-off of $25 million was recognized, which was covered by existing reserves. This transaction settled ratably each quarter throughout 2025.
Share Repurchases
On June 13, 2025, we announced that our Board of Directors increased the capacity of our common share repurchase program to $1.5 billion, an increase of $1.2 billion above the $300 million of capacity remaining under the prior June 2024 authorization. During 2025, the Parent Company repurchased $600 million of its outstanding common stock, with remaining capacity of $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2025. See Note 15 and Item 5 for additional information on share repurchase activity.
Preferred Stock
On July 31, 2025, we issued $400 million, or 400,000 shares, of 6.500% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual Series I Preferred Stock, par value of $25 per share with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. Holders of Series I Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive dividend payments only when, as, and if declared by our Board of Directors. Dividends are payable quarterly in arrears on January 6, April 6, July 6, and October 6 of each year.
The net proceeds from the issuance of the Series I Preferred Stock were used to redeem all of the outstanding shares of our 5.650% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual Series F Preferred Stock on October 6, 2025.
For more information regarding our Series I Preferred Stock issuance and Series F Preferred Stock redemption, see Note 15.
Common Stock Dividend
On October 15, 2025, we announced that our Board of Directors declared a quarterly common stock dividend of $0.46 per share, a $0.04, or 9.5%, increase compared to the prior quarter. The dividend was paid on November 12, 2025 to shareholders of record at the close of business on October 29, 2025.
Other Developments
On July 4, 2025, H.R. 1, entitled the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, was signed into law. This bill includes a broad range of tax reform provisions affecting individuals and businesses, including extending and modifying certain key Tax Cuts & Jobs Act provisions, extending certain Inflation Reduction Act energy incentives while accelerating the phase-out of others, and implementing various other tax cuts and spending measures. We have completed our evaluation of the bill and do not expect it to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
See “Regulation and Supervision” in Item 1 for 2025 developments related to regulations to which we are subject.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 39 |
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS ANALYSIS – 2025 compared with 2024
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is our largest source of revenue and is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets (generally loans and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (generally deposits and borrowed funds). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the difference between the effective yield on our average interest-earning assets and the effective cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. Factors that influence our net interest income include, but are not limited to, the pricing and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by external factors such as economic conditions, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FRB, and market interest rates. For further discussion, refer to the “Market Risk” section of this report.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 40 |
The following table presents the major components of our net interest income. Average balance represents amortized cost, excluding the unamortized basis adjustments related to the transfer of certain HTM securities from AFS. The yield/rate is based on annualized interest income or expense for the periods presented and includes the impact of hedging activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.
| Table 1: Major Components of Net Interest Income | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | Change | |||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | AverageBalance | Income/Expense | Yield/Rate | AverageBalance | Income/Expense | Yield/Rate | AverageBalance | Yield/ Rate (bps) | |||||||||
| Assets | |||||||||||||||||
| Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks | $8,624 | $367 | 4.20 | % | $9,566 | $503 | 5.17 | % | ($942) | (97) bps | |||||||
| Taxable investment securities | 46,449 | 1,713 | 3.69 | 44,627 | 1,658 | 3.71 | 1,822 | (2) | |||||||||
| Non-taxable investment securities | 1 | — | 2.60 | 1 | — | 2.60 | — | — | |||||||||
| Total investment securities | 46,450 | 1,713 | 3.69 | 44,628 | 1,658 | 3.71 | 1,822 | (2) | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | 45,763 | 2,250 | 4.85 | 44,174 | 2,333 | 5.20 | 1,589 | (35) | |||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 26,079 | 1,509 | 5.71 | 28,430 | 1,795 | 6.21 | (2,351) | (50) | |||||||||
| Total commercial | 71,842 | 3,759 | 5.16 | 72,604 | 4,128 | 5.60 | (762) | (44) | |||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 33,800 | 1,334 | 3.95 | 31,916 | 1,184 | 3.71 | 1,884 | 24 | |||||||||
| Home equity | 17,695 | 1,246 | 7.04 | 15,603 | 1,231 | 7.89 | 2,092 | (85) | |||||||||
| Automobile | 3,432 | 153 | 4.44 | 6,404 | 274 | 4.27 | (2,972) | 17 | |||||||||
| Education | 9,075 | 533 | 5.87 | 11,340 | 613 | 5.41 | (2,265) | 46 | |||||||||
| Other retail | 4,233 | 453 | 10.71 | 4,837 | 518 | 10.72 | (604) | (1) | |||||||||
| Total retail | 68,235 | 3,719 | 5.45 | 70,100 | 3,820 | 5.45 | (1,865) | — | |||||||||
| Total loans and leases | 140,077 | 7,478 | 5.30 | 142,704 | 7,948 | 5.52 | (2,627) | (22) | |||||||||
| Loans held for sale | 1,897 | 105 | 5.55 | 1,174 | 77 | 6.51 | 723 | (96) | |||||||||
| Interest-earning assets | 197,048 | 9,663 | 4.88 | 198,072 | 10,186 | 5.10 | (1,024) | (22) | |||||||||
| Noninterest-earning assets | 21,549 | 20,952 | 597 | ||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $218,597 | $219,024 | ($427) | ||||||||||||||
| Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity | |||||||||||||||||
| Checking with interest | $34,397 | $502 | 1.46 | % | $32,943 | $491 | 1.49 | % | $1,454 | (3) | |||||||
| Savings | 25,189 | 337 | 1.34 | 27,100 | 476 | 1.76 | (1,911) | (42) | |||||||||
| Money market | 56,475 | 1,521 | 2.69 | 53,053 | 1,705 | 3.21 | 3,422 | (52) | |||||||||
| Time | 21,875 | 834 | 3.81 | 24,967 | 1,153 | 4.62 | (3,092) | (81) | |||||||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 137,936 | 3,194 | 2.32 | 138,063 | 3,825 | 2.77 | (127) | (45) | |||||||||
| Short-term borrowed funds | 601 | 22 | 3.62 | 252 | 15 | 5.73 | 349 | (211) | |||||||||
| Long-term borrowed funds | 11,656 | 594 | 5.09 | 13,831 | 713 | 5.15 | (2,175) | (6) | |||||||||
| Total borrowed funds | 12,257 | 616 | 5.02 | 14,083 | 728 | 5.16 | (1,826) | (14) | |||||||||
| Total interest-bearing liabilities | 150,193 | 3,810 | 2.54 | 152,146 | 4,553 | 2.99 | (1,953) | (45) | |||||||||
| Noninterest-bearing demand deposits | 37,746 | 36,457 | 1,289 | ||||||||||||||
| Other noninterest-bearing liabilities | 5,557 | 6,466 | (909) | ||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | 193,496 | 195,069 | (1,573) | ||||||||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity | 25,101 | 23,955 | 1,146 | ||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $218,597 | $219,024 | ($427) | ||||||||||||||
| Interest rate spread | 2.34 | % | 2.11 | % | 23 | ||||||||||||
| Net interest income and net interest margin | $5,853 | 2.97 | % | $5,633 | 2.84 | % | 13 | ||||||||||
| Net interest income and net interest margin, FTE(1) | $5,869 | 2.98 | % | $5,650 | 2.85 | % | 13 | ||||||||||
| Memo: Total deposits (interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing demand) | $175,682 | $3,194 | 1.82 | % | $174,520 | $3,825 | 2.19 | % | $1,162 | (37) bps |
(1) Net interest income and net interest margin on an FTE basis are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information.
Net interest income increased $220 million, or 4%, and net interest margin increased 13 basis points compared to 2024. The increase in net interest income is driven by higher net interest margin which reflects lower funding costs, including the reduction of higher-cost funding given the auto loan portfolio runoff and education loan sale, lower terminated swap impacts, and fixed-rate asset repricing benefits, partially offset by lower asset yields.
Average interest-earning assets decreased $1.0 billion compared to 2024, driven by a decline in total loans and leases and cash held in interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by an increase in investment securities and loans held for sale.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 41 |
Average deposits increased $1.2 billion compared to 2024, driven primarily by growth in the Private Bank, partially offset by a reduction in higher-cost brokered deposits.
Average total borrowed funds decreased $1.8 billion compared to 2024, driven by a decline in auto collateralized borrowings, given runoff of the auto loan portfolio, and FHLB advances.
The following table presents changes in net interest income attributable to volume and rate changes for each major interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability category:
| Table 2: Changes in Net Interest Income Due to Average Volume and Average Rate | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||
| 2025 Versus 2024 | |||||
| (dollars in millions) | Average Volume(1) | Average Rate(1) | Net Change | ||
| Interest Income | |||||
| Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks | ($49) | ($87) | ($136) | ||
| Taxable investment securities | 68 | (13) | 55 | ||
| Total investment securities | 68 | (13) | 55 | ||
| Commercial and industrial | 84 | (167) | (83) | ||
| Commercial real estate | (146) | (140) | (286) | ||
| Total commercial | (62) | (307) | (369) | ||
| Residential mortgages | 69 | 81 | 150 | ||
| Home equity | 165 | (150) | 15 | ||
| Automobile | (127) | 6 | (121) | ||
| Education | (122) | 42 | (80) | ||
| Other retail | (65) | — | (65) | ||
| Total retail | (80) | (21) | (101) | ||
| Total loans and leases | (142) | (328) | (470) | ||
| Loans held for sale | 46 | (18) | 28 | ||
| Total interest income | ($77) | ($446) | ($523) | ||
| Interest Expense | |||||
| Checking with interest | $22 | ($11) | $11 | ||
| Savings | (34) | (105) | (139) | ||
| Money market | 111 | (295) | (184) | ||
| Time | (143) | (176) | (319) | ||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | (44) | (587) | (631) | ||
| Short-term borrowed funds | 20 | (13) | 7 | ||
| Long-term borrowed funds | (119) | — | (119) | ||
| Total borrowed funds | (99) | (13) | (112) | ||
| Total interest expense | (143) | (600) | (743) | ||
| Net interest income | $66 | $154 | $220 |
(1) Volume and rate changes are allocated on a consistent basis using the respective percentage changes in average balances and average rates.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 42 |
Noninterest Income
The following table presents the components of noninterest income:
| Table 3: Noninterest Income | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Service charges and fees | $444 | $420 | $24 | 6 | % | ||||||
| Capital markets fees | 511 | 467 | 44 | 9 | |||||||
| Wealth fees | 360 | 294 | 66 | 22 | |||||||
| Card fees | 346 | 368 | (22) | (6) | |||||||
| Mortgage banking fees | 233 | 209 | 24 | 11 | |||||||
| Foreign exchange and derivative products | 156 | 146 | 10 | 7 | |||||||
| Letter of credit and loan fees | 186 | 175 | 11 | 6 | |||||||
| Securities gains, net | 22 | 18 | 4 | 22 | |||||||
| Other income(1) | 136 | 79 | 57 | 72 | |||||||
| Noninterest income | $2,394 | $2,176 | $218 | 10 | % |
(1) Includes bank-owned life insurance income and other income for all periods presented.
The primary drivers for the change in noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 2024, are described below:
•Wealth fees increased reflecting growth in assets under management, primarily driven by net inflows as well as market appreciation;
•Capital markets fees increased driven by higher loan syndication and equity underwriting fees, partially offset by lower M&A fees;
•Mortgage banking fees increased driven by higher MSR valuation results, net of hedging; and
•Service charges and fees increased driven primarily by higher overdraft and cash management fees.
Noninterest Expense
The following table presents the components of noninterest expense:
| Table 4: Noninterest Expense | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Salaries and employee benefits | $2,798 | $2,657 | $141 | 5 | % | ||||||
| Equipment and software | 783 | 769 | 14 | 2 | |||||||
| Outside services | 633 | 639 | (6) | (1) | |||||||
| Occupancy | 435 | 447 | (12) | (3) | |||||||
| Other operating expense | 662 | 722 | (60) | (8) | |||||||
| Noninterest expense | $5,311 | $5,234 | $77 | 1 | % |
The primary drivers for the change in noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 2024, are described below:
•Salaries and employee benefits increased reflecting hiring related to the Private Bank and Private Wealth build-out, strong capital markets fee performance, and increased medical benefit costs; and
•Other operating expense declined driven primarily by lower FDIC deposit insurance costs, partially offset by higher operating costs.
For more information regarding CBNA’s special assessment, see “Regulation and Supervision - Deposit Insurance” in Item 1.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 43 |
Provision for Credit Losses
The provision for credit losses is the result of a detailed analysis performed to estimate our ACL. The total provision for credit losses includes the provision for loan and lease losses and the provision for unfunded commitments. Refer to “Risk Management – Credit Risk” for more information.
Provision expense of $608 million compared with a provision of $687 million for 2024, reflecting improving loan mix and reduced CRE.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense of $497 million increased $118 million, and our effective income tax rate of 21.3% increased from 20.1% compared to 2024. These increases were driven by a reduced benefit from tax-advantaged investments on higher pre-tax income.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS ANALYSIS – 2024 compared with 2023
For a description of our results of operations for 2024, see the “Results of Operations – 2024 compared with 2023” section of Item 7 in our 2024 Form 10-K.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 44 |
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
Securities
The following table presents the major components of securities at amortized cost and fair value:
| Table 5: Amortized Cost and Fair Value of Securities | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Amortized Cost(1) | Fair Value | Amortized Cost(1) | Fair Value | ||||
| U.S. Treasury and other | $3,163 | $3,123 | $3,631 | $3,525 | ||||
| State and political subdivisions | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | ||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | 33,379 | 32,220 | 30,897 | 28,795 | ||||
| Other/non-agency | 268 | 264 | 273 | 260 | ||||
| Total mortgage-backed securities | 33,647 | 32,484 | 31,170 | 29,055 | ||||
| Collateralized loan obligations | 89 | 89 | 184 | 184 | ||||
| Total debt securities available for sale | $36,900 | $35,697 | $34,986 | $32,765 | ||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | $7,595 | $6,812 | $8,187 | $7,136 | ||||
| Total mortgage-backed securities | 7,595 | 6,812 | 8,187 | 7,136 | ||||
| Asset-backed securities | 338 | 338 | 412 | 404 | ||||
| Total debt securities held to maturity | $7,933 | $7,150 | $8,599 | $7,540 | ||||
| Total debt securities available for sale and held to maturity | $44,833 | $42,847 | $43,585 | $40,305 | ||||
| Equity securities, at cost(2) | $807 | $807 | $710 | $710 | ||||
| Equity securities, at fair value(2) | 317 | 317 | 220 | 220 |
(1) Excludes portfolio level basis adjustments of $17 million and $(75) million, respectively, for securities designated in active fair value hedge relationships under the portfolio layer method at December 31, 2025 and 2024.
(2) Included in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The primary objective of our securities portfolio is to provide a readily available source of liquidity. The portfolio primarily includes high-quality and highly liquid investments that reflect our ongoing commitment to maintain strong contingent liquidity levels and pledging capacity.
As of December 31, 2025, U.S. Treasuries and mortgage-backed securities issued by GNMA and GSEs represented 98% of the fair value of our debt securities portfolio, with approximately $39.1 billion of unencumbered high-quality liquid securities serving as potential collateral for borrowings from the FHLB, FRB discount window, and the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation bilateral repurchase agreement market.
For further discussion of the use of our securities as liquidity collateral and liquidity requirements, see the “Liquidity Risk” and “Regulation and Supervision – Liquidity Requirements” sections in this document.
We manage our securities portfolio duration and convexity risk through asset selection and securities structure, and maintain duration levels within our risk appetite in the context of our broader interest rate risk framework and limits. As of December 31, 2025, the portfolio’s average effective duration, including hedging actions to reduce duration, was 3.8 years compared with 3.7 years as of December 31, 2024.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 45 |
The following table presents the amortized cost and weighted-average yield of our securities portfolio by contractual maturity:
| Table 6: Amortized Cost and Weighted-Average Yield of AFS and HTM Securities by Contractual Maturity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| As of December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Distribution of Maturities(1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 Year or Less | After 1 Year Through 5 Years | After 5 Years Through 10 Years | After 10 Years | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | ||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and other | $— | — | % | $2,359 | 2.76 | % | $804 | 4.14 | % | $— | — | % | $3,163 | 3.11 | % | |||||||||
| State and political subdivisions | — | — | — | — | — | — | 1 | 2.60 | 1 | 2.60 | ||||||||||||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | 110 | 2.98 | 2,305 | 3.21 | 1,018 | 2.80 | 29,946 | 4.21 | 33,379 | 4.10 | ||||||||||||||
| Other/non-agency | — | — | — | — | — | — | 268 | 2.67 | 268 | 2.67 | ||||||||||||||
| Collateralized loan obligations | — | — | — | — | 89 | 5.44 | — | — | 89 | 5.44 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities available for sale | 110 | 2.98 | 4,664 | 2.99 | 1,911 | 3.49 | 30,215 | 4.20 | 36,900 | 4.01 | ||||||||||||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | — | — | — | — | — | — | 7,595 | 2.29 | 7,595 | 2.29 | ||||||||||||||
| Asset-backed securities | — | — | 338 | 5.67 | — | — | — | — | 338 | 5.67 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities held to maturity | — | — | 338 | 5.67 | — | — | 7,595 | 2.29 | 7,933 | 2.43 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities | $110 | 2.98 | % | $5,002 | 3.17 | % | $1,911 | 3.49 | % | $37,810 | 3.82 | % | $44,833 | 3.73 | % |
(1) Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without incurring penalties.
(2) The weighted-average yield is computed based on a constant effective interest rate over the contractual life of each security and considers the contractual
coupon, amortization of premiums, and accretion of discounts. Yields exclude the impact of related hedging derivatives.
Loans and Leases
The following table presents loans and leases, excluding LHFS:
| Table 7: Composition of Loans and Leases, Excluding LHFS | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $49,232 | $42,551 | $6,681 | 16 | % | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | 24,580 | 27,225 | (2,645) | (10) | |||||||
| Total commercial | 73,812 | 69,776 | 4,036 | 6 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 35,024 | 32,726 | 2,298 | 7 | |||||||
| Home equity | 19,069 | 16,495 | 2,574 | 16 | |||||||
| Automobile | 2,310 | 4,744 | (2,434) | (51) | |||||||
| Education | 8,416 | 10,812 | (2,396) | (22) | |||||||
| Other retail | 4,061 | 4,650 | (589) | (13) | |||||||
| Total retail | 68,880 | 69,427 | (547) | (1) | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $142,692 | $139,203 | $3,489 | 3 | % |
The increase in total loans and leases as of December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024 reflects a $4.0 billion increase in commercial driven by net new money originations in corporate banking and higher line of credit utilization, partially offset by CRE paydowns. Retail reflects a $547 million decrease driven by an agreement entered into during the first quarter to sell $1.9 billion of education loans, as well as runoff of the auto loan portfolio, largely offset by growth in home equity and mortgage, including the Private Bank.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 46 |
The following table presents the maturity of our loans and leases portfolio by fixed and variable rate:
| Table 8: Fixed and Variable Rate Loans and Leases by Maturity | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2025 | |||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 1 Year or Less(1) | After 1 Year Through 5 Years(1) | After 5 Years Through 15 Years(1) | After 15 Years(1) | Total Loans and Leases | ||||
| Fixed rate: | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $1,106 | $2,256 | $464 | $14 | $3,840 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 1,706 | 3,591 | 2,742 | 27 | 8,066 | ||||
| Total commercial fixed rate | 2,812 | 5,847 | 3,206 | 41 | 11,906 | ||||
| Variable rate: | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | 10,627 | 32,109 | 2,557 | 99 | 45,392 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 9,141 | 6,555 | 805 | 13 | 16,514 | ||||
| Total commercial variable rate(2) | 19,768 | 38,664 | 3,362 | 112 | 61,906 | ||||
| Total commercial | 22,580 | 44,511 | 6,568 | 153 | 73,812 | ||||
| Fixed rate: | |||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 551 | 2,331 | 7,224 | 8,460 | 18,566 | ||||
| Home equity | 164 | 107 | 103 | 6 | 380 | ||||
| Automobile | 1,096 | 1,214 | — | — | 2,310 | ||||
| Education | 524 | 2,445 | 4,817 | — | 7,786 | ||||
| Other retail | 684 | 629 | 94 | 56 | 1,463 | ||||
| Total retail fixed rate | 3,019 | 6,726 | 12,238 | 8,522 | 30,505 | ||||
| Variable rate: | |||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 207 | 858 | 4,102 | 11,291 | 16,458 | ||||
| Home equity | 584 | 3,193 | 14,372 | 540 | 18,689 | ||||
| Automobile | — | — | — | — | — | ||||
| Education | 73 | 268 | 279 | 10 | 630 | ||||
| Other retail | 2,558 | 40 | — | — | 2,598 | ||||
| Total retail variable rate | 3,422 | 4,359 | 18,753 | 11,841 | 38,375 | ||||
| Total retail | 6,441 | 11,085 | 30,991 | 20,363 | 68,880 | ||||
| Total loans and leases | $29,021 | $55,596 | $37,559 | $20,516 | $142,692 |
(1) Maturity is based on scheduled principal repayment date.
(2) Includes floating-rate commercial loans hedged to fixed rate to manage our exposure to the variability in interest cash flows. See “Market Risk” for additional information regarding our use of interest rate derivatives to hedge our loan portfolio.
Deposits
The following table presents the composition of deposits:
| Table 9: Composition of Deposits | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions) | December 31, 2025 | % of Total Deposits | December 31, 2024 | % of Total Deposits | |||||
| Noninterest-bearing demand | $40,417 | 22 | % | $36,920 | 21 | % | |||
| Checking with interest | 37,428 | 20 | 33,246 | 19 | |||||
| Savings | 24,353 | 13 | 25,976 | 15 | |||||
| Money market | 60,062 | 33 | 55,321 | 32 | |||||
| Time | 21,053 | 12 | 23,313 | 13 | |||||
| Total deposits | $183,313 | 100 | % | $174,776 | 100 | % |
Total deposits as of December 31, 2025 increased compared to December 31, 2024, reflecting growth in the Private Bank and commercial, partially offset by a reduction in higher-cost Treasury brokered deposits.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 47 |
The following table presents an analysis of estimated insured/secured deposits as a percentage of total deposits:
| Table 10: Uninsured and Insured/Secured Deposits | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | ||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | ||
| Estimated uninsured deposits(1) | $86,877 | $76,764 | ||
| Less: Uninsured affiliate deposits eliminated in consolidation | 11,555 | 12,705 | ||
| Less: Preferred deposits(1)(2) | 6,923 | 6,902 | ||
| CFG adjusted estimated uninsured deposits, excluding preferred deposits | 68,399 | 57,157 | ||
| Total estimated insured/secured deposits | $114,914 | $117,619 | ||
| Insured/secured deposits to total deposits | 63 | % | 67 | % |
(1) As reported on CBNA’s Call Report.
(2) Represents uninsured deposits of states and political subdivisions that are secured or collateralized as required under state law.
Insured/secured deposit balances continue to be broadly stable as of December 31, 2025. The decrease in the insured/secured deposits percentage during 2025 reflects growth in the private bank business, primarily corporate operating accounts which are generally more stable, and a decrease in insured Treasury brokered deposits as we continued to optimize our deposit mix.
The following table presents time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit by remaining maturity:
| Table 11: Time Deposits in Excess of the FDIC Insurance Limit by Remaining Maturity | |
|---|---|
| (dollars in millions) | December 31, 2025 |
| Three months or less | $1,859 |
| After three months through six months | 795 |
| After six months through twelve months | 508 |
| After twelve months | 20 |
| Total time deposits(1) | $3,182 |
(1) Includes time deposits per account in excess of $250,000.
Borrowed Funds
Total borrowed funds of $11.3 billion as of December 31, 2025 decreased $1.1 billion compared to December 31, 2024, driven by a decline in secured borrowings collateralized by loans and senior debt, partially offset by an increase in FHLB advances. For more information regarding our borrowed funds, see “Liquidity Risk” and Note 11.
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
We have two reportable business segments: Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer served. Each business segment has a segment head that reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer, who has final authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment. The business segments reflect this management structure and the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by the Chief Executive Officer.
See Note 1 for information regarding segment changes made during the fourth quarter of 2025 and Note 24 for more information regarding our business segments.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 48 |
The following table presents certain financial data of our reportable business segments. Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated financial results. These differences are reflected in Other non-segment operations, consisting primarily of treasury and community development, and include assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision (benefit) for credit losses, expenses, and income tax expense (benefit) not attributed to the Company’s reportable business segments.
| Table 12: Selected Financial Data for Business Segments | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consumer Banking | Commercial Banking | |||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, | Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 | ||||||
| Net interest income | $4,972 | $4,564 | $1,778 | $1,950 | ||||||
| Noninterest income | 1,252 | 1,131 | 995 | 908 | ||||||
| Total revenue | 6,224 | 5,695 | 2,773 | 2,858 | ||||||
| Noninterest expense | 3,880 | 3,677 | 1,334 | 1,241 | ||||||
| Profit (loss) before credit losses | 2,344 | 2,018 | 1,439 | 1,617 | ||||||
| Net charge-offs | 328 | 331 | 309 | 353 | ||||||
| Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) | 2,016 | 1,687 | 1,130 | 1,264 | ||||||
| Income tax expense (benefit) | 510 | 434 | 265 | 291 | ||||||
| Net income (loss) | $1,506 | $1,253 | $865 | $973 | ||||||
| Average Balances: | ||||||||||
| Total assets | $79,925 | $75,064 | $66,137 | $68,478 | ||||||
| Total loans and leases(1) | 73,443 | 68,681 | 62,941 | 65,481 | ||||||
| Deposits | 128,275 | 121,745 | 43,657 | 44,472 | ||||||
| Interest-earning assets | 74,035 | 69,272 | 63,677 | 65,982 |
(1) Includes LHFS.
Consumer Banking
Net interest income increased $408 million compared to 2024, driven by higher net interest margin and growth in average interest-earning assets.
Noninterest income increased $121 million compared to 2024, driven by wealth fees, mortgage banking fees, and service charges and fees, reflecting growth in assets under management, primarily driven by net inflows as well as market appreciation, higher MSR valuation results, net of hedging, and higher overdraft and cash management fees.
Noninterest expense increased $203 million compared to 2024, driven primarily by salaries and benefits reflecting hiring related to the Private Bank and Private Wealth build-out, as well as an increase in medical benefit costs, and outside services given investments across the enterprise.
Net charge-offs were stable compared to 2024.
Commercial Banking
Net interest income decreased $172 million compared to 2024, driven by lower net interest margin and a decline in average interest-earning assets.
Noninterest income increased $87 million compared to 2024, driven by capital markets fees reflecting higher loan syndication and equity underwriting fees, partially offset by lower M&A fees.
Noninterest expense increased $93 million compared to 2024, driven primarily by salaries and benefits given strong capital markets fee performance and increased medical benefit costs, and outside services given investments across the enterprise.
Net charge-offs decreased $44 million compared to 2024, driven by CRE, partially offset by an increase in commercial and industrial.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 49 |
RISK MANAGEMENT
We are committed to maintaining a strong, integrated, and proactive approach to the management of all risks to which we are exposed in pursuit of our business objectives. A key aspect of our Board’s responsibility as the main decision-making body is setting our risk appetite to ensure that the level of risk that we are willing to accept in the attainment of our strategic business and financial objectives is clearly understood.
To enable our Board to carry out its objectives, it has delegated authority for risk management activities, as well as governance and oversight of those activities, to a number of Board and executive management level risk committees. The Executive Risk Committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for oversight of risk across the enterprise and actively considers our inherent material risks, analyzes our overall risk profile, and seeks confirmation that the risks are being appropriately identified, assessed, and mitigated. Reporting to the Executive Risk Committee are the following committees covering specific areas of risk: Compliance and Operational Risk, Model Risk, Credit Policy, Asset Liability, Business Initiatives Review, and Conduct and Ethics.
Risk Framework
Our risk management framework is embedded in our business through a “Three Lines of Defense” model that defines responsibilities for risk management activities.
First Line of Defense
The business lines, including their associated support functions, are the first line of defense and are responsible for identifying, assessing, managing, and controlling the risks associated with the products and services they provide. The business lines are responsible for performing regular risk assessments to identify and assess the material risks that arise in their area of responsibility, complying with relevant risk policies, testing and certifying the adequacy and effectiveness of operational and financial reporting controls on a regular basis, establishing and documenting operating procedures, and establishing a governance structure for identifying and managing risk.
Second Line of Defense
The second line of defense includes independent monitoring and control functions responsible for the development and implementation of risk and control frameworks, along with related policies. This centralized risk function is independent from the business and is responsible for overseeing and challenging our business lines on the effective management of their risks including, but not limited to, credit, market, operational, regulatory, reputational, interest rate, liquidity, legal, and strategic risks.
Third Line of Defense
Our Internal Audit function is the third line of defense and provides independent assurance of the effectiveness of our internal controls and governance practices so that risk is managed appropriately for the size, complexity, and risk profile of the organization. Internal Audit has complete and unrestricted access to all of our records, physical properties and personnel. Internal Audit issues a report following each internal review and provides an audit opinion to the Board’s Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.
Credit Review reports to the Chief Risk Officer and provides the Board, senior management, and other stakeholders with independent assurance on the quality of credit portfolios and adherence to agreed Credit Risk Appetite and Credit Policies and processes. In line with its procedures and regulatory expectations, the Credit Review function undertakes a program of portfolio testing, assessing and reporting through four Risk Pillars of Asset Quality, Rating and Data Integrity, Risk Management, and Credit Risk Appetite.
Risk Appetite
Risk appetite is a strategic business and risk management tool that we define as the maximum limit of acceptable risk beyond which we could be unable to achieve our strategic objectives and capital adequacy obligations.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 50 |
Our principal non-market risks include credit, operational, regulatory, reputational, liquidity, and strategic risks. We are also subject to certain market risks which include potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Market risk in our business arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including interest rate hedging, foreign exchange risk, and non-trading activities within capital markets. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor, and report on market risk, actively managing both trading and non-trading market risks. See “Market Risk” for further information. Our risk appetite is reviewed and approved annually by the Board Risk Committee.
Credit Risk
Credit risk represents the potential for loss arising from the failure of a customer, counterparty, or issuer to perform in accordance with the contractual terms of an obligation. While the majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, we do engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, and trading activities. Given the financial impact of credit risk on our earnings and balance sheet, the assessment, approval, and management of credit risk represents a significant part of our overall risk-management responsibility.
Our independent Credit Risk Function is responsible for reviewing and approving the credit risk appetite across all lines of business and credit products, approving larger and higher-risk credit transactions, monitoring portfolio performance, identifying problem credit exposures, and ensuring remedial management. Credit Risk actively monitors and manages concentrations of loan limits, loan types, industries, and geographies to ensure that our risk appetite is well balanced to achieve our goals.
Management and oversight of credit risk is the responsibility of each respective business line and the second line of defense. Our second line of defense, the independent Credit Risk Function, is led by the Chief Credit Officer who oversees all credit risk and reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Credit Officer, acting in a manner consistent with Board policies, has responsibility for, among other things, the governance process around policies, procedures, risk acceptance criteria, credit risk appetite, limits and authority delegation. The Chief Credit Officer and team also have responsibility for credit approvals for larger and higher-risk transactions and oversight of line of business credit risk activities. Reporting to the Chief Credit Officer are the heads of the second line of defense credit functions specializing in: Consumer Banking, Commercial Banking, Private Banking, Citizens Restructuring Management, Portfolio and Corporate Reporting, ACL Analytics, Current Expected Credit Loss, and Credit Policy and Administration. Each team under these leaders is composed of experienced credit professionals.
The primary mechanisms that govern our risk management include, but are not limited to, credit assessments, models, scorecards, credit limits, exposure management, concentration limits, balance sheet diversification, portfolio management, collateral requirements and individual credit policies tailored for Consumer and Commercial lending. Our policies outline the minimum acceptable lending standards and their alignment with our desired risk appetite. Material changes in our business model and strategies that identify a need to change our risk appetite or highlight a risk not previously contemplated are identified by the individual committees and presented to the Credit Policy Committee, Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee for approval, as appropriate.
We employ a comprehensive and integrated risk control program to proactively identify, measure, monitor, and mitigate existing and emerging credit risks across the credit life cycle including origination, account/portfolio management, and loss mitigation and recovery.
Consumer
We utilize several distinct business processes and channels to originate consumer credit, including traditional branch lending and mobile and online banking. Each distinct underwriting and origination activity includes unique credit risk characteristics, with loan pricing commensurate with the differing risk profiles. Consumer credit approvals are typically based on the financial strength and payment history of the borrower, type of exposure, and transaction structure, among other factors.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 51 |
Lending authority is granted to each first line approver by the second line of defense credit risk function to ensure proper oversight of the underwriting teams. We periodically evaluate the performance of each first line approver and annually reauthorize their delegated authority. Only senior members of the second line of defense credit risk function are authorized to approve significant exceptions to credit policies, which are not uncommon when compensating factors are present. Established exception limits, when reached or exceeded, trigger a comprehensive analysis.
For Consumer Banking, our teams use models to evaluate consumer loans across their life cycle. Credit scoring models are used to forecast the probability of default of an applicant prior to origination. When approving customers for a new loan or extension of an existing credit line, credit scores are used in conjunction with other credit risk variables such as affordability, length of term, collateral value, collateral type, and lien subordination.
Our consumer banking portfolio is comprised of five retail categories of loans: residential mortgages, home equity, education, automobile, and other retail.
Residential Mortgages and Home Equity
Residential mortgages are loans to consumers to purchase or refinance 1-4 family residential properties and are generally structured with repayment terms ranging from 15 to 30 years. We originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate (traditional and interest-only) residential mortgages, with the properties securing such mortgages primarily located within our geographic footprint. We do not originate residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or multiple payment options. Residential mortgage applications are underwritten using consistent credit policies and processes, with a focus on higher-quality borrowers.
Residential mortgages are originated based on an appraisal completed during the credit underwriting process, with borrower performance tracked monthly by segmenting the mortgage portfolio into pools based on product type. The portfolio is also segmented based upon delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV, and geographic concentrations as part of our overall risk management analysis and monitoring.
Home equity loans primarily include lines of credit secured by a first- or second-lien on the borrower’s residence, which enable the customer to borrow against the equity in their home or refinance existing mortgage debt. The product is a variable-rate, interest-only line of credit that allows the borrower to draw against the available line with no required principal payments during an initial 10-year revolving period. At the end of the revolving period, the home equity line of credit converts into a 15-year amortizing structure.
Home equity applications are underwritten using full income and credit standards with underwriting criteria based on minimum credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and combined LTV ratios utilizing current collateral valuations. The underwriting for variable-rate lines of credit also incorporates a stress analysis for rising interest rates. We actively manage lines of credit and adjust their lending limit when we believe it is necessary based on a borrower’s FICO score and any associated credit deterioration.
Borrower performance of the home equity portfolio is tracked on a monthly basis for internal reporting and risk management purposes by segmenting the portfolio into pools, which are typically based on origination vintage tranches. For home equity loans where we hold a subordinated lien position the performance of any related mortgage loans is also tracked regardless of whether we hold a lien on such loans. A third-party service provider is utilized to obtain updated loan information, including lien and collateral data that is aggregated from both public and private sources.
LTV information on our outstanding residential mortgages and home equity portfolios is updated quarterly based on a combination of automated valuation model updates and relevant home price indices. LTV is the ratio of the loan’s outstanding principal balance to the current property value estimate. For home equity and second mortgages, CLTV is the ratio of the first mortgage original principal balance and the second lien outstanding principal balance combined to the current property value estimate.
Property values for both residential mortgages and home equity loans are refreshed quarterly after an account is established to allow for proactive identification of changing levels of credit risk and to facilitate our portfolio management, including workout and loss mitigation functions. Our approach to managing credit risk is highly analytical and, where appropriate, is automated to ensure consistency and efficiency.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 52 |
Education
The education portfolio is primarily comprised of two products, in-school loans and education refinance loans. An in-school loan is generally financed over a 5, 10, or 15-year term and provides for fixed or variable rate financing to students while enrolled in school, with the option to pay while in school or to defer payment until after graduation. An education refinance loan provides a refinancing option on an existing education loan for students and parents, with 5 to 20-year terms and fixed or variable rates.
The performance of the education portfolio is measured monthly, including updated FICO, or equivalent, scores. We analyze the portfolio by product channel and type, and regularly evaluate default and delinquency experience for internal reporting and risk management purposes.
Automobile
The automobile portfolio consists of loans originated primarily through independent franchised dealers, including some located in select states outside of our primary geographic footprint. This portfolio is in runoff as we discontinued the origination of automobile loans in 2023.
The performance of the automobile loan portfolio is measured monthly, including updated collateral values and FICO, or equivalent, scores. We analyze the portfolio by product channel and type and regularly evaluate default and delinquency experience for internal reporting and risk management purposes.
Other Retail
Other retail loans primarily consist of unsecured consumer lending products, including credit cards and point-of-sale loans originated through partnerships with third-party companies. These loans are underwritten in accordance with our established credit policies and guidelines. Certain point-of-sale loans originated with third-party companies include credit loss protection agreements provided by those companies, which mitigate our risk of loss. Given the variable nature of the credit card portfolio, we actively monitor interest rate impacts and portfolio performance to ensure alignment with our risk tolerance.
The following table presents certain asset quality metrics for our retail loan portfolio:
| Table 13: Retail Asset Quality Metrics | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||
| Average refreshed FICO for total portfolio | 777 | 775 | |||
| CLTV ratio for secured real estate(1) | 50 | % | 50 | % |
(1) The real estate secured portfolio CLTV is calculated as the mortgage and second lien loan balance divided by the most recently available value of the property.
Commercial
Our commercial banking portfolio consists of traditional commercial and industrial loans, commercial leases, and commercial real estate loans.
For Commercial Banking, risk management includes defined credit products and policies and is separated into commercial and industrial loans, CRE, and leases. Separate verticals are established within commercial and industrial loans and leases for certain specialty products. Substantially all activity that falls under a defined industry or product is managed through a specialty vertical and a stand-alone team of industry, product, and credit risk specialists. CRE also operates as a specialty vertical.
Commercial transactions are subject to individual analysis and approval before origination and, with few exceptions, are subject to a formal annual review requirement. The underwriting process includes the establishment and approval of credit grades that establish the probability of default and loss given default. Material transactions require both a business line approver and an independent credit approver with the requisite level of delegated authority as determined by the size of the credit relationship as well as the probability of default. Checks and balances in the credit process and the independence of the credit approver function are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, actively monitor the portfolio to facilitate the early recognition of credit problems, and provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. Authority to grant credit is delegated through the independent Credit Risk Function and is closely monitored and updated annually, at a minimum.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 53 |
The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, geography, transaction structure including loan covenants, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. In addition to the credit analysis conducted during the approval process before origination and during an annual review, our Credit Review group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality of the portfolio and new originations. This group conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans and validate risk ratings, as well as tests the consistency of the credit processes and the effectiveness of credit risk management.
Credit exposure to individual borrowers is managed by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower, or related group of borrowers, with concentration risk managed through limits on industry sectors, asset classes, and loan quality factors.
We utilize internal risk ratings to monitor credit quality for commercial loans and leases, with ratings assigned at loan origination considering both quantitative and qualitative factors that directly correlate to loan quality and likelihood of repayment. These ratings are reevaluated utilizing a risk-based approach annually, at a minimum, or when management becomes aware of information affecting a borrower’s ability to fulfill their obligations.
Substantially all loans with an internal risk rating of Substandard Accrual or Nonaccrual, or loans categorized as Classified, are managed by Citizens Restructuring Management, a specialized group of credit professionals that handle the day-to-day management of loan workouts, commercial recoveries, and problem loan sales to reduce losses and maximize recoveries. Their responsibilities include developing and implementing action plans, assessing risk ratings, and determining the adequacy of the ACL, accrual status, and ultimate collectability of the Classified loan portfolio.
Criticized balances include loans with an internal risk rating of Special Mention, Substandard Accrual, or Nonaccrual. Total commercial criticized balances of $6.3 billion compared to $7.1 billion at December 31, 2024. For more information on internal risk ratings and the distribution of commercial loans and leases by vintage date and internal risk rating, see Note 4. In addition, see discussion of criticized balances below for our commercial and industrial and CRE portfolios.
Commercial and Industrial
The commercial and industrial portfolio includes both loans and leases made to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases, capital call facilities, or other projects/acquisitions. The loans and leases are generally underwritten individually to assess the quality of multiple sources of repayment including cash flow for debt service, collateral, and any guarantees from the business owner. Although real estate exists as collateral for these loans, the operation, sale, rental, or refinancing of the real estate is not considered the primary repayment source.
The risks inherent in the commercial and industrial portfolio are managed through origination policies, a defined loan concentration policy with established limits, ongoing loan- and portfolio-level reviews, recourse requirements, and continuous portfolio risk management activities. Our origination policies for the commercial and industrial portfolio include policies specific to loan product type, such as LTV and debt service coverage ratios, as applicable.
Commercial and industrial criticized balances of $2.6 billion at December 31, 2025 remained stable compared to December 31, 2024.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 54 |
The following table presents our commercial and industrial loan portfolio by industry sector:
| Table 14: Commercial and Industrial Loans by Industry Sector | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Balance | % of Total Loans and Leases | Balance | % of Total Loans and Leases | |||||
| Industry sector | |||||||||
| Finance and insurance | |||||||||
| Capital call facilities | $8,579 | 6 | % | $6,070 | 4 | % | |||
| Secured private credit finance | 3,963 | 3 | 2,908 | 2 | |||||
| Other finance and insurance | 4,633 | 3 | 3,538 | 3 | |||||
| Other manufacturing | 3,604 | 3 | 3,491 | 3 | |||||
| Technology | 3,203 | 2 | 2,818 | 2 | |||||
| Accommodation and food services | 2,044 | 1 | 2,599 | 2 | |||||
| Health, pharma, and social assistance | 2,368 | 2 | 2,322 | 2 | |||||
| Professional, scientific, and technical services | 2,407 | 2 | 2,313 | 2 | |||||
| Energy and related | 1,816 | 1 | 2,085 | 1 | |||||
| Other services | 2,419 | 2 | 2,061 | 1 | |||||
| Wholesale trade | 2,604 | 2 | 2,010 | 1 | |||||
| Retail trade | 1,744 | 1 | 2,000 | 1 | |||||
| Arts, entertainment, and recreation | 1,683 | 1 | 1,509 | 1 | |||||
| Administrative and waste management | 1,486 | 1 | 1,352 | 1 | |||||
| Automotive | 1,245 | 1 | 1,026 | 1 | |||||
| Rental and leasing | 1,257 | 1 | 923 | 1 | |||||
| Consumer products manufacturing | 717 | 1 | 710 | 1 | |||||
| Other | 3,460 | 2 | 2,816 | 2 | |||||
| Total commercial and industrial | $49,232 | 35 | % | $42,551 | 31 | % |
Commercial Real Estate
The CRE portfolio consists of both commercial property and construction loans that support a wide range of property development and investment activities including, but not limited to, multifamily, office spaces, industrial facilities, and retail shopping centers. These loans are typically repaid through cash flows generated from the operation, sale, or refinancing of the property. Risk on these loans is mitigated by requiring collateral values that exceed the loan amount and underwriting the loan with projected cash flow in excess of the debt service requirement.
Our CRE construction portfolio primarily consists of multifamily, warehouse, office, and data center property types. Loans in this portfolio are generally for construction projects that have been pre-sold or pre-leased, have secured permanent financing, or are made to real estate companies with significant equity invested in the project. Portfolio Management, CRE Loan Operations, and Collateral Risk Services are responsible for this portfolio and actively monitor the construction phase and manage the loan disbursements according to the predetermined construction schedule. Construction loans, which are generally short term in nature, are utilized to fund the development or renovation of real estate, with repayment often tied to the successful completion and stabilization of the property.
Risks inherent in this portfolio are managed by focusing on the financial strength and experience of the developer, market conditions, and other specific attributes associated with each project. We limit our loan amounts based on appraised values, minimum equity investments by our borrowers, and adequate cash flows to support the debt.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 55 |
Both macro- and loan-level stress-test scenarios based on existing and forecasted market conditions are part of the ongoing portfolio management process for the CRE portfolio. Ongoing portfolio-level reviews are performed that generate action plans based on occupancy levels or leasing revenues associated with the projects being reviewed. This highly individualized process requires working closely with all of our borrowers, as well as an in-depth knowledge of CRE project lending and the current market environment.
Property-type concentrations and both geographic and property-type performance metrics are actively monitored for all CRE loan types, with a focus on loans identified as higher risk based on our risk rating methodology. The portfolio is diversified by property type and loan size, representing a significant portion of the credit risk management strategies employed for this portfolio. Subsequent to origination, the Credit Review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk from new loan originations.
Appraisal values are obtained in conjunction with all originations and renewals, and on an as-needed basis, to comply with regulatory requirements and to ensure appropriate decisions regarding the ongoing management of the portfolio with respect to changing market conditions. Appraisals are obtained from approved vendors and are reviewed by an internal appraisal review group, which is composed of certified appraisers to ensure the quality of the valuation used in the underwriting process.
Commercial real estate criticized balances of $3.7 billion at December 31, 2025 decreased from $4.5 billion at December 31, 2024, attributable to office, multifamily, and industrial loan upgrades driven by improved leasing and operating performance, credit-enhanced extensions, sales, and refinancing activity, along with net charge-offs in the general office portfolio. Approximately 96% of commercial real estate loans remain current on payments as of December 31, 2025.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 56 |
The following table presents our commercial real estate loan portfolio by property type and state:
| Table 15: Commercial Real Estate by Property Type and State | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Balance | % of Total Loans and Leases | Balance | % of Total Loans and Leases | |||||
| Property type | |||||||||
| Multifamily | $9,196 | 6 | % | $9,791 | 7 | % | |||
| Office | |||||||||
| Credit tenant lease and life sciences(1) | 2,043 | 1 | 2,135 | 2 | |||||
| Other general office | 2,416 | 2 | 2,930 | 2 | |||||
| Industrial | 2,369 | 2 | 3,575 | 3 | |||||
| Retail | 2,714 | 2 | 2,940 | 2 | |||||
| Co-op | 1,771 | 1 | 1,802 | 1 | |||||
| Data center | 736 | 1 | 1,024 | 1 | |||||
| Hospitality | 331 | — | 418 | — | |||||
| Other | 3,004 | 2 | 2,610 | 2 | |||||
| Total commercial real estate | $24,580 | 17 | % | $27,225 | 20 | % | |||
| State | |||||||||
| New York | $6,238 | 4 | % | $6,643 | 5 | % | |||
| New Jersey | 2,899 | 2 | 3,370 | 2 | |||||
| Pennsylvania | 2,166 | 2 | 2,594 | 2 | |||||
| California | 2,775 | 2 | 2,398 | 2 | |||||
| Massachusetts | 1,638 | 1 | 1,682 | 1 | |||||
| Texas | 1,244 | 1 | 1,571 | 1 | |||||
| Florida | 960 | 1 | 1,123 | 1 | |||||
| Other Southeast(2) | 2,265 | 1 | 2,789 | 2 | |||||
| Other | 4,395 | 3 | 5,055 | 4 | |||||
| Total commercial real estate | $24,580 | 17 | % | $27,225 | 20 | % |
(1) Credit tenant lease includes loans to nationally recognized tenants with high credit ratings and life sciences includes loans to provide lab and office space for tenants involved in the study and development of scientific discoveries.
(2) Includes Georgia, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina and Virginia.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 57 |
Loan Asset Quality
Delinquency
We utilize credit scores provided by FICO and payment and delinquency status, among other data points, to monitor credit quality for retail loans. FICO credit scores represent current and historical national industry-wide consumer level credit performance data, which management believes are the strongest indicator of potential credit losses over the contractual life of the loan and a good predictor of a borrower’s future payment performance. A loan’s past due status is determined based on its contractual repayment terms or, if modified, based on its restructured terms.
The following table presents an aging analysis of accruing and nonaccrual loans for our retail loan portfolio:
| Table 16: Retail Loan Portfolio Analysis | |||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Days Past Due and Accruing | Days Past Due and Accruing | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Current | 30-59 | 60-89 | 90+ | Nonaccrual | Current | 30-59 | 60-89 | 90+ | Nonaccrual | ||||||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 98.64 | % | 0.27 | % | 0.13 | % | 0.40 | % | 0.56 | % | 97.81 | % | 0.77 | % | 0.28 | % | 0.55 | % | 0.59 | % | |
| Home equity | 97.67 | 0.50 | 0.15 | 0.01 | 1.67 | 97.59 | 0.53 | 0.16 | — | 1.72 | |||||||||||
| Automobile | 95.37 | 2.55 | 0.87 | — | 1.21 | 96.18 | 2.11 | 0.70 | — | 1.01 | |||||||||||
| Education | 99.12 | 0.43 | 0.19 | 0.02 | 0.24 | 98.83 | 0.42 | 0.21 | 0.02 | 0.52 | |||||||||||
| Other retail | 97.44 | 0.86 | 0.57 | — | 1.13 | 96.86 | 0.99 | 0.67 | 0.02 | 1.46 | |||||||||||
| Total retail | 98.26 | % | 0.46 | % | 0.19 | % | 0.21 | % | 0.88 | % | 97.75 | % | 0.76 | % | 0.30 | % | 0.26 | % | 0.93 | % |
Loans that are 90 days or more past due and accruing are not placed on nonaccrual status and continue to accrue interest if they are (i) adequately secured by collateral, in the process of collection, and reasonably expected to be restored to current status, (ii) managed in homogeneous portfolios with specified charge-off timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines, or (iii) insured or guaranteed by a U.S. government agency.
For more information on the aging of accruing and nonaccrual retail loans and the distribution of retail loans by vintage date and FICO score, see Note 4.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 58 |
Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
Nonaccrual loans and leases are those on which the accrual of interest is suspended and excludes LHFS, loans insured or guaranteed by a U.S. government agency, and loans accounted for at fair value. For more information on nonaccrual loans and leases, see Note 4.
The following table presents nonaccrual loans and leases:
| Table 17: Nonaccrual Loans and Leases | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $277 | $241 | $36 | 15 | % | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | 618 | 776 | (158) | (20) | |||||||
| Total commercial | 895 | 1,017 | (122) | (12) | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 196 | 192 | 4 | 2 | |||||||
| Home equity | 319 | 283 | 36 | 13 | |||||||
| Automobile | 28 | 48 | (20) | (42) | |||||||
| Education | 20 | 56 | (36) | (64) | |||||||
| Other retail | 46 | 68 | (22) | (32) | |||||||
| Total retail | 609 | 647 | (38) | (6) | |||||||
| Nonaccrual loans and leases | $1,504 | $1,664 | ($160) | (10 | %) | ||||||
| Nonaccrual loans and leases to total loans and leases | 1.05 | % | 1.20 | % | (15 | bps) | |||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonaccrual loans and leases | 129 | 124 | 5 | % | |||||||
| Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans and leases | 145 | 136 | 9 | % |
The decline in nonaccrual loans and leases as of December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024 reflects a decrease in commercial primarily driven by the general office segment of CRE, and a decrease in retail driven by the sale of education loans and continued runoff of the auto portfolio. See “ Executive Summary” for more information regarding the sale of education loans.
Other real estate owned represents property acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings and totaled $19 million and $11 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The ACL is comprised of the ALLL and the allowance for unfunded lending commitments. As described in Note 4, the ACL is maintained at a level the Company believes to be appropriate to absorb expected lifetime credit losses over the contractual life of a loan or lease and on unfunded lending commitments, inclusive of recoveries. We consider extensive historical loss experience, including the impact of loss mitigation and restructuring programs that we offer to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, as well as projected loss severity as a result of loan default.
Management evaluates the appropriateness of the ACL on a quarterly basis. The evaluation of both quantitative and qualitative information is performed by assessing groups of assets that share similar risk characteristics as well as certain individual loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics with the collective group. Loans are generally grouped by product type and are assessed for credit losses using econometric models.
The quantitative ACL utilizes economic forecasts primarily based on econometric models that use known or estimated data as of the balance sheet date and forecasted data over the reasonable and supportable period. Known and estimated data include current PD, LGD, and EAD for commercial loans, timing and amount of expected draws for unfunded lending commitments, and FICO, LTV, and term for retail loans. The mix and level of loan balances, delinquency levels, assigned risk ratings, previous loss experience, current business conditions, amount and timing of expected future cash flows, and factors specific to commercial credits such as competition, business, and management performance are also considered. Forward-looking economic assumptions include real GDP, unemployment rate, interest rate curve, and changes in collateral values. Historical information, such as financial statements for commercial customers or consumer credit ratings, may not be as relevant in estimating future expected credit losses as forecasted inputs to the models during volatile economic time periods.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 59 |
Qualitative factors are also considered by management in determining the adequacy of the ACL, with qualitative adjustments utilized to capture characteristics in the loans and leases portfolio that impact expected credit losses but are not fully reflected within our expected credit loss models. These factors include, but are not limited to: model imprecision, uncertainty in economic scenario assumptions, and emerging risks related to either changes in the economic environment that are affecting specific portfolios, or changes in portfolio concentrations over time that may affect model performance, credit underwriting policy exceptions, and results of internal audit and quality control reviews. The consideration of these qualitative items results in adjustments to amounts included in our ACL for each loan portfolio. The qualitative component of the ACL as of December 31, 2025 did not change significantly from December 31, 2024.
Loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics are individually assessed for expected credit losses. Nonaccrual commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans with an outstanding balance of $5 million or greater are assessed on an individual basis. Generally, measurement of the ACL on an individual loan or lease is based on the present value of its future cash flows or the fair value of its underlying collateral, if the loan or lease is collateral dependent.
The Company estimates expected credit losses associated with off-balance sheet financial instruments such as standby letters of credit, financial guarantees, and unfunded loan commitments that are not unconditionally cancellable. Off-balance sheet financial instruments are subject to individual reviews and are analyzed and segregated by risk according to the Company’s internal risk rating scale. These risk classifications, in conjunction with historical loss experience, current and future economic conditions, timing and amount of expected draws, and performance trends within specific portfolio segments, are considered to estimate the allowance for unfunded lending commitments. The Company does not recognize a reserve for future draws from credit lines that are unconditionally cancellable (e.g., credit cards).
For additional information regarding the ACL, see “Critical Accounting Estimates – Allowance for Credit Losses” and Note 4.
The following table presents the ACL and associated coverage ratio for our loan and lease portfolios:
| Table 18: Allocation of the ACL and Related Coverage Ratios by Portfolio | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Loans and Leases | Allowance | Coverage Ratio | % of Total Loans and Leases(1) | Loans and Leases | Allowance | Coverage Ratio | % of Total Loans and Leases(1) | |||||||||
| Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses | |||||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $49,232 | $508 | 1.03 | % | 35 | % | $42,551 | $480 | 1.13 | % | 31 | % | |||||
| Commercial real estate | 24,580 | 550 | 2.24 | 17 | 27,225 | 660 | 2.42 | 19 | |||||||||
| Total commercial | 73,812 | 1,058 | 1.43 | 52 | 69,776 | 1,140 | 1.63 | 50 | |||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 35,024 | 225 | 0.64 | 25 | 32,726 | 194 | 0.59 | 24 | |||||||||
| Home equity | 19,069 | 126 | 0.66 | 13 | 16,495 | 112 | 0.68 | 12 | |||||||||
| Automobile | 2,310 | 10 | 0.42 | 2 | 4,744 | 24 | 0.51 | 3 | |||||||||
| Education | 8,416 | 261 | 3.10 | 6 | 10,812 | 292 | 2.70 | 8 | |||||||||
| Other retail | 4,061 | 263 | 6.48 | 3 | 4,650 | 299 | 6.44 | 3 | |||||||||
| Total retail | 68,880 | 885 | 1.28 | 48 | 69,427 | 921 | 1.33 | 50 | |||||||||
| Total loans and leases | $142,692 | $1,943 | 1.36 | % | 100 | % | $139,203 | $2,061 | 1.48 | % | 100 | % | |||||
| Allowance for Unfunded Lending Commitments | |||||||||||||||||
| Commercial(2) | $194 | 1.70 | % | $155 | 1.86 | % | |||||||||||
| Retail(3) | 46 | 1.35 | 43 | 1.39 | |||||||||||||
| Total allowance for unfunded lending commitments | 240 | 198 | |||||||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses | $142,692 | $2,183 | 1.53 | % | $139,203 | $2,259 | 1.62 | % |
(1) Represents the percentage of each loan category to total loans and leases.
(2) Coverage ratio includes total commercial allowance for unfunded lending commitments and total commercial allowance for loan and lease losses in the numerator and total commercial loans and leases in the denominator.
(3) Coverage ratio includes total retail allowance for unfunded lending commitments and total retail allowance for loan losses in the numerator and total retail loans in the denominator.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 60 |
The ACL as of December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024 decreased $76 million, driven by a $33 million decrease in retail, given the benefit of auto loan portfolio runoff and improving loan mix, and a $43 million decrease in commercial.
The following table presents the net charge-off ratio for our loan and lease portfolios:
| Table 19: Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans and Leases | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Net Charge-Offs | Average Balance | Ratio | Net Charge-Offs | Average Balance | Ratio | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $133 | $45,763 | 0.29 | % | $76 | $44,174 | 0.17 | % | |||||
| Commercial real estate | 200 | 26,079 | 0.77 | 300 | 28,430 | 1.05 | |||||||
| Total commercial | 333 | 71,842 | 0.46 | 376 | 72,604 | 0.52 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 5 | 33,800 | 0.01 | — | 31,916 | — | |||||||
| Home equity | (5) | 17,695 | (0.03) | (7) | 15,603 | (0.04) | |||||||
| Automobile | 18 | 3,432 | 0.54 | 41 | 6,404 | 0.65 | |||||||
| Education | 109 | 9,075 | 1.20 | 105 | 11,340 | 0.93 | |||||||
| Other retail | 224 | 4,233 | 5.29 | 231 | 4,837 | 4.75 | |||||||
| Total retail | 351 | 68,235 | 0.51 | 370 | 70,100 | 0.53 | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $684 | $140,077 | 0.49 | % | $746 | $142,704 | 0.52 | % |
For the year ended December 31, 2025, net charge-offs decreased $62 million and the net charge-off ratio decreased 3 basis points compared to 2024. The year-ended period December 31, 2025 includes a $25 million charge-off resulting from the sale of education loans. See “ Executive Summary” for more information regarding the sale of education loans.
Market Risk
Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Modest market risk arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including the hedging of interest rate and foreign exchange risks. As described below, the market risk arising from our non-trading banking activities, such as the origination of loans and deposit gathering, is more significant. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor, and report market risk. We actively manage market risk for both non-trading and trading activities.
Non-Trading Risk
Our non-trading banking activities expose us to market risk. This market risk is composed of interest rate risk, as we have no commodity risk and de minimis direct currency and equity risk. We also have market risk related to capital markets loan originations, as well as the valuation of our MSRs.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk emerges from the balance sheet after the aggregation of our assets, liabilities, and equity. We refer to this non-trading risk embedded in the balance sheet as “structural interest rate risk” or “interest rate risk in the banking book.”
A major source of structural interest rate risk is a difference in the repricing of assets relative to liabilities and equity. There are differences in the timing and drivers of rate changes reflecting the maturity and/or repricing of assets and liabilities. There may also be differences in the drivers of rate changes, as loans may be tied to a specific index rate such as SOFR or Prime, while deposits may not be as correlated with such rates and more dependent upon competitive demand. Due to these basis differences, net interest income is sensitive to changes in spreads between certain indices or repricing rates.
A primary source of our structural interest rate risk relates to faster repricing of floating-rate loans relative to core deposit funding. This source of asset sensitivity is more biased toward the short end of the yield curve. The secondary source of our interest rate risk is driven by longer term rates comprising the rollover or reinvestment risk on fixed-rate loans, as well as prepayment risk on mortgage-related loans and securities funded by non-rate sensitive deposits and equity.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 61 |
Another important source of structural interest rate risk relates to the potential exercise of explicit or embedded options. For example, most consumer loans can be prepaid without penalty and most consumer deposits can be withdrawn without penalty. The exercise of such options by customers can exacerbate the timing differences discussed above.
The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control exposure to interest rate risk within policy limits approved by our Board. These limits and guidelines reflect our tolerance for interest rate risk over both short- and long-term horizons. To ensure that exposure to interest rate risk is managed within our risk appetite, we measure the exposure and hedge it, as necessary. The Treasury Asset and Liability Management team is responsible for measuring, monitoring, and reporting on our structural interest rate risk position. These exposures are reported on a monthly basis to the Asset Liability Committee and at Board meetings.
We measure structural interest rate risk through a variety of metrics intended to quantify both short- and long-term exposures. The primary method we use to quantify interest rate risk is simulation analysis in which we model net interest income from assets, liabilities, and hedge derivative positions under various interest rate scenarios over a three-year horizon. Exposure to interest rate risk is reflected in the variation of forecasted net interest income across these scenarios.
Key assumptions in this simulation analysis relate to the behavior of interest rates and spreads, changes in product balances, and the behavior of our loan and deposit customers in different rate environments. Repricing characteristics and balance fluctuations of deposits with indeterminate (i.e., non-contractual) maturities, as well as the pace of mortgage prepayments are the most significant behavioral assumptions. We utilize product level models that consider specific product characteristics and composition of the deposit portfolio, along with current and forward-looking market dynamics, to project deposit rates. Similarly, we employ dynamic prepayment and mortgage rate models to project prepayment behaviors specific to each of our product offerings. These models are developed based on internal performance data over prior interest rate cycles and calibrated to our experience and outlook for rates across a diverse set of market environments. We assess our models and assumptions periodically by running sensitivity analyses to determine the impact of changes to inputs or assumptions on our risk results, which are reported to the Asset Liability Committee.
Since we cannot predict the future path of interest rates, we use simulation analysis to project net interest income under various interest rate scenarios including a “most likely” (implied forward) scenario, as well as a variety of extreme and unlikely scenarios. These scenarios may assume gradual ramping of the overall level of interest rates, immediate shocks to the level of rates, and various yield curve twists in which movements in short- or long-term rates predominate. Generally, projected net interest income in any interest rate scenario is compared to net interest income in a base case where market-forward rates are realized.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 62 |
The table below presents the sensitivity of net interest income to various parallel yield curve shifts from the market implied forward yield curve. Our policies involve measuring exposures as a percentage change in net interest income over the next year due to either instantaneous or gradual parallel changes in rates relative to the market implied forward yield curve. As the following table illustrates, our balance sheet is slightly asset sensitive; net interest income would benefit from an increase in interest rates, while exposure to a decline in interest rates is within limits established and monitored by senior management. While an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates is included in this analysis, we believe that any actual shift in interest rates would be more gradual and, therefore, have a more modest impact.
| Table 20: Sensitivity of Net Interest Income | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Estimated % Change in Net Interest Income over 12 Months | |||||
| December 31, | |||||
| Basis points | 2025 | 2024 | |||
| Gradual Change in Interest Rates | |||||
| +200 | 2.0 | % | 2.2 | % | |
| +100 | 1.0 | 1.0 | |||
| -100 | (1.1) | (0.9) | |||
| -200 | (2.4) | (1.8) | |||
| Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates | |||||
| +200 | 1.8 | % | 1.8 | % | |
| +100 | 1.1 | 1.1 | |||
| -100 | (1.9) | (1.3) | |||
| -200 | (4.8) | (3.3) |
We continue to manage asset sensitivity within the scope of our policy, changing market conditions, and changes in our balance sheet. The Company’s base case net interest income assumes the forward-rate path implied by the period-end yield curve is realized. The rate risk exposure is then measured based on assumed changes from that base case rate path.
Our risk position is slightly asset sensitive to a gradual change in rates as of December 31, 2025, consistent with our position as of December 31, 2024. Our interest rate sensitivity incorporates the impact of changes in our balance sheet mix, including securities, loans, deposits, borrowed funds, and hedge activity. Receive-fixed swaps that offset our naturally asset-sensitive balance sheet represent the primary hedging tool utilized to manage overall asset sensitivity. Pay-fixed swaps against our securities portfolio are also utilized to protect capital by reducing AOCI volatility.
We use a valuation measure of exposure to structural interest rate risk, EVE, as a supplement to net interest income simulations. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure over a long-term horizon. EVE measures the extent to which the economic value of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. We employ sophisticated models for prepayments and deposit pricing and attrition, which provide a granular view of cash flows based on the unique characteristics of the underlying products and customer segments. The change in value is expressed as a percentage of regulatory capital.
We use interest rate derivative contracts as part of our ALM strategy to manage exposure to the variability in the interest cash flows on our floating-rate assets and wholesale funding, the variability in the fair value of AFS securities, and to hedge market risk on fixed-rate capital markets debt issuances.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 63 |
The following table presents interest rate derivative contracts that we have entered into as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| Table 21: Interest Rate Hedges Used to Manage Non-Trading Interest Rate Exposure | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| Weighted Average | Weighted Average | ||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Notional Amount | Maturity (Years) | Fixed Rate | Reset Rate | Notional Amount | Maturity (Years) | Fixed Rate | Reset Rate | |||||||||
| Fair value hedges: | |||||||||||||||||
| Asset conversion swaps: | |||||||||||||||||
| AFS securities: | |||||||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive SOFR | $6,608 | 3.8 | 3.8 | % | 3.9 | % | $7,827 | 4.7 | 3.8 | % | 4.5 | % | |||||
| Liability conversion swaps: | |||||||||||||||||
| Long-term borrowed funds: | |||||||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay SOFR | — | — | — | — | 500 | 0.9 | 2.6 | 4.8 | |||||||||
| Total fair value hedges | $6,608 | $8,327 | |||||||||||||||
| Cash flow hedges: | |||||||||||||||||
| Asset conversion swaps: | |||||||||||||||||
| Loans: | |||||||||||||||||
| Swaps | |||||||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay SOFR | $30,750 | 1.0 | 3.4 | 3.9 | $26,250 | 1.7 | 3.1 | 4.5 | |||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay SOFR - forward-starting | 17,000 | 3.3 | 3.6 | 3.3 | 20,000 | 3.5 | 3.7 | 4.0 | |||||||||
| Basis swaps | |||||||||||||||||
| Receive SOFR/pay 1-month term SOFR | 12,000 | 0.8 | — | 3.9/3.7 | 11,500 | 1.6 | — | 4.5/4.3 | |||||||||
| Receive SOFR/pay 1-month term SOFR - forward-starting | 1,000 | 1.0 | — | 3.9/3.7 | 3,000 | 2.4 | — | 4.0/4.0 | |||||||||
| Total cash flow hedges | $60,750 | $60,750 | |||||||||||||||
| Total hedges | $67,358 | $69,077 |
Included in AOCI are net losses from terminated swaps of $273 million that will reduce net interest income by $230 million in 2026 and $43 million thereafter.
Capital Markets
A key component of our capital markets activities is the underwriting and distribution of corporate credit facilities to finance M&A transactions or other corporate purposes for our clients. We have a rigorous risk management process around these activities, including a limit structure capping our underwriting risk, potential loss, and sub-limits for specific asset classes. Further, the ability to approve underwriting exposure is delegated only to senior level individuals in the credit risk management and capital markets organizations with each transaction, at a minimum, requiring approval of one business approver and one credit approver. Such approvals are frequently handled in the context of a committee meeting forum known as the Loan Underwriting Approval Committee.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
We have market risk associated with the value of residential MSRs, which are impacted by various types of inherent risks, including duration, basis, convexity, volatility, and yield curve.
As part of our overall risk management strategy we enter into various freestanding derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate futures, and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities to economically hedge the changes in fair value of our MSRs. For more information regarding the fair value of our MSRs and associated derivatives see Note 6 and Note 12.
As with our traded market risk-based activities, earnings at risk excludes the impact of MSRs. MSRs are captured under our single price risk management framework that is used for calculating a management VaR consistent with the definition used by banking regulators.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 64 |
Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk primarily through client facilitation activities from certain derivative and foreign exchange products as well as underwriting and market making activities. Market risk exposure arises from fluctuations in interest rates, basis spreads, volatility, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads across various financial instruments.
Client facilitation activities consist primarily of interest rate derivatives, financially settled commodity derivatives, and foreign exchange contracts where we enter into offsetting trades with a separate counterparty or exchange to manage our market risk exposure. In addition, we operate trading desks covering secondary loans, corporate bonds, and equity securities, with the objective of meeting secondary liquidity needs of our clients. We do not engage in any trading activities to benefit from short-term price differences.
Market Risk Governance
The process of setting our market risk limit is established in accordance with the formal enterprise risk appetite process and policy, which reflects the strategic and enterprise level articulation of opportunities for creating franchise value set to the boundaries of how much market risk to assume. Dealing authorities represent the key control tool in the management of market risk that allows the cascading of the risk appetite throughout the enterprise. A dealing authority sets the operational scope and tolerances within which a business and/or trading desk is permitted to operate, which is reviewed annually at a minimum. Dealing authorities are structured to accommodate client facing trades and hedges needed to manage the risk profile, with responsibility for remaining within established tolerances residing with the business. Key risk indicators, including VaR, open foreign currency positions, and single name risk are monitored daily and reported against tolerances consistent with our risk appetite and business strategy to the appropriate business line management and risk counterparts.
Market Risk Measurement
We use VaR as a statistical measure for estimating the potential exposure of our traded market risk in normal market conditions, with our VaR framework identical for both risk management and regulatory reporting purposes. Risk management VaR is based on a one-day holding period to a 99% confidence level and regulatory VaR is based on a ten-day holding period to the same confidence level. In addition to VaR, non-statistical measurements for measuring risk such as sensitivity analysis, market value, and stress testing are employed.
Our market risk platform and associated market risk and valuation models capture correlation effects across all our “covered positions” and allow for aggregation of market risk across products, risk types, business lines, and legal entities. We measure, monitor, and report market risk for management and regulatory capital purposes.
VaR Overview
The market risk measurement model is based on historical simulation. The VaR measure estimates the extent of any fair value losses on trading positions that may occur due to broad market movements (General VaR) such as changes in the level of interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and commodity prices. It is calculated on the basis that current positions remain relatively unaltered over the course of a given holding period with the assumption that markets are sufficiently liquid to allow the business to close its positions, if required, within this holding period. Based on the composition of our “covered positions,” we also use a standardized add-on approach for the loan trading and high yield bond desks’ Specific Risk capital, which estimates the extent of any losses that may occur from factors other than broad market movements. The General VaR approach is expressed in terms of a confidence level over the past 500 trading days. The internal VaR measure, used as the basis of the main VaR trading limits, is a 99% confidence level with a one-day holding period, indicating that a loss greater than the VaR is expected to occur, on average, on only one day in 100 trading days (i.e., 1% of the time). Theoretically, there should be a loss event greater than VaR two to three times per year. The regulatory measure of VaR is a 99% confidence level with a ten-day holding period. The historical market data applied to calculate the VaR is updated on a two-business day lag. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” below for details of our ten-day VaR metrics for the quarters ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 65 |
Market Risk Regulatory Capital
The U.S. banking regulators’ “Market Risk Rule” covers the calculation of market risk capital. Under this rule, all of our client facing trades and associated hedges maintain a low net risk and qualify as “covered positions.” The internal management VaR measure is calculated based on the same population of trades that is utilized for regulatory VaR.
| Table 22: Results of Modeled and Non-Modeled Measures for Regulatory Capital Calculations | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions) | For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2025 | For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Market Risk Category | Period End | Average | High | Low | Period End | Average | High | Low | |||||||||||||||
| Interest Rate | $1 | $1 | $1 | $1 | $2 | $1 | $3 | $1 | |||||||||||||||
| Foreign Exchange Currency Rate | — | — | 4 | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Credit Spread | 1 | 1 | 1 | — | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | |||||||||||||||
| Commodity | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| General VaR | 1 | 2 | 4 | 1 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | |||||||||||||||
| Specific Risk VaR | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total VaR | $1 | $2 | $4 | $1 | $3 | $2 | $3 | $1 | |||||||||||||||
| Stressed General VaR | $9 | $5 | $9 | $4 | $7 | $7 | $12 | $4 | |||||||||||||||
| Stressed Specific Risk VaR | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total Stressed VaR | $9 | $5 | $9 | $4 | $7 | $7 | $12 | $4 | |||||||||||||||
| Market Risk Regulatory Capital | $21 | $28 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Specific Risk Not Modeled Add-on | 27 | 25 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| de Minimis Exposure Add-on | 2 | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Total Market Risk Regulatory Capital | $50 | $53 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Market Risk-Weighted Assets | $621 | $665 |
Stressed VaR
SVaR is an extension of VaR and utilizes a longer historical look-back horizon, fixed from January 3, 2005, to identify headline risks from more volatile periods and to provide a counterbalance to VaR, which may be low during periods of low volatility. The holding period for profit and loss determination is ten days. In addition to its utilization for risk management purposes, SVaR is a component of market risk regulatory capital. We calculate SVaR daily under its own dynamic window regime whereby values of the ten-day, 99% VaR are calculated over all 260-day periods that can be obtained from the complete historical data set. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” above for SVaR metrics.
Sensitivity Analysis
Sensitivity analysis is the measure of exposure to a single risk factor, such as a one basis point change in rates or credit spread. We conduct and monitor sensitivity on interest rates, basis spreads, foreign exchange exposures, option prices, and credit spreads. Since VaR is based on previous moves in market risk factors over recent periods, it may not be an accurate predictor of future market moves. Sensitivity analysis complements VaR as it provides an indication of risk relative to each factor irrespective of historical market moves and is an effective tool in evaluating the appropriateness of hedging strategies and concentrations.
Stress Testing
Conducting a stress test of a portfolio consists of running risk models with the inclusion of key variables that simulate various historical or hypothetical scenarios. For historical stress tests, profit and loss results are simulated for select time periods corresponding to the most volatile underlying returns, while hypothetical stress tests aim to consider concentration risk, illiquidity under stressed market conditions, and risk arising from our trading activities that may not be fully captured by our other risk-measurement methodologies. Hypothetical scenarios also assume that market moves occur simultaneously and no repositioning or hedging activity takes place to mitigate losses as market events unfold. Stress tests of our trading positions are generated daily.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 66 |
VaR Model Review and Validation
Our market risk measurement models are independently reviewed and subject to ongoing performance analysis by the model owners. This independent review and validation focuses on model methodology, market data, and performance and is the responsibility of Citizens’ Model Risk Management and Validation team. This team challenges the assumptions used and quantitative techniques employed, including the theoretical justification supporting them, and performs an assessment of the soundness of the required data over time. The quantitative impact of the major underlying modeling assumptions is estimated (e.g., through developing alternative models), if possible. The market risk models may be periodically enhanced due to changes in market price levels and price action regime behavior. The Market Risk Management and Validation team conducts internal validation before a new or changed model element is implemented and before a change is made to market data mapping.
VaR Backtesting
Backtesting is one form of validation of the VaR model and is run daily. The Market Risk Rule requires a comparison of our internal VaR measure to the actual, aggregated net trading revenue (excluding fees, commissions, reserves, intra-day trading, and net interest income) for each day over the preceding year (the most recent 250 business days). Any observed loss in excess of the combined portfolio’s VaR number is taken as an exception. The number of exceptions determines the multiplication factor used to derive the VaR and SVaR-based capital requirement for regulatory reporting purposes, when applicable. The multiplication factor, which increases from a minimum of three to a maximum of four, depending on the number of exceptions, did not change during 2025 based on the Company’s three observed exceptions during the year. Further, we perform sub-portfolio backtesting as required under the Market Risk Rule, using models approved by our banking regulators for interest rate, credit spread, commodity, and foreign exchange positions.
Liquidity Risk
We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity, defined as our ability to meet our obligations when they come due, fundamental to our safety and soundness. As a financial institution, we must maintain operating liquidity to meet expected daily and forecasted cash flow requirements, as well as contingent liquidity to meet unexpected and stress-scenario funding requirements. Reflecting the importance of meeting all unexpected and stress-scenario funding requirements, we identify and manage contingent liquidity, consisting of cash balances at the FRB, unencumbered high-quality liquid securities, and unused FHLB borrowing capacity. Separately, we also identify and manage asset liquidity as a subset of contingent liquidity, consisting of cash balances at the FRB and unencumbered high-quality liquid securities. We maintain additional secured borrowing capacity at the FRB discount window, but do not view this as a primary means of funding, but rather a potential source in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. We manage liquidity at the consolidated enterprise level and at each material legal entity.
Liquidity risk is the risk arising from the inability to meet our obligations when they come due. We must maintain adequate funding to meet current and future obligations, including customer loan requests, deposit maturities and withdrawals, debt service, leases, and other cash commitments, under both normal operating conditions and periods of company-specific and/or market stress.
Liquidity risk is measured and managed by the Funding and Liquidity unit within our Treasury group in accordance with policy guidelines promulgated by our Board and the Asset Liability Committee. The Funding and Liquidity unit is responsible for maintaining a liquidity management framework that effectively manages liquidity risk. Processes within this framework include, but are not limited to, regular and comprehensive reporting, including current levels versus threshold limits for a broad set of liquidity metrics and early warning indicators, explanatory commentary relating to emerging risk trends and, as appropriate, recommended remedial strategies, liquidity stress testing, contingency funding plans, and collateral management.
Our Funding and Liquidity unit’s primary goals are to deliver and maintain prudent levels of operating liquidity to support expected and projected funding requirements; contingent liquidity to support unexpected funding requirements resulting from idiosyncratic, systemic, and combination stress events; and regulatory liquidity requirements in a timely manner from stable and cost-efficient funding sources. We seek to accomplish these goals by funding loans with stable deposits, by prudently controlling dependence on wholesale funding, particularly short-term unsecured funding, and by maintaining ample available liquidity, including a contingent liquidity buffer of unencumbered high-quality loans and securities.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 67 |
The Funding and Liquidity unit monitors a variety of liquidity and funding metrics and early warning indicators, including specific risk thresholds limits. These monitoring tools are broadly classified as follows:
•Current liquidity sources and capacities, including cash balances at the FRB, free and liquid securities, and secured borrowing capacity at the FHLB and FRB discount window;
•Liquidity stress sources, including idiosyncratic, systemic, and combined stresses, in addition to evolving regulatory requirements; and
•Current and prospective exposures, including secured and unsecured wholesale funding, and spot and cumulative cash-flow gaps across a variety of horizons.
Further, certain of these metrics are monitored individually for CBNA and for our consolidated enterprise on a daily basis, including cash position, unencumbered securities, asset liquidity, and available FHLB borrowing capacity. In order to identify emerging trends and risks and inform funding decisions, specific metrics are also forecasted over a one-year horizon.
We rely on customer deposits to be our primary stable and low-cost source of funding. Our other funding sources are dependent on our ability to securitize loans in secondary markets, raise funds in the debt and equity capital markets, pledge loans and/or securities for borrowing from the FHLB, pledge securities as collateral for borrowing under repurchase agreements, and sell AFS securities. In addition, we maintain a contingency funding plan designed to ensure that liquidity sources are sufficient to meet ongoing obligations and commitments, particularly in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. The plan identifies members of the liquidity contingency team and provides a framework for management to follow, including notification and escalation of potential liquidity stress events.
As of December 31, 2025:
•Organically generated deposits continue to be our primary source of funding, resulting in a consolidated period-end loan-to-deposit ratio, excluding LHFS, of 77.8%;
•Our total available liquidity, comprised of contingent liquidity and available discount window capacity, was approximately $86.3 billion;
◦Contingent liquidity was $72.3 billion, consisting of unencumbered high-quality liquid securities of $39.1 billion, unused FHLB capacity of $22.1 billion, and cash balances at the FRB of $11.1 billion; and
◦Available discount window capacity was $14.0 billion, defined as available total borrowing capacity from the FRB based on identified collateral, which is primarily secured by non-mortgage commercial and retail loans.
For a summary of our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, see the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in Item 8.
Parent Company Liquidity
Our Parent Company’s primary sources of cash are dividends and interest received from CBNA resulting from investing in bank equity and subordinated debt as well as externally issued preferred stock, senior debt, and subordinated debt. Uses of cash include the routine cash flow requirements as a bank holding company, including periodic share repurchases and payments of dividends, interest, and expenses; the needs of subsidiaries, including CBNA for additional equity and, as required, its need for debt financing; and the support for extraordinary funding requirements when necessary. To the extent the Parent Company relies on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Parent Company completed the following transactions:
•Issued $750 million of 5.253% fixed-to-floating rate senior notes due 2031;
•Issued 400,000 shares of 6.500% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual Series I Preferred Stock at an aggregate offering price of $400 million; and
•Redeemed all outstanding shares of the 5.650% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual Series F Preferred Stock on October 6, 2025.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 68 |
Our Parent Company’s cash and cash equivalents represent a source of liquidity that can be used to meet various needs and totaled $2.3 billion and $2.7 billion as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Parent Company declared dividends on common stock of $755 million and $769 million, respectively, and declared dividends on preferred stock of $138 million and $137 million, respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Parent Company repurchased $600 million and $1.1 billion, respectively, of its outstanding common stock.
CBNA Liquidity
As CBNA’s primary business involves taking deposits and making loans, a key role of liquidity management is to ensure that customers have timely access to funds. Liquidity management also involves maintaining sufficient liquidity to repay wholesale borrowings, pay operating expenses, and support extraordinary funding requirements when necessary. In the ordinary course of business, the liquidity of CBNA is managed by matching sources and uses of cash. The primary sources of bank liquidity include deposits from our consumer and commercial customers; payments of principal and interest on loans and debt securities; and wholesale borrowings, as needed. The primary uses of bank liquidity include withdrawals and maturities of deposits; payment of interest on deposits; funding of loans and related commitments; and funding of securities purchases. To the extent that CBNA relies on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, CBNA completed the following transactions:
•Redeemed $350 million of 5.284% fixed-to-floating rate senior notes due January 2026; and
•Redeemed $500 million of 3.750% senior notes due February 2026.
Credit ratings assigned by agencies such as Moody’s, Standard and Poor’s, and Fitch impact our access to unsecured wholesale market funds and to large uninsured customer deposits and are presented in the table below. We currently have a “stable” outlook at Standard & Poor’s, a “stable” outlook at Moody’s, and a “positive” outlook at Fitch. Changes in our public credit ratings could affect both the cost and availability of our wholesale funding.
| Table 23: Credit Ratings | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2025 | |||||
| Moody’s | Standard and Poor’s | Fitch | |||
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc.: | |||||
| Long-term issuer | Baa1 | BBB+ | BBB+ | ||
| Short-term issuer | NR | A-2 | F1 | ||
| Subordinated debt | Baa1 | BBB | BBB | ||
| Preferred Stock | Baa3 | BB+ | BB | ||
| Citizens Bank, National Association: | |||||
| Long-term issuer | A3 | A- | BBB+ | ||
| Short-term issuer | (P) P-2 | A-2 | F1 | ||
| Long-term deposits | A1 | NR | A- | ||
| Short-term deposits | P-1 | NR | F1 |
NR = Not Rated
Regulatory liquidity requirements represent another key driver of systemic liquidity conditions and management practices, with the FRB and OCC regularly evaluating our liquidity as part of the overall supervisory process. For further discussion, see the “Liquidity Requirements” section under “Regulation and Supervision” in Item 1.
Contractual Obligations
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contractual obligations that may require future cash payments, including customer deposit maturities and withdrawals, debt service, lease obligations and other cash commitments. For more information regarding these obligations, see Notes 7, 10 and 11.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 69 |
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We engage in a variety of activities that are not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets that are generally referred to as “off-balance sheet arrangements.” For more information on these types of activities, see Note 17.
Operational Risk
Operational risk is the risk of loss due to human error, third-party performance failures, or inadequate or failed internal systems and controls and includes certain risks such as fraud, legal, and natural disasters. To mitigate these risks, we maintain a comprehensive system of internal controls designed to identify, assess, and monitor potential threats to our operations. Our risk management framework includes regular audits, employee training, cybersecurity measures, and business continuity planning. We continuously evaluate and enhance these controls to adapt to evolving risks and regulatory requirements, ensuring the integrity, reliability, and efficiency of our operations.
For more information regarding our cybersecurity risk management practices and governance, see Item 1C in this report.
Compliance Risk
Financial institutions are subject to many laws, rules, and regulations at both the federal and state levels. These broad-based laws, rules, and regulations include, but are not limited to, expectations relating to anti-money laundering, lending limits, client privacy, fair lending, prohibitions against unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices, protections for military members as they enter active duty, and community reinvestment. Adherence to the increasing volume and complexity of regulatory changes can increase our overall compliance risk. As such, we utilize various resources to help ensure expectations are met, including a team of compliance experts dedicated to ensuring our conformance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. Our colleagues receive training for several broad-based laws and regulations including, but not limited to, anti-money laundering and customer privacy. Colleagues engaged in lending activities also receive training for laws and regulations related to flood disaster protection, equal credit opportunity, fair lending, and/or other courses related to the extension of credit. We hold ourselves to a high standard for adherence to compliance management and seek to continuously enhance our performance.
CAPITAL
As a BHC and FHC, we are subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB. Our banking subsidiary, CBNA, is a national banking association primarily regulated by the OCC. Our regulation and supervision continues to evolve as the legal and regulatory frameworks governing our operations continue to change. See the “Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1 for more information.
Capital Adequacy Process
Our assessment of capital adequacy begins with our Board-approved risk appetite and risk management framework. This framework provides for the identification, measurement, and management of material risks. Capital requirements are determined for actual and forecasted risk portfolios using applicable regulatory capital methodologies. The assessment also considers the possible impacts of approved and proposed changes to regulatory capital requirements. Key analytical frameworks, including scenario analysis and stress testing, supplement our base line forecast to help inform a range of potential outcomes. A governance framework supports our capital planning process, including capital management policies and procedures that document capital adequacy metrics and limits, as well as our Capital Contingency Plan and the active engagement of both the Board and senior management in oversight and decision-making.
Forward-looking assessments of capital adequacy provide for the development of a single capital plan, which is periodically submitted to the FRB, that covers both us and our banking subsidiary. We prepare this plan in accordance with the Capital Plan Rule and we participate annually in the FRB’s horizontal capital review as part of their normal supervisory process, which includes an assessment of specific capital planning areas.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 70 |
The FRB regularly supervises and evaluates our capital adequacy and capital planning processes, including the submission of an annual capital plan approved by our Board of Directors or one of its committees. Under the FRB’s capital requirements, we must maintain capital ratios above the sum of the regulatory minimum and SCB requirement to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The FRB utilizes the supervisory stress test to determine our SCB, which is re-calibrated with each biennial supervisory stress test and updated annually to reflect our planned common stock dividends. As an institution subject to Category IV standards, we are subject to biennial supervisory stress testing in even-numbered years. Our SCB associated with the 2024 supervisory stress test was 4.5%, effective through September 30, 2025. In August 2025, the FRB provided us with our updated SCB requirement, which remains at 4.5% and was initially effective from October 1, 2025 to September 30, 2026. However, in February 2026, the SCB effective date was moved from October 1, 2026 to October 1, 2027 because the FRB extended the notification deadlines while its enhanced transparency proposal and related stress test model changes remain under public comment and will not be finalized before the 2026 supervisory stress test, resulting in our SCB remaining in place until October 1, 2028, pending other regulatory actions.
Regulations relating to capital planning, regulatory reporting, stress testing, and capital buffer requirements applicable to firms like us are presently subject to rulemaking and potential further guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. We will continue to evaluate the impact of these and any other regulatory changes, including their potential resultant changes in our regulatory and compliance costs.
Regulatory Capital Ratios and Capital Composition
Under the current U.S. Basel III capital framework, we, and our banking subsidiary, CBNA, must meet the following specific minimum requirements: CET1 capital ratio of 4.5%, Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, Total capital ratio of 8.0%, and Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. As a BHC, our SCB of 4.5% is imposed on top of the three minimum risk-based capital ratios listed above and a CCB of 2.5% is imposed on top of the three minimum risk-based capital ratios listed above for CBNA.
For additional discussion of the U.S. Basel III capital framework and its related application, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1. The table below presents the regulatory capital ratios for CFG and CBNA under the U.S. Basel III Standardized rules:
| Table 24: Regulatory Capital Ratios Under the U.S. Basel III Standardized Rules | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Required Minimum Capital Ratio(1) | |||||||
| CET1 capital | ||||||||||||
| CFG | $18,240 | 10.6 | % | $17,900 | 10.8 | % | 9.0 | % | ||||
| CBNA | 20,946 | 12.3 | 20,250 | 12.3 | 7.0 | |||||||
| Tier 1 capital | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 20,351 | 11.9 | 20,013 | 12.1 | 10.5 | |||||||
| CBNA | 20,946 | 12.3 | 20,250 | 12.3 | 8.5 | |||||||
| Total capital | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 23,654 | 13.8 | 23,232 | 14.0 | 12.5 | |||||||
| CBNA | 24,135 | 14.1 | 23,362 | 14.2 | 10.5 | |||||||
| Tier 1 leverage | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 20,351 | 9.5 | 20,013 | 9.4 | 4.0 | |||||||
| CBNA | 20,946 | 9.8 | 20,250 | 9.6 | 4.0 | |||||||
| Risk-weighted assets | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 171,493 | 165,699 | ||||||||||
| CBNA | 170,656 | 164,986 | ||||||||||
| Quarterly adjusted average assets(2) | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 215,321 | 212,555 | ||||||||||
| CBNA | 214,310 | 211,849 |
(1) Represents minimum requirement under the current capital framework plus the SCB of 4.5% and CCB of 2.5% for CFG and CBNA, respectively. The SCB and CCB are not applicable to the Tier 1 leverage ratio.
(2) Represents total average assets less certain amounts deducted from Tier 1 capital.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 71 |
At December 31, 2025, CFG’s CET1, Tier 1, and Total capital ratios decreased compared to December 31, 2024. Dividends, common share repurchases, a $5.8 billion increase in RWA, and the full phase-in of the modified CECL transition amount was partially offset by net income. Higher commercial and industrial loans was the key driver for the increase in RWA.
At December 31, 2025, CBNA’s CET1 and Tier 1 capital ratios were stable and its Total capital ratio decreased slightly compared to December 31, 2024. Dividend payments to the Parent Company, a $5.7 billion increase in RWA, and the full phase-in of the modified CECL transition amount was partially offset by net income. Higher commercial and industrial loans was the key driver for the increase in RWA.
At December 31, 2025, CFG’s and CBNA’s Tier 1 leverage ratio increased compared to December 31, 2024, reflecting an increase in quarterly adjusted average assets and their respective changes in Tier 1 capital described above.
The following table presents the components of our regulatory capital under the U.S. Basel III capital framework:
| Table 25: Capital Composition Under the U.S. Basel III Capital Framework | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | ||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | ||
| Total common stockholders’ equity | $24,206 | $22,141 | ||
| Adjustments: | ||||
| Modified CECL transitional amount | — | 96 | ||
| Net unrealized (gains)/losses recorded in AOCI, net of tax: | ||||
| Debt securities | 1,603 | 2,369 | ||
| Derivatives | 118 | 925 | ||
| Unamortized net periodic benefit costs | 249 | 301 | ||
| Deductions: | ||||
| Goodwill, net of deferred tax liability | (7,763) | (7,768) | ||
| Other intangible assets, net of deferred tax liability | (104) | (128) | ||
| Deferred tax assets that arise from tax loss and credit carryforwards | (69) | (36) | ||
| Total CET1 capital | 18,240 | 17,900 | ||
| Qualifying preferred stock | 2,111 | 2,113 | ||
| Total Tier 1 capital | 20,351 | 20,013 | ||
| Qualifying subordinated debt(1) | 1,239 | 1,232 | ||
| Allowance for credit losses | 2,183 | 2,259 | ||
| Exclusions from Tier 2 capital: | ||||
| Modified adjusted allowance for credit losses transitional amount | — | (125) | ||
| Allowance on PCD assets | (119) | (147) | ||
| Adjusted allowance for credit losses | 2,064 | 1,987 | ||
| Total capital | $23,654 | $23,232 |
(1) As of December 31, 2024, the amount of non-qualifying subordinated debt excluded from regulatory capital was $469 million. See Note 11 for more details on our outstanding subordinated debt.
Capital Transactions
We completed the following capital transactions during 2025:
•Repurchased $600 million of our outstanding common stock;
•Issued 400,000 shares of 6.500% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual Series I Preferred Stock at an aggregate offering price of $400 million;
•Redeemed all outstanding shares of the 5.650% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual Series F Preferred Stock on October 6, 2025;
•Declared quarterly common stock dividends of $0.42 per share in the first three quarters and $0.46 in the fourth quarter, aggregating to $755 million; and
•Declared preferred stock dividends aggregating to $138 million.
For additional detail regarding our common and preferred stock dividends see Note 15.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 72 |
On June 13, 2025, we announced that our Board of Directors increased the capacity of our common share repurchase program to $1.5 billion, an increase of $1.2 billion above the $300 million of capacity remaining under the prior June 2024 authorization. All future capital distributions are subject to consideration and approval by our Board of Directors prior to execution. The timing and amount of future dividends and share repurchases will depend on various factors, including our capital position, financial performance, balance sheet growth, market conditions, and regulatory considerations.
AOCI Impact on Regulatory Capital
Under the current applicable regulatory capital rules we have made the AOCI opt-out election, which enables us to exclude components of AOCI from regulatory capital. As noted in the “Capital and Stress Testing Requirements” section of “Regulation and Supervision” in Item 1, the regulatory agencies are considering the inclusion of AOCI components in regulatory capital for Category IV firms like us, notably the AOCI relative to securities and pension.
In light of this potential change, the Company considers capital ratios including the AOCI impact from securities and pension when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, in addition to capital ratios defined by the regulatory agencies. These capital ratios are intended to complement our regulatory capital ratios and are viewed by management as useful measures reflective of the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information.
The following table presents our regulatory capital ratios including the AOCI impact from securities and pension:
| Table 26: AOCI Impact on Regulatory Capital | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||
| CFG | CBNA | ||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | CET1 | Tier 1 | Total | CET1 | Tier 1 | Total | |||||||
| Regulatory capital, including AOCI impact: | |||||||||||||
| Regulatory capital | $18,240 | $20,351 | $23,654 | $20,946 | $20,946 | $24,135 | |||||||
| Unrealized gains (losses) on securities and pension | (1,852) | (1,852) | (1,852) | (1,831) | (1,831) | (1,831) | |||||||
| Deferred tax assets - securities and pension AOCI | (37) | (37) | (37) | (39) | (39) | (39) | |||||||
| Regulatory capital, including AOCI impact (non-GAAP) | $16,351 | $18,462 | $21,765 | $19,076 | $19,076 | $22,265 | |||||||
| Risk-weighted assets, including AOCI impact: | |||||||||||||
| Risk-weighted assets | $171,493 | $171,493 | $171,493 | $170,656 | $170,656 | $170,656 | |||||||
| Unrealized gains (losses) on securities and pension | (515) | (515) | (515) | (494) | (494) | (494) | |||||||
| Deferred tax assets - securities and pension AOCI | 1,491 | 1,491 | 1,491 | 1,469 | 1,469 | 1,469 | |||||||
| Risk-weighted assets, including AOCI impact (non-GAAP) | $172,469 | $172,469 | $172,469 | $171,631 | $171,631 | $171,631 | |||||||
| Ratio: | |||||||||||||
| Regulatory capital ratio | 10.6 | % | 11.9 | % | 13.8 | % | 12.3 | % | 12.3 | % | 14.1 | % | |
| Regulatory capital ratio, including AOCI impact (non-GAAP) | 9.5 | % | 10.7 | % | 12.6 | % | 11.1 | % | 11.1 | % | 13.0 | % |
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report are prepared in accordance with GAAP, requiring us to establish accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts.
An accounting estimate requires assumptions and judgments about uncertain matters that could have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements. Estimates are made using facts and circumstances known at a point in time. Changes in those facts and circumstances could produce results substantially different from those estimates. Our most significant accounting policies and estimates and their related application are discussed below. See Note 1 for further discussion of our significant accounting policies.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The ACL of $2.2 billion at December 31, 2025 decreased $76 million compared to December 31, 2024 given improving loan mix, reflecting the reduction of the auto and education portfolio, reduced CRE, and lower loss-content originations.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 73 |
As of December 31, 2025, our ACL economic forecast over a two-year reasonable and supportable period reflects the economy going into a shallow two-quarter contraction inclusive of uncertainties related to the implementation of tariffs and protectionist trade policies, inflationary pressures, and geopolitical tensions. This forecast is generally applied to the retail and commercial and industrial portfolios and projects peak unemployment of approximately 5.3% and a start-to-trough real GDP decline of approximately 0.5%, compared to peak unemployment of approximately 5.1% and a start-to-trough real GDP decline of approximately 0.4% at December 31, 2024. More severe economic scenarios are applied within the CRE portfolio, such as general office, with peak unemployment of approximately 9.4% and a start-to-trough real GDP decline of approximately 4.4%, compared to peak unemployment of approximately 9.3% and a start-to-trough real GDP decline of approximately 4.4% at December 31, 2024.
Our determination of the ACL is sensitive to changes in forecasted macroeconomic conditions during the reasonable and supportable forecast period. To illustrate the sensitivity, we applied a more pessimistic scenario than that described above which reflects deeper real GDP contraction across our two-year reasonable and supportable forecast period with peak unemployment of approximately 6.7% and start-to-trough real GDP decline of approximately 2.0%. Excluding consideration of qualitative adjustments, this scenario would result in a quantitative lifetime loss estimate of approximately 1.4x our modeled period-end ACL, or an increase of approximately $700 million. This analysis relates only to the modeled credit loss estimate and not to the overall period-end ACL, which includes qualitative adjustments.
Because several quantitative and qualitative factors are considered in determining the ACL, this sensitivity analysis does not necessarily reflect the nature and extent of future changes in the ACL or even what the ACL would be under these economic circumstances. The sensitivity analysis is intended to provide insights into the impact of adverse changes in the macroeconomic environment and the corresponding impact to modeled loss estimates. The hypothetical determination does not incorporate the impact of management judgment or other qualitative factors that could be applied in the actual estimation of the ACL and does not imply any expectation of future deterioration in our loss rates.
It remains difficult to estimate how changes in economic forecasts might affect our ACL because such forecasts consider a wide variety of variables and inputs, and changes in the variables and inputs may not occur at the same time or in the same direction, and such changes may have differing impacts by product type. The variables and inputs may be idiosyncratically affected by risks to the economy, including changing monetary and fiscal policies, impacts from the recent stress on the banking industry, and inflationary trends. Changes in one or multiple of the key macroeconomic variables may have a material impact on our estimation of expected credit losses.
For additional information regarding the ACL, see Note 4.
Goodwill
The acquisition method of accounting requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations are recorded at fair value. Business combinations typically result in goodwill, which is subject to ongoing periodic impairment tests based on the fair values of the reporting units to which the goodwill has been attributed. At December 31, 2025, goodwill totaled $8.2 billion and is assigned to our reporting units as follows: $5.5 billion to Commercial Banking and $2.7 billion to Consumer Banking.
The process of evaluating the fair value of a reporting unit is subjective, involving management assumptions, estimates and forecasts, and the use of external or internal valuations. Valuation techniques include discounted cash flow and market approach analysis. In the fourth quarter of 2025, the quantitative impairment test estimated the fair value of the reporting units using an equal weighting of an income approach (i.e., discounted cash flows method) and market-based approach (i.e., the guideline public company method). The guideline public company method utilizes comparable public company information and key valuation multiples, and considers a market control premium associated with cost synergies and other cash flow benefits that arise from obtaining control over a reporting unit, and guideline transactions, when applicable.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 74 |
Under the income approach, cash flow projections are based on multi-year financial forecasts developed for each reporting unit that consider key business drivers such as new business initiatives, customer retention standards, market share changes, anticipated loan and deposit growth, fees and expenses, forward interest rates, historical performance, credit performance, and industry and economic trends, among other considerations. The projection of net interest income and noninterest expense are the most significant inputs to the financial projections of the Commercial Banking and Consumer Banking reporting units. Discount rates are estimated based on the Capital Asset Pricing Model, which considers the risk-free interest rate, market risk premium, beta, and unsystematic risk adjustments specific to a particular reporting unit. The discount rates are also calibrated based on risks related to the projected cash flows of each reporting unit.
We performed a quantitative goodwill impairment assessment in the fourth quarter of 2025 as part of our annual impairment assessment. Based on this quantitative assessment, we concluded that the estimated fair value of the Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units exceeded their carrying value; therefore, goodwill is not impaired.
For additional information regarding Goodwill, see Note 8.
Fair Value
Certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with changes in fair value recorded in earnings or AOCI, including, but not limited to, AFS debt securities, derivatives, MSRs, and commercial and residential mortgage LHFS.
We assess the fair value of assets and liabilities by applying various valuation methodologies which may involve a significant degree of judgment, particularly when active markets do not exist for the items being valued. Quoted market prices are used to estimate the fair value of certain assets such as trading assets, investment securities, and residential mortgage LHFS. Assumptions are used to estimate the fair value of items for which an observable active market does not exist and include discount rates, rates of return on assets, repayment rates, MSR prepayment rates, cash flows, default rates, costs of servicing, and liquidation values. The use of different assumptions could produce significantly different fair value estimates, which could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial condition, or fair value disclosures.
We also assess whether there are any declines in fair value below the carrying value of assets that require recognition of a loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, including certain investments, other LHFS, goodwill, and core deposit and other intangible assets.
For additional information regarding our fair value measurements, see Note 18.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 75 |
ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING DEVELOPMENTS
Accounting standards issued but not adopted as of December 31, 2025
| Pronouncement | Summary of Guidance | Effects on Financial Statements |
|---|---|---|
| Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses Issued November 2024 | •Requires tabular disclosure of certain expense types, including employee compensation, depreciation, intangible asset amortization, and selling expenses •Requires a qualitative description of the amounts remaining in relevant expense captions that are not separately disaggregated quantitatively •Allows for adoption on either a prospective or retrospective basis | •Required effective date: Annual financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2027, and interim reporting periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. •We are currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on our required expense disclosures in the Consolidated Financial Statements |
| Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software Issued September 2025 | •Eliminates all references to software project development stages and, as a result, requires entities to start capitalizing software costs when both of the following occur: 1) Management has authorized and committed to funding the software project, and 2) It is probable the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended •Requires software costs to be expensed as incurred prior to meeting the capitalization requirements noted above •Allows for adoption on a prospective, modified transition, or retrospective basis | •Required effective date: January 1, 2028. Early adoption is permitted. •We are currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on our Consolidated Financial Statements |
| Purchased Loans Issued November 2025 | •Expands the scope of acquired financial assets subject to the gross-up approach under ASC 326 to include purchased seasoned loans, which must meet certain criteria outlined in the ASU •Purchased seasoned loans do not include credit cards, debt securities, and certain trade receivables •Provides for an irrevocable accounting policy election to measure the ACL on purchased seasoned loans using the amortized cost basis, rather than unpaid principal balance, if a method other than a discounted cash flow method is utilized to estimate expected credit losses •Requires adoption on a prospective basis | •Required effective date: January 1, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. •Adoption of this ASU will impact our Consolidated Financial Statements on a prospective basis only when loans are acquired |
| Hedge Accounting Improvements Issued November 2025 | •Expands the hedged risks permitted to be aggregated in a group of individual forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge by changing the requirement to designate a group of individual forecasted transactions from having a shared risk exposure to having a similar risk exposure •Requires assessment of hedged risk similarity both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis •Requires dedesignation of the hedge relationship if one or more hedged risks related to the group of individual forecasted transactions are no longer similar •The amendments in this ASU should be applied on a prospective basis for all hedging relationships. An entity may elect to apply the amendments to relationships that exist as of the date of adoption. | •Required effective date: January 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the ASU, including early adoption. •Adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 76 |
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
This document contains non-GAAP financial measures that we believe provide useful information to investors to understand our results of operations or financial condition. We caution investors not to place undue reliance on such non-GAAP financial measures, but to consider them with the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our results reported under GAAP.
The following tables present the computation of non-GAAP financial measures used in the MD&A, as well as the reconciliation to the comparable GAAP financial measure, as applicable:
| Table 27: Reconciliation of Tangible Book Value per Common Share (non-GAAP) | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | ||||
| (dollars in millions, except per share data) | 2025 | 2024 | ||
| Book value per common share(1) | $56.39 | $50.26 | ||
| Tangible book value per common share: | ||||
| Common stockholders' equity | $24,206 | $22,141 | ||
| Less: Goodwill | 8,187 | 8,187 | ||
| Less: Other intangible assets | 115 | 146 | ||
| Add: Deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill and other intangible assets | 437 | 438 | ||
| Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(2) | $16,341 | $14,246 | ||
| Common shares outstanding at period end | 429,242,174 | 440,543,381 | ||
| Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP)(3) | $38.07 | $32.34 |
(1) Represents the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to tangible book value per common share and is calculated based on common stockholders’ equity divided by common shares outstanding at period end.
(2) Tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that excludes the impact of intangible assets, net of deferred taxes.
(3) Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP financial measure and is calculated based on tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding at period end. We believe this non-GAAP financial measure serves as a useful tool to help evaluate the strength and discipline of a company’s capital management strategies and as a conservative measure of total company value.
| Table 28: Reconciliation of Return on Average Tangible Common Equity (non-GAAP) | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | |||
| Return on average common equity(1) | 7.36 | % | 6.27 | % | |
| Net income available to common stockholders | $1,688 | $1,372 | |||
| Return on average tangible common equity: | |||||
| Average common equity | $22,954 | $21,881 | |||
| Less: Average goodwill | 8,187 | 8,187 | |||
| Less: Average other intangibles | 131 | 143 | |||
| Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill and other intangible assets | 439 | 433 | |||
| Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(2) | $15,075 | $13,984 | |||
| Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(3) | 11.20 | % | 9.81 | % |
(1) Represents the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to return on average tangible common equity and is calculated based on net income available to common stockholders divided by average common equity.
(2) Average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that excludes the impact of intangible assets, net of deferred taxes.
(3) Return on average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure and is calculated based on net income available to common stockholders divided by average tangible common equity. We believe this non-GAAP financial measure serves as a useful tool to compare the profitability of financial institutions and assess the efficiency of their capital utilization without the impact of intangible assets, net of deferred taxes.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 77 |
| Table 29: Reconciliation of Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin on an FTE Basis (non-GAAP) | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | |||
| Net interest income | $5,853 | $5,633 | |||
| Average interest-earning assets | 197,048 | 198,072 | |||
| Net interest margin(1) | 2.97 | % | 2.84 | % | |
| Net interest income | $5,853 | $5,633 | |||
| FTE adjustment | 16 | 17 | |||
| Net interest income on an FTE basis (non-GAAP)(2) | $5,869 | $5,650 | |||
| Net interest margin on an FTE basis (non-GAAP)(2)(3) | 2.98 | % | 2.85 | % |
(1) Represents the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to net interest margin on an FTE basis and is calculated based on net interest income divided by average interest-earnings assets.
(2) FTE basis financial measures and ratios are adjusted for the tax-exempt status of income from certain assets held by the Company using the federal statutory tax rate of 21% and are considered non-GAAP financial measures. We believe this allows management to better assess the comparability of revenue from both taxable and tax-exempt sources.
(3) Calculated based on net interest income on an FTE basis divided by average interest-earnings assets.
MD&A history
Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.
FY 2024 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000759944-25-000013.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
| Page | ||
|---|---|---|
| Introduction | 39 | |
| Financial Performance | 40 | |
| Results of Operations - 2024 compared with 2023 | 41 | |
| Net Interest Income | 41 | |
| Noninterest Income | 44 | |
| Noninterest Expense | 44 | |
| Provision for Credit Losses | 45 | |
| Income Tax Expense | 45 | |
| Business Operating Segments | 45 | |
| Results of Operations - 2023 compared with 2022 | 46 | |
| Analysis of Financial Condition | 47 | |
| Securities | 47 | |
| Loans and Leases | 48 | |
| Credit Quality | 50 | |
| Deposits | 55 | |
| Borrowed Funds | 56 | |
| Capital and Regulatory Matters | 56 | |
| Liquidity | 59 | |
| Critical Accounting Estimates | 62 | |
| Accounting and Reporting Developments | 65 | |
| Risk Governance | 66 | |
| Market Risk | 71 | |
| Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliations | 78 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 38 |
INTRODUCTION
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. is one of the nation’s oldest and largest financial institutions, with $217.5 billion in assets as of December 31, 2024. Headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island, we offer a broad range of retail and commercial banking products and services to individuals, small businesses, middle-market companies, large corporations and institutions. We help our customers reach their potential by listening to them and by understanding their needs in order to offer tailored advice, ideas and solutions. In Consumer Banking, we provide an integrated experience that includes mobile and online banking, a full-service customer contact center and the convenience of approximately 3,100 ATMs and more than 1,000 branches in 14 states and the District of Columbia. Consumer Banking products and services include a full range of banking, lending, savings, wealth management and small business offerings. In Commercial Banking, we offer a broad complement of financial products and solutions, including lending and leasing, deposit and treasury management services, foreign exchange, interest rate and commodity risk management solutions, as well as loan syndication, corporate finance, merger and acquisition, and debt and equity capital markets capabilities.
The following MD&A is intended to assist readers in their analysis of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and supplemental financial information. It should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, as well as other information contained in this document.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This document contains non-GAAP financial measures denoted as “Underlying” results and “including AOCI impact.” Underlying results for any given reporting period exclude certain items that may occur in that period which management does not consider indicative of our on-going financial performance. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors because they are used by management to evaluate our operating performance and make day-to-day operating decisions. In addition, we believe our Underlying results in any given reporting period reflect our on-going financial performance in that period and, accordingly, are useful to consider in addition to our GAAP financial results. We further believe the presentation of Underlying results increases comparability of period-to-period results.
Other companies may use similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures that may be calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures. Accordingly, our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by such companies. We caution investors not to place undue reliance on such non-GAAP financial measures, but to consider them with the most directly comparable GAAP measures. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our results reported under GAAP.
Non-GAAP measures are denoted throughout our MD&A by the use of the term “Underlying.” Where there is a reference to these metrics in that paragraph, all measures that follow are on the same basis when applicable. For more information on the computation of non-GAAP financial measures, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 39 |
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Key Highlights
Net income decreased $99 million, with earnings per diluted common share down $0.10 to $3.03 compared to 2023.
Results reflect notable items of $98 million or $0.21 per diluted common share, net of tax benefit, compared to $357 million or $0.75 per diluted common share, net of tax benefit, in 2023.
| Table 1: Notable Items | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||
| Less: notable items | ||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Reported results (GAAP) | Integration related costs(1) | TOP and other(2) | FDIC special assessment(3) | Underlying results (non-GAAP) | |||||
| Noninterest income | $2,176 | $— | $15 | $— | $2,161 | |||||
| Noninterest expense | 5,234 | 10 | 115 | 31 | 5,078 | |||||
| Income tax expense | 379 | (3) | (33) | (7) | 422 |
| Year Ended December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Less: notable items | ||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Reported results (GAAP) | Integration related costs(1) | TOP and other(2) | FDIC special assessment(3) | Underlying results (non-GAAP) | |||||
| Noninterest income | $1,983 | $— | $— | $— | $1,983 | |||||
| Noninterest expense | 5,507 | 104 | 177 | 225 | 5,001 | |||||
| Income tax expense | 422 | (28) | (63) | (58) | 571 |
(1) Includes integration related costs associated with acquisitions.
(2) Primarily includes our TOP revenue and efficiency initiatives for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
(3) Represents an industry-wide FDIC special assessment. For more information, see “Regulation and Supervision - Deposit Insurance” in Item 1.
•Net income available to common stockholders decreased $119 million to $1.4 billion compared to 2023.
◦On an Underlying basis, net income available to common stockholders of $1.5 billion compared to $1.8 billion in 2023.
◦On an Underlying basis, earnings per diluted common share of $3.24 compared to $3.88 in 2023.
•Total revenue decreased $415 million to $7.8 billion compared to 2023, driven by a decrease of 10% in net interest income.
•The efficiency ratio of 67.0% was stable compared to 2023.
◦On an Underlying basis, the efficiency ratio of 65.2% compared to 60.8% in 2023.
•ROTCE of 9.8% compared to 10.9% in 2023.
◦On an Underlying basis, ROTCE of 10.5% compared to 13.5%.
•Tangible book value per common share of $32.34 increased 5% from 2023.
For additional information regarding our financial performance, see “Results of Operations — 2024 compared with 2023” included in this report.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 40 |
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — 2024 compared with 2023
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is our largest source of revenue and is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets (generally loans and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (generally deposits and borrowed funds). The level of our net interest income is primarily a function of the difference between the effective yield on our average interest-earning assets and the effective cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. Factors that influence our net interest income include, but are not limited to, the pricing and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by external factors such as economic conditions, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FRB and market interest rates. For further discussion, refer to the “Market Risk” and “Risk Governance” sections of this report.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 41 |
The following table presents the major components of our net interest income. Average balance represents amortized cost, excluding the unamortized basis adjustments related to the transfer of certain HTM securities from AFS, and LHFS. The yield/rate is based on annualized interest income or expense for the periods presented and includes the impact of hedging activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.
| Table 2: Major Components of Net Interest Income | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | Change | |||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | AverageBalance | Income/Expense | Yield/Rate | AverageBalance | Income/Expense | Yield/Rate | AverageBalance | Yield/ Rate (bps) | |||||||||
| Assets | |||||||||||||||||
| Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks | $9,566 | $503 | 5.17 | % | $8,531 | $451 | 5.22 | % | $1,035 | (5) bps | |||||||
| Taxable investment securities | 44,627 | 1,658 | 3.71 | 39,437 | 1,162 | 2.94 | 5,190 | 77 | |||||||||
| Non-taxable investment securities | 1 | — | 2.60 | 2 | — | 2.68 | (1) | (8) | |||||||||
| Total investment securities | 44,628 | 1,658 | 3.71 | 39,439 | 1,162 | 2.94 | 5,189 | 77 | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | 44,174 | 2,333 | 5.20 | 49,998 | 3,002 | 5.92 | (5,824) | (72) | |||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 28,430 | 1,795 | 6.21 | 29,206 | 1,804 | 6.09 | (776) | 12 | |||||||||
| Total commercial | 72,604 | 4,128 | 5.60 | 79,204 | 4,806 | 5.99 | (6,600) | (39) | |||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 31,916 | 1,184 | 3.71 | 30,660 | 1,052 | 3.43 | 1,256 | 28 | |||||||||
| Home equity | 15,603 | 1,231 | 7.89 | 14,475 | 1,092 | 7.54 | 1,128 | 35 | |||||||||
| Automobile | 6,404 | 274 | 4.27 | 10,374 | 429 | 4.13 | (3,970) | 14 | |||||||||
| Education | 11,340 | 613 | 5.41 | 12,333 | 621 | 5.04 | (993) | 37 | |||||||||
| Other retail | 4,837 | 518 | 10.72 | 5,171 | 489 | 9.46 | (334) | 126 | |||||||||
| Total retail | 70,100 | 3,820 | 5.45 | 73,013 | 3,683 | 5.04 | (2,913) | 41 | |||||||||
| Total loans and leases | 142,704 | 7,948 | 5.52 | 152,217 | 8,489 | 5.53 | (9,513) | (1) | |||||||||
| Loans held for sale(1) | 1,174 | 77 | 6.51 | 1,499 | 102 | 6.75 | (325) | (24) | |||||||||
| Interest-earning assets | 198,072 | 10,186 | 5.10 | 201,686 | 10,204 | 5.02 | (3,614) | 8 | |||||||||
| Noninterest-earning assets | 20,952 | 20,535 | 417 | ||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $219,024 | $222,221 | ($3,197) | ||||||||||||||
| Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity | |||||||||||||||||
| Checking with interest | $32,943 | $491 | 1.49 | % | $33,960 | $446 | 1.31 | % | ($1,017) | 18 | |||||||
| Money market | 53,053 | 1,705 | 3.21 | 51,178 | 1,494 | 2.92 | 1,875 | 29 | |||||||||
| Savings | 27,100 | 476 | 1.76 | 29,266 | 433 | 1.48 | (2,166) | 28 | |||||||||
| Time | 24,967 | 1,153 | 4.62 | 19,320 | 772 | 4.00 | 5,647 | 62 | |||||||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 138,063 | 3,825 | 2.77 | 133,724 | 3,145 | 2.35 | 4,339 | 42 | |||||||||
| Short-term borrowed funds | 252 | 15 | 5.73 | 746 | 43 | 5.70 | (494) | 3 | |||||||||
| Long-term borrowed funds | 13,831 | 713 | 5.15 | 15,853 | 775 | 4.86 | (2,022) | 29 | |||||||||
| Total borrowed funds | 14,083 | 728 | 5.16 | 16,599 | 818 | 4.89 | (2,516) | 27 | |||||||||
| Total interest-bearing liabilities | 152,146 | 4,553 | 2.99 | 150,323 | 3,963 | 2.63 | 1,823 | 36 | |||||||||
| Noninterest-bearing demand deposits | 36,457 | 41,581 | (5,124) | ||||||||||||||
| Other noninterest-bearing liabilities | 6,466 | 6,711 | (245) | ||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | 195,069 | 198,615 | (3,546) | ||||||||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity | 23,955 | 23,606 | 349 | ||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $219,024 | $222,221 | ($3,197) | ||||||||||||||
| Interest rate spread | 2.11 | % | 2.39 | % | (28) | ||||||||||||
| Net interest income and net interest margin | $5,633 | 2.84 | % | $6,241 | 3.09 | % | (25) | ||||||||||
| Net interest income and net interest margin, FTE(2) | $5,650 | 2.85 | % | $6,258 | 3.10 | % | (25) | ||||||||||
| Memo: Total deposits (interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing demand) | $174,520 | $3,825 | 2.19 | % | $175,305 | $3,145 | 1.79 | % | ($785) | 40 bps |
(1) See Note 1 for information regarding updates to the Consolidated Balance Sheets during 2024.
(2) Net interest income and net interest margin is presented on a FTE basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 21%. The FTE impact is predominantly attributable to commercial and industrial loans for the periods presented.
Net interest income decreased $608 million, or 10%, compared to 2023, reflecting lower net interest margin and a decrease of 2% in average interest-earning assets.
Net interest margin on a FTE basis decreased 25 basis points compared to 2023, reflecting higher funding and swap costs and the impact of building liquidity, partially offset by higher interest-earning-asset yields and the benefit of Non-Core portfolio runoff.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 42 |
Average interest-earning assets decreased $3.6 billion compared to 2023, driven by a decline in total loans and leases, partially offset by an increase in investment securities and cash held in interest-bearing deposits.
Average deposits were stable compared to 2023.
Average total borrowed funds decreased $2.5 billion compared to 2023, reflecting a decline in FHLB advances driven by Non-Core portfolio runoff, partially offset by a remix of funding to long-term senior debt and secured borrowings collateralized by loans.
| Table 3: Changes in Net Interest Income Due to Average Volume and Average Rate | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||
| 2024 Versus 2023 | |||||
| (dollars in millions) | Average Volume(1) | Average Rate(1) | Net Change | ||
| Interest Income | |||||
| Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks | $55 | ($3) | $52 | ||
| Taxable investment securities | 151 | 345 | 496 | ||
| Non-taxable investment securities | — | — | — | ||
| Total investment securities | 151 | 345 | 496 | ||
| Commercial and industrial | (342) | (327) | (669) | ||
| Commercial real estate | (48) | 39 | (9) | ||
| Total commercial | (390) | (288) | (678) | ||
| Residential mortgages | 44 | 88 | 132 | ||
| Home equity | 85 | 54 | 139 | ||
| Automobile | (164) | 9 | (155) | ||
| Education | (50) | 42 | (8) | ||
| Other retail | (32) | 61 | 29 | ||
| Total retail | (117) | 254 | 137 | ||
| Total loans and leases | (507) | (34) | (541) | ||
| Loans held for sale(2) | (22) | (3) | (25) | ||
| Total interest income | ($323) | $305 | ($18) | ||
| Interest Expense | |||||
| Checking with interest | ($14) | $59 | $45 | ||
| Money market | 55 | 156 | 211 | ||
| Savings | (32) | 75 | 43 | ||
| Time | 226 | 155 | 381 | ||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 235 | 445 | 680 | ||
| Short-term borrowed funds | (28) | — | (28) | ||
| Long-term borrowed funds | (116) | 54 | (62) | ||
| Total borrowed funds | (144) | 54 | (90) | ||
| Total interest expense | 91 | 499 | 590 | ||
| Net interest income | ($414) | ($194) | ($608) |
(1) Volume and rate changes are allocated on a consistent basis using the respective percentage changes in average balances and average rates.
(2) See Note 1 for information regarding updates to the Consolidated Balance Sheets during 2024.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 43 |
Noninterest Income
| Table 4: Noninterest Income | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2024 | 2023 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Service charges and fees | $420 | $410 | $10 | 2 | % | ||||||
| Capital markets fees | 467 | 319 | 148 | 46 | |||||||
| Card fees | 368 | 296 | 72 | 24 | |||||||
| Wealth fees(1) | 294 | 259 | 35 | 14 | |||||||
| Mortgage banking fees | 209 | 242 | (33) | (14) | |||||||
| Foreign exchange and derivative products | 146 | 183 | (37) | (20) | |||||||
| Letter of credit and loan fees | 175 | 168 | 7 | 4 | |||||||
| Securities gains, net | 18 | 28 | (10) | (36) | |||||||
| Other income(2) | 79 | 78 | 1 | 1 | |||||||
| Noninterest income | $2,176 | $1,983 | $193 | 10 | % |
(1) See Note 1 for information regarding updates to the Consolidated Statements of Operations during 2024.
(2) Includes bank-owned life insurance income and other income for all periods presented.
The primary drivers for the change in noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 2023, are described below.
•Capital markets fees increased given higher underwriting, M&A advisory and loan syndication fees.
•Card fees increased driven primarily by higher credit card fees, including favorable vendor contract negotiations.
•Wealth fees reflect increased sales activity and higher asset management fees.
•Foreign exchange and derivative products revenue decreased given reduced client activity related to interest rate and commodities hedging.
•Mortgage banking fees declined reflecting lower production and servicing fees and a decline in MSR valuation, net of hedge impact.
Noninterest Expense
| Table 5: Noninterest Expense | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2024 | 2023 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Salaries and employee benefits | $2,657 | $2,599 | $58 | 2 | % | ||||||
| Equipment and software | 769 | 756 | 13 | 2 | |||||||
| Outside services | 639 | 687 | (48) | (7) | |||||||
| Occupancy | 447 | 492 | (45) | (9) | |||||||
| Other operating expense | 722 | 973 | (251) | (26) | |||||||
| Noninterest expense | $5,234 | $5,507 | ($273) | (5 | %) |
The decrease in noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 2023, was driven primarily by other operating expense associated with FDIC deposit insurance, reflecting an estimate of CBNA’s special assessment of $31 million and $225 million, respectively, recognized in 2024 and 2023. Other operating expense also reflects lower fraud losses and marketing and travel-related expenses. These decreases were partially offset by salaries and employee benefits reflecting hiring related to our Private Bank and Private Wealth build-out and commercial middle market bankers in expansion markets, and equipment and software given technology investments and maintenance.
For more information regarding CBNA’s special assessment, see “Regulation and Supervision - Deposit Insurance” in Item 1.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 44 |
Provision for Credit Losses
The provision for credit losses is the result of a detailed analysis performed to estimate our ACL. The total provision for credit losses includes the provision for loan and lease losses and the provision for unfunded commitments. Refer to “Analysis of Financial Condition — Credit Quality” for more information.
Provision expense of $687 million for 2024 was stable compared to 2023. The provision expense for 2024 reflects higher reserves against the CRE office portfolio, primarily driven by elevated interest rates and return-to-office dynamics and unsecured products and education loans given recent inflationary pressures and government actions, partially offset by a decline in total loans and leases.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense of $379 million decreased $43 million and our effective income tax rate of 20.1% decreased from 20.8% compared to 2023. These decreases reflect a higher benefit from tax-advantaged investments.
Business Operating Segments
We have three business operating segments: Consumer Banking, Commercial Banking, and Non-Core. See Note 26 for more information regarding our business operating segments.
The following table presents certain financial data of our business operating segments. Total business operating segment financial results differ from total consolidated financial results. These differences are reflected in Other non-segment operations.
| Table 6: Selected Financial Data for Business Operating Segments | ||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consumer Banking | Commercial Banking | Non-Core | ||||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, | Year Ended December 31, | Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Net interest income | $4,565 | $4,187 | $1,950 | $2,292 | ($117) | ($129) | ||||||||||
| Noninterest income | 1,131 | 1,067 | 908 | 784 | — | — | ||||||||||
| Total revenue | 5,696 | 5,254 | 2,858 | 3,076 | (117) | (129) | ||||||||||
| Noninterest expense | 3,678 | 3,542 | 1,241 | 1,295 | 98 | 123 | ||||||||||
| Profit (loss) before credit losses | 2,018 | 1,712 | 1,617 | 1,781 | (215) | (252) | ||||||||||
| Net charge-offs | 331 | 280 | 353 | 250 | 61 | 78 | ||||||||||
| Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) | 1,687 | 1,432 | 1,264 | 1,531 | (276) | (330) | ||||||||||
| Income tax expense (benefit) | 434 | 373 | 291 | 378 | (70) | (86) | ||||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $1,253 | $1,059 | $973 | $1,153 | ($206) | ($244) | ||||||||||
| Average Balances: | ||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $75,037 | $72,693 | $68,478 | $76,028 | $8,942 | $13,745 | ||||||||||
| Total loans and leases(1) | 68,681 | 66,356 | 65,481 | 72,937 | 8,902 | 13,669 | ||||||||||
| Deposits | 121,745 | 116,980 | 44,472 | 47,155 | — | — | ||||||||||
| Interest-earning assets | 69,272 | 66,999 | 65,982 | 73,321 | 8,902 | 13,675 |
(1) Includes LHFS.
Consumer Banking
Net interest income increased $378 million compared to 2023, driven by higher net interest margin reflecting higher interest-earning asset yields and growth in average interest-earning assets. These increases were partially offset by higher funding costs.
Noninterest income increased $64 million compared to 2023, driven by wealth fees reflecting increased sales activity and higher asset management fees, higher credit card fees, and service charges and fees given higher overdraft and cash management fees. These increases were partially offset by mortgage banking fees reflecting lower production and servicing fees and a decline in MSR valuation, net of hedge impact.
Noninterest expense increased $136 million compared to 2023, driven primarily by salaries and benefits reflecting our Private Bank and Private Wealth build-out.
Net charge-offs increased $51 million compared to 2023, driven primarily by other retail and education.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 45 |
Commercial Banking
Net interest income decreased $342 million compared to 2023, driven by lower net interest margin, a decline in average interest-earning assets and higher funding costs.
Noninterest income increased $124 million compared to 2023, driven by capital markets fees reflecting higher underwriting, M&A advisory and loan syndication fees, partially offset by foreign exchange and derivative products revenue given reduced client activity related to interest rate and commodities hedging.
Noninterest expense decreased $54 million compared to 2023, driven primarily by salaries and employee benefits reflecting lower headcount.
Net charge-offs increased $103 million compared to 2023, driven by the office segment of CRE, partially offset by a decline in commercial and industrial.
Non-Core
Net interest income increased $12 million compared to 2023, driven by a decline in funding costs relative to the highest-cost marginal funding sources during 2024, including secured borrowings collateralized by auto loans and FHLB advances.
Average loans and leases decreased $4.8 billion compared to 2023, driven by planned Non-Core portfolio runoff.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — 2023 compared with 2022
For a description of our results of operations for 2023, see the “Results of Operations — 2023 compared with 2022” section of Item 7 in our 2023 Form 10-K.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 46 |
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
Securities
| Table 7: Amortized Cost and Fair Value of Securities | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Amortized Cost(1) | Fair Value | Amortized Cost(1) | Fair Value | ||||
| U.S. Treasury and other | $3,631 | $3,525 | $4,493 | $4,380 | ||||
| State and political subdivisions | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | ||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | 30,897 | 28,795 | 26,289 | 24,477 | ||||
| Other/non-agency | 273 | 260 | 279 | 255 | ||||
| Total mortgage-backed securities | 31,170 | 29,055 | 26,568 | 24,732 | ||||
| Collateralized loan obligations | 184 | 184 | 667 | 664 | ||||
| Total debt securities available for sale | $34,986 | $32,765 | $31,729 | $29,777 | ||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | $8,187 | $7,136 | $8,696 | $7,887 | ||||
| Total mortgage-backed securities | 8,187 | 7,136 | 8,696 | 7,887 | ||||
| Asset-backed securities | 412 | 404 | 488 | 463 | ||||
| Total debt securities held to maturity | $8,599 | $7,540 | $9,184 | $8,350 | ||||
| Total debt securities available for sale and held to maturity | $43,585 | $40,305 | $40,913 | $38,127 | ||||
| Equity securities, at cost(2) | $710 | $710 | $869 | $869 | ||||
| Equity securities, at fair value(2) | 220 | 220 | 173 | 173 |
(1) Excludes portfolio level basis adjustments of $(75) million and $60 million, respectively, for securities designated in active fair value hedge relationships under the portfolio layer method at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
(2) Included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The primary objective of our securities portfolio is to provide a readily available source of liquidity. The portfolio primarily includes high quality, highly liquid investments reflecting our ongoing commitment to maintain strong contingent liquidity levels and pledging capacity.
As of December 31, 2024, U.S. Treasuries and mortgage-backed securities issued by GNMA and GSEs represented 98% of the fair value of our debt securities portfolio, with approximately $36.0 billion of unencumbered high-quality liquid securities serving as potential collateral for borrowings from the FHLB, FRB discount window, and the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation bilateral repurchase agreement market.
For further discussion of the use of our securities as liquidity collateral and liquidity requirements, see the “Liquidity Risk Management and Governance” and “Regulation and Supervision — Liquidity Requirements” sections in this document.
We manage our securities portfolio duration and convexity risk through asset selection and securities structure, and maintain duration levels within our risk appetite in the context of our broader interest rate risk framework and limits. As of December 31, 2024, the portfolio’s average effective duration, including recent hedging actions to reduce duration, was 3.7 years compared to 3.9 years as of December 31, 2023.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 47 |
| Table 8: Amortized Cost of AFS and HTM Securities by Contractual Maturity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| As of December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Distribution of Maturities(1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 Year or Less | After 1 Year Through 5 Years | After 5 Years Through 10 Years | After 10 Years | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | ||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and other | $— | — | % | $3,115 | 2.71 | % | $516 | 4.11 | % | $— | — | % | $3,631 | 2.97 | % | |||||||||
| State and political subdivisions | — | — | — | — | — | — | 1 | 2.60 | 1 | 2.60 | ||||||||||||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | — | — | 2,221 | 3.20 | 1,151 | 2.81 | 27,525 | 4.17 | 30,897 | 4.05 | ||||||||||||||
| Other/non-agency | — | — | — | — | — | — | 273 | 2.65 | 273 | 2.65 | ||||||||||||||
| Collateralized loan obligations | — | — | — | — | 100 | 6.29 | 84 | 6.14 | 184 | 6.23 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities available for sale | — | — | 5,336 | 2.92 | 1,767 | 3.45 | 27,883 | 4.16 | 34,986 | 3.94 | ||||||||||||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | — | — | — | — | — | — | 8,187 | 2.30 | 8,187 | 2.30 | ||||||||||||||
| Asset-backed securities | — | — | 412 | 3.81 | — | — | — | — | 412 | 3.81 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities held to maturity | — | — | 412 | 3.81 | — | — | 8,187 | 2.30 | 8,599 | 2.37 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities | $— | — | % | $5,748 | 2.98 | % | $1,767 | 3.45 | % | $36,070 | 3.74 | % | $43,585 | 3.63 | % |
(1) Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without incurring penalties.
(2) The weighted-average yield is computed based on a constant effective interest rate over the contractual life of each security and considers the contractual
coupon, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Yields exclude the impact of related hedging derivatives.
Loans and Leases
| Table 9: Composition of Loans and Leases, Excluding LHFS | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2024 | 2023 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $42,551 | $44,974 | ($2,423) | (5) | % | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | 27,225 | 29,471 | (2,246) | (8) | |||||||
| Total commercial | 69,776 | 74,445 | (4,669) | (6) | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 32,726 | 31,332 | 1,394 | 4 | |||||||
| Home equity | 16,495 | 15,040 | 1,455 | 10 | |||||||
| Automobile | 4,744 | 8,258 | (3,514) | (43) | |||||||
| Education | 10,812 | 11,834 | (1,022) | (9) | |||||||
| Other retail | 4,650 | 5,050 | (400) | (8) | |||||||
| Total retail | 69,427 | 71,514 | (2,087) | (3) | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $139,203 | $145,959 | ($6,756) | (5 | %) |
See Note 1 for a description of changes made to the Company’s loans and leases presentation during 2024.
The decrease in total loans and leases as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023 reflects a $4.7 billion decrease in commercial given market conditions resulting in relatively low client demand and lower line of credit utilization, partially offset by growth in the Private Bank. Retail decreased $2.1 billion, primarily driven by planned Non-Core portfolio runoff, partially offset by growth in home equity and mortgage, including the Private Bank.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 48 |
| Table 10: Fixed and Variable Rate Loans and Leases by Maturity | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2024 | |||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 1 Year or Less(1) | After 1 Year Through 5 Years(1) | After 5 Years Through 15 Years(1) | After 15 Years(1) | Total Loans and Leases | ||||
| Fixed rate: | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $1,075 | $2,376 | $527 | $22 | $4,000 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 1,557 | 3,143 | 2,586 | 30 | 7,316 | ||||
| Total commercial fixed rate | 2,632 | 5,519 | 3,113 | 52 | 11,316 | ||||
| Variable rate: | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | 10,208 | 26,012 | 2,321 | 10 | 38,551 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 9,581 | 9,095 | 1,206 | 27 | 19,909 | ||||
| Total commercial variable rate(2) | 19,789 | 35,107 | 3,527 | 37 | 58,460 | ||||
| Total commercial | 22,421 | 40,626 | 6,640 | 89 | 69,776 | ||||
| Fixed rate: | |||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 657 | 2,630 | 7,005 | 8,911 | 19,203 | ||||
| Home equity | 74 | 146 | 180 | 14 | 414 | ||||
| Automobile | 1,735 | 3,003 | 6 | — | 4,744 | ||||
| Education | 793 | 3,193 | 5,774 | 182 | 9,942 | ||||
| Other retail | 910 | 1,016 | 94 | 67 | 2,087 | ||||
| Total retail fixed rate | 4,169 | 9,988 | 13,059 | 9,174 | 36,390 | ||||
| Variable rate: | |||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 188 | 771 | 3,465 | 9,099 | 13,523 | ||||
| Home equity | 403 | 3,223 | 11,989 | 466 | 16,081 | ||||
| Automobile | — | — | — | — | — | ||||
| Education | 101 | 347 | 408 | 14 | 870 | ||||
| Other retail | 2,556 | 7 | — | — | 2,563 | ||||
| Total retail variable rate | 3,248 | 4,348 | 15,862 | 9,579 | 33,037 | ||||
| Total retail | 7,417 | 14,336 | 28,921 | 18,753 | 69,427 | ||||
| Total loans and leases | $29,838 | $54,962 | $35,561 | $18,842 | $139,203 |
(1) Maturity is based on scheduled principal repayment date.
(2) Includes floating-rate commercial loans hedged to fixed rate to manage our exposure to the variability in interest cash flows. See “Market Risk” for additional information regarding our use of interest rate derivatives to hedge our loan portfolio.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 49 |
Credit Quality
See Note 1 for a description of changes made to the Company’s loans and leases presentation during 2024.
The ACL is comprised of the ALLL and the allowance for unfunded lending commitments. As described in Note 6, the ACL is maintained at a level the Company believes to be appropriate to absorb expected lifetime credit losses over the contractual life of a loan or lease and on unfunded lending commitments, inclusive of recoveries. We consider extensive historical loss experience, including the impact of loss mitigation and restructuring programs that we offer to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, as well as projected loss severity as a result of loan default.
Management evaluates the appropriateness of the ACL on a quarterly basis. The evaluation of both quantitative and qualitative information is performed by assessing groups of assets that share similar risk characteristics as well as certain individual loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics with the collective group. Loans are generally grouped by product type and are assessed for credit losses using econometric models.
The quantitative evaluation of the adequacy of the ACL utilizes a single economic forecast as its foundation and is primarily based on econometric models that use known or estimated data as of the balance sheet date and forecasted data over the reasonable and supportable period. Known and estimated data include current PD, LGD and EAD for commercial loans, timing and amount of expected draws for unfunded lending commitments, and FICO, LTV, and term for retail loans. The mix and level of loan balances, delinquency levels, assigned risk ratings, previous loss experience, current business conditions, amount and timing of expected future cash flows, and factors specific to commercial credits such as competition, business and management performance are also considered. Forward-looking economic assumptions include real GDP, unemployment rate, interest rate curve, and changes in collateral values. Historical information, such as financial statements for commercial customers or consumer credit ratings, may not be as relevant in estimating future expected losses as forecasted inputs to the models during volatile economic time periods.
Management additionally considers qualitative factors in determining the adequacy of the ACL. Qualitative adjustments are used to capture characteristics in the loan and lease portfolio that impact expected credit losses which are not fully reflected within our expected credit loss models. These factors include, but are not limited to: model imprecision, uncertainty in economic scenario assumptions, and emerging risks related to either changes in the economic environment that are affecting specific portfolios, or changes in portfolio concentrations over time that may affect model performance, credit underwriting policy exceptions, and results of internal audit and quality control reviews. The consideration of these qualitative items results in adjustments to amounts included in our ACL for each loan portfolio. The qualitative component of the ACL as of December 31, 2024 did not change significantly from December 31, 2023.
Loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics are individually assessed for expected credit losses. Nonaccrual commercial and industrial, and commercial real estate loans with an outstanding balance of $5 million or greater are assessed on an individual basis. Generally, measurement of the ACL on an individual loan or lease is the present value of its future cash flows or the fair value of its underlying collateral, if the loan or lease is collateral dependent.
The Company estimates expected credit losses associated with off-balance sheet financial instruments such as standby letters of credit, financial guarantees and unfunded loan commitments that are not unconditionally cancellable. Off-balance sheet financial instruments are subject to individual reviews and are analyzed and segregated by risk according to the Company’s internal risk rating scale. These risk classifications, in conjunction with historical loss experience, current and future economic conditions, timing and amount of expected draws, and performance trends within specific portfolio segments, are considered to estimate the allowance for unfunded lending commitments. The Company does not recognize a reserve for future draws from credit lines that are unconditionally cancellable (e.g., credit cards).
For additional information regarding the ACL, see “Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses” and Note 6.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 50 |
| Table 11: Allocation of the ALLL | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Allowance | % of Total Loans and Leases(1) | Allowance | % of Total Loans and Leases(1) | |||||
| Commercial and industrial | $480 | 31 | % | $587 | 31 | % | |||
| Commercial real estate | 660 | 19 | 663 | 20 | |||||
| Total commercial | 1,140 | 50 | 1,250 | 51 | |||||
| Residential mortgages | 194 | 24 | 181 | 22 | |||||
| Home equity | 112 | 12 | 100 | 10 | |||||
| Automobile | 24 | 3 | 57 | 6 | |||||
| Education | 292 | 8 | 259 | 8 | |||||
| Other retail | 299 | 3 | 251 | 3 | |||||
| Total retail | 921 | 50 | 848 | 49 | |||||
| Total loans and leases | $2,061 | 100 | % | $2,098 | 100 | % |
(1) Represents the percentage of each loan category to total loans and leases.
| Table 12: ACL and Related Coverage Ratios by Portfolio | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Loans and Leases | Allowance | Coverage | Loans and Leases | Allowance | Coverage | |||||||
| Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses | |||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $42,551 | $480 | 1.13 | % | $44,974 | $587 | 1.31 | % | |||||
| Commercial real estate | 27,225 | 660 | 2.42 | 29,471 | 663 | 2.25 | |||||||
| Total commercial | 69,776 | 1,140 | 1.63 | 74,445 | 1,250 | 1.68 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 32,726 | 194 | 0.59 | 31,332 | 181 | 0.58 | |||||||
| Home equity | 16,495 | 112 | 0.68 | 15,040 | 100 | 0.66 | |||||||
| Automobile | 4,744 | 24 | 0.51 | 8,258 | 57 | 0.69 | |||||||
| Education | 10,812 | 292 | 2.70 | 11,834 | 259 | 2.18 | |||||||
| Other retail | 4,650 | 299 | 6.44 | 5,050 | 251 | 4.98 | |||||||
| Total retail | 69,427 | 921 | 1.33 | 71,514 | 848 | 1.19 | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $139,203 | $2,061 | 1.48 | % | $145,959 | $2,098 | 1.44 | % | |||||
| Allowance for Unfunded Lending Commitments | |||||||||||||
| Commercial(1) | $155 | 1.86 | % | $175 | 1.91 | % | |||||||
| Retail(2) | 43 | 1.39 | 45 | 1.25 | |||||||||
| Total allowance for unfunded lending commitments | 198 | 220 | |||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses | $139,203 | $2,259 | 1.62 | % | $145,959 | $2,318 | 1.59 | % |
(1) Coverage ratio includes total commercial allowance for unfunded lending commitments and total commercial allowance for loan and lease losses in the numerator and total commercial loans and leases in the denominator.
(2) Coverage ratio includes total retail allowance for unfunded lending commitments and total retail allowance for loan losses in the numerator and total retail loans in the denominator.
The ACL as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023 decreased $59 million, driven by a $130 million decline in commercial reflecting lower loan balances and charge-offs. Retail increased $71 million driven by higher reserves related to unsecured products and education loans given recent inflationary pressures and government actions.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 51 |
| Table 13: Nonaccrual Loans and Leases | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2024 | 2023 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $241 | $297 | ($56) | (19 | %) | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | 776 | 477 | 299 | 63 | |||||||
| Total commercial | 1,017 | 774 | 243 | 31 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 192 | 177 | 15 | 8 | |||||||
| Home equity | 283 | 285 | (2) | (1) | |||||||
| Automobile | 48 | 61 | (13) | (21) | |||||||
| Education | 56 | 28 | 28 | 100 | |||||||
| Other retail | 68 | 39 | 29 | 74 | |||||||
| Total retail | 647 | 590 | 57 | 10 | |||||||
| Nonaccrual loans and leases | $1,664 | $1,364 | $300 | 22 | % | ||||||
| Nonaccrual loans and leases to total loans and leases | 1.20 | % | 0.93 | % | 27 | bps | |||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonaccrual loans and leases | 124 | 154 | (30 | %) | |||||||
| Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans and leases | 136 | 170 | (34 | %) |
The increase in nonaccrual loans and leases as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023 was primarily driven by the general office segment of CRE.
| Table 14: Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans and Leases | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Net Charge-Offs | Average Balance | Ratio | Net Charge-Offs | Average Balance | Ratio | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $76 | $44,174 | 0.17 | % | $106 | $49,998 | 0.21 | % | |||||
| Commercial real estate | 300 | 28,430 | 1.05 | 161 | 29,206 | 0.56 | |||||||
| Total commercial | 376 | 72,604 | 0.52 | 267 | 79,204 | 0.34 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | — | 31,916 | — | 2 | 30,660 | — | |||||||
| Home equity | (7) | 15,603 | (0.04) | (10) | 14,475 | (0.07) | |||||||
| Automobile | 41 | 6,404 | 0.65 | 55 | 10,374 | 0.53 | |||||||
| Education | 105 | 11,340 | 0.93 | 92 | 12,333 | 0.74 | |||||||
| Other retail | 231 | 4,837 | 4.75 | 203 | 5,171 | 3.93 | |||||||
| Total retail | 370 | 70,100 | 0.53 | 342 | 73,013 | 0.47 | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $746 | $142,704 | 0.52 | % | $609 | $152,217 | 0.40 | % |
For the year ended December 31, 2024, net charge-offs increased $137 million and the net charge-off ratio increased 12 basis points compared to 2023. The increase in retail net charge-offs was driven by unsecured products in other retail, and education, partially offset by a decline in auto. The increase in commercial net charge-offs was primarily driven by the office segment of CRE, partially offset by a decline in commercial and industrial.
Commercial Loan Asset Quality
Our commercial portfolio consists of traditional commercial and industrial loans, commercial leases, and commercial real estate loans. We utilize internal risk ratings to monitor credit quality for commercial loans and leases. For more information on internal risk ratings see Note 6.
Total commercial criticized balances of $7.1 billion at December 31, 2024 decreased $1.3 billion compared to December 31, 2023.
Commercial and industrial criticized balances of $2.6 billion at December 31, 2024 decreased from $3.5 billion at December 31, 2023, primarily driven by declines in the healthcare and wholesale trade sectors.
Commercial real estate criticized balances of $4.5 billion at December 31, 2024 decreased from $5.0 billion at December 31, 2023, attributable to the continued impacts of interest rates and return-to-office dynamics on the Office sector and the continued impacts of interest rates on the Multi-family sector. Approximately 96% of commercial real estate loans remain current on payments as of December 31, 2024.
For more information on the distribution of commercial loans by vintage date and regulatory classification rating, see Note 6.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 52 |
| Table 15: Commercial and Industrial Loans by Industry Sector | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Balance | % of Total Loans and Leases | Balance | % of Total Loans and Leases | |||||
| Industry sector | |||||||||
| Finance and insurance | |||||||||
| Capital call facilities | $6,070 | 4 | % | $5,780 | 4 | % | |||
| Other finance and insurance | 6,446 | 5 | 6,021 | 4 | |||||
| Other manufacturing | 3,491 | 3 | 3,748 | 2 | |||||
| Technology | 2,818 | 2 | 3,351 | 2 | |||||
| Accommodation and food services | 2,599 | 2 | 2,948 | 2 | |||||
| Health, pharma, and social assistance | 2,322 | 2 | 2,598 | 2 | |||||
| Wholesale trade | 2,010 | 1 | 2,467 | 2 | |||||
| Retail trade | 2,000 | 1 | 2,379 | 2 | |||||
| Professional, scientific, and technical services | 2,313 | 2 | 2,339 | 2 | |||||
| Other services | 2,061 | 1 | 2,168 | 1 | |||||
| Energy and related | 2,085 | 1 | 2,034 | 1 | |||||
| Arts, entertainment, and recreation | 1,509 | 1 | 1,602 | 1 | |||||
| Administrative and waste management | 1,352 | 1 | 1,599 | 1 | |||||
| Rental and leasing | 923 | 1 | 1,073 | 1 | |||||
| Consumer products manufacturing | 710 | 1 | 984 | 1 | |||||
| Automotive | 1,026 | 1 | 898 | 1 | |||||
| Other | 2,816 | 2 | 2,985 | 2 | |||||
| Total commercial and industrial | $42,551 | 31 | % | $44,974 | 31 | % |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 53 |
| Table 16: Commercial Real Estate by Property Type and State | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Balance | % of Total Loans and Leases | Balance | % of Total Loans and Leases | |||||
| Property type | |||||||||
| Multi-family | $9,791 | 7 | % | $9,367 | 6 | % | |||
| Office | |||||||||
| Credit tenant lease and life sciences(1) | 2,135 | 2 | 2,268 | 2 | |||||
| Other general office | 2,930 | 2 | 3,648 | 3 | |||||
| Retail | 2,940 | 2 | 3,407 | 2 | |||||
| Industrial | 3,575 | 3 | 3,981 | 3 | |||||
| Co-op | 1,802 | 1 | 1,796 | 1 | |||||
| Data center | 1,024 | 1 | 841 | 1 | |||||
| Hospitality | 418 | — | 608 | — | |||||
| Other | 2,610 | 2 | 3,555 | 2 | |||||
| Total commercial real estate | $27,225 | 20 | % | $29,471 | 20 | % | |||
| State | |||||||||
| New York | $6,643 | 5 | % | $7,035 | 5 | % | |||
| New Jersey | 3,370 | 2 | 3,829 | 3 | |||||
| Pennsylvania | 2,594 | 2 | 2,613 | 2 | |||||
| California | 2,398 | 2 | 2,314 | 1 | |||||
| Texas | 1,571 | 1 | 2,163 | 1 | |||||
| Massachusetts | 1,682 | 1 | 1,897 | 1 | |||||
| Florida | 1,123 | 1 | 1,087 | 1 | |||||
| Other Southeast(2) | 2,789 | 2 | 3,056 | 2 | |||||
| Other | 5,055 | 4 | 5,477 | 4 | |||||
| Total commercial real estate | $27,225 | 20 | % | $29,471 | 20 | % |
(1) Credit tenant lease includes loans to nationally recognized tenants with high credit ratings and life sciences includes loans to provide lab and office space for tenants involved in the study and development of scientific discoveries.
(2) Includes Georgia, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina and Virginia.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 54 |
Retail Loan Asset Quality
We utilize credit scores provided by FICO, which are generally refreshed on a quarterly basis, and payment and delinquency status, among other data points, to monitor credit quality for retail loans. FICO credit scores represent current and historical national industry-wide consumer level credit performance data, which management believes are the strongest indicator of potential credit losses over the contractual life of the loan and a good predictor of a borrower’s future payment performance.
| Table 17: Retail Loan Portfolio Analysis | |||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Days Past Due and Accruing | Days Past Due and Accruing | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Current | 30-59 | 60-89 | 90+ | Nonaccrual | Current | 30-59 | 60-89 | 90+ | Nonaccrual | ||||||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 97.81 | % | 0.77 | % | 0.28 | % | 0.55 | % | 0.59 | % | 97.34 | % | 0.90 | % | 0.38 | % | 0.82 | % | 0.56 | % | |
| Home equity | 97.59 | 0.53 | 0.16 | — | 1.72 | 97.34 | 0.55 | 0.22 | — | 1.89 | |||||||||||
| Automobile | 96.18 | 2.11 | 0.70 | — | 1.01 | 96.94 | 1.74 | 0.58 | — | 0.74 | |||||||||||
| Education | 98.83 | 0.42 | 0.21 | 0.02 | 0.52 | 99.14 | 0.41 | 0.19 | 0.02 | 0.24 | |||||||||||
| Other retail | 96.86 | 0.99 | 0.67 | 0.02 | 1.46 | 97.02 | 0.97 | 0.67 | 0.57 | 0.77 | |||||||||||
| Total retail | 97.75 | % | 0.76 | % | 0.30 | % | 0.26 | % | 0.93 | % | 97.56 | % | 0.85 | % | 0.36 | % | 0.40 | % | 0.83 | % |
| Table 18: Retail Asset Quality Metrics | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||
| Average refreshed FICO for total portfolio | 775 | 772 | |||
| CLTV ratio for secured real estate(1) | 50 | % | 50 | % |
(1) The real estate secured portfolio CLTV is calculated as the mortgage and second lien loan balance divided by the most recently available value of the property.
For more information on the aging of accruing and nonaccrual retail loans, and the distribution of retail loans by vintage date and FICO score, see Note 6.
Deposits
| Table 19: Composition of Deposits | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions) | December 31, 2024 | % of Total Deposits | December 31, 2023 | % of Total Deposits | |||||
| Noninterest-bearing demand | $36,920 | 21 | % | $37,107 | 21 | % | |||
| Money market | 55,321 | 32 | 53,812 | 30 | |||||
| Checking with interest | 33,246 | 19 | 31,876 | 18 | |||||
| Savings | 25,976 | 15 | 27,983 | 16 | |||||
| Time | 23,313 | 13 | 26,564 | 15 | |||||
| Total deposits | $174,776 | 100 | % | $177,342 | 100 | % |
Total deposits as of December 31, 2024 decreased compared to December 31, 2023, reflecting a decline in higher-cost Treasury deposits and lower commercial balances, largely offset by growth in Private Bank deposits.
| Table 20: Uninsured and Insured/Secured Deposits | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions) | December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||
| Total deposits | $174,776 | $177,342 | ||
| Estimated uninsured deposits(1) | 76,764 | 73,584 | ||
| Less: Uninsured affiliate deposits eliminated in consolidation | 12,705 | 14,650 | ||
| Less: Preferred deposits(1)(2) | 6,902 | 7,486 | ||
| CFG adjusted estimated uninsured deposits, excluding preferred deposits | 57,157 | 51,448 | ||
| Total estimated insured/secured deposits | $117,619 | $125,894 | ||
| Insured/secured deposits to total deposits | 67 | % | 71 | % |
(1) As reported on CBNA’s Call Report.
(2) Represents uninsured deposits of states and political subdivisions that are secured or collateralized as required under state law.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 55 |
| Table 21: Time Deposits in Excess of the FDIC Insurance Limit by Remaining Maturity | |
|---|---|
| (dollars in millions) | December 31, 2024 |
| Three months or less | $1,499 |
| After three months through six months | 936 |
| After six months through twelve months | 597 |
| After twelve months | 19 |
| Total time deposits(1) | $3,051 |
(1) Includes time deposits per account in excess of $250,000.
Borrowed Funds
Total borrowed funds of $12.4 billion as of December 31, 2024 decreased $1.6 billion compared to December 31, 2023, driven by a decline of approximately $4.2 billion in FHLB advances, partially offset by the issuance of senior debt and secured borrowings collateralized by loans. For more information regarding our borrowed funds, see “Liquidity” and Note 13.
CAPITAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS
As a BHC and FHC, we are subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB. Our banking subsidiary, CBNA, is a national banking association primarily regulated by the OCC. Our regulation and supervision continues to evolve as the legal and regulatory frameworks governing our operations continue to change. See the “Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1 for more information.
Capital Adequacy Process
Our assessment of capital adequacy begins with our Board-approved risk appetite and risk management framework. This framework provides for the identification, measurement and management of material risks. Capital requirements are determined for actual and forecasted risk portfolios using applicable regulatory capital methodologies. The assessment also considers the possible impacts of approved and proposed changes to regulatory capital requirements. Key analytical frameworks, including scenario analysis and stress testing, supplement our base line forecast to help inform a range of potential outcomes. A governance framework supports our capital planning process, including capital management policies and procedures that document capital adequacy metrics and limits, as well as our Capital Contingency Plan and the active engagement of both the Board and senior management in oversight and decision-making.
Forward-looking assessments of capital adequacy provide for the development of a single capital plan, which is periodically submitted to the FRB, that covers both us and our banking subsidiary. We prepare this plan in accordance with the Capital Plan Rule and we participate annually in the FRB’s horizontal capital review as part of their normal supervisory process, which includes an assessment of specific capital planning areas.
The FRB regularly supervises and evaluates our capital adequacy and capital planning processes, including the submission of an annual capital plan approved by our Board of Directors or one of its committees. Under the FRB’s capital requirements, we must maintain capital ratios above the sum of the regulatory minimum and SCB requirement to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The FRB utilizes the supervisory stress test to determine our SCB, which is re-calibrated with each biennial supervisory stress test and updated annually to reflect our planned common stock dividends. As an institution subject to Category IV standards, we are subject to biennial supervisory stress testing in even-numbered years. Our SCB associated with the 2024 CCAR supervisory stress test was 4.5%, effective October 1, 2024 through September 30, 2025.
Regulations relating to capital planning, regulatory reporting, stress testing and capital buffer requirements applicable to firms like us are presently subject to rule-making and potential further guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. We will continue to evaluate the impact of these and any other prudential regulatory changes, including their potential resultant changes in our regulatory and compliance costs and expenses.
Regulatory Capital Ratios and Capital Composition
Under the current U.S. Basel III capital framework, we and our banking subsidiary, CBNA, must meet the following specific minimum requirements: CET1 capital ratio of 4.5%, tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, total capital ratio of 8.0% and tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. As a BHC, our SCB of 4.5% is imposed on top of the three minimum risk-based capital ratios listed above and a CCB of 2.5% is imposed on top of the three minimum risk-based capital ratios listed above for CBNA.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 56 |
For additional discussion of the U.S. Basel III capital framework and its related application, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1. The table below presents the regulatory capital ratios for CFG and CBNA under the U.S. Basel III Standardized rules:
| Table 22: Regulatory Capital Ratios Under the U.S. Basel III Standardized Rules | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Required Minimum Capital Ratio(1) | |||||||
| CET1 capital | ||||||||||||
| CFG | $17,900 | 10.8 | % | $18,358 | 10.6 | % | 9.0 | % | ||||
| CBNA | 20,250 | 12.3 | 19,411 | 11.3 | 7.0 | |||||||
| Tier 1 capital | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 20,013 | 12.1 | 20,372 | 11.8 | 10.5 | |||||||
| CBNA | 20,250 | 12.3 | 19,411 | 11.3 | 8.5 | |||||||
| Total capital | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 23,232 | 14.0 | 23,608 | 13.7 | 12.5 | |||||||
| CBNA | 23,362 | 14.2 | 22,453 | 13.0 | 10.5 | |||||||
| Tier 1 leverage | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 20,013 | 9.4 | 20,372 | 9.3 | 4.0 | |||||||
| CBNA | 20,250 | 9.6 | 19,411 | 8.9 | 4.0 | |||||||
| Risk-weighted assets | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 165,699 | 172,601 | ||||||||||
| CBNA | 164,986 | 172,094 | ||||||||||
| Quarterly adjusted average assets(2) | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 212,555 | 219,591 | ||||||||||
| CBNA | 211,849 | 218,974 |
(1) Represents minimum requirement under the current capital framework plus the SCB of 4.5% and CCB of 2.5% for CFG and CBNA, respectively. The SCB and CCB are not applicable to the Tier 1 leverage ratio.
(2) Represents total average assets less certain amounts deducted from Tier 1 capital.
At December 31, 2024, CFG’s CET1 and tier 1 capital ratios increased compared to December 31, 2023. Net income and a $6.9 billion decrease in RWA was partially offset by common share repurchases, dividends, and a decrease in the modified CECL transition amount as we entered the third year of the CECL three-year transition period. Lower commercial and auto loans were the key drivers for the decline in RWA. An increase in preferred stock was also a contributing factor to the tier 1 capital ratio increase.
At December 31, 2024, CBNA’s CET1 and tier 1 capital ratios increased compared to December 31, 2023. Net income and a $7.1 billion decrease in RWA, primarily driven by lower commercial and auto loans, was partially offset by dividend payments to the Parent Company and a decrease in the modified CECL transition amount as we entered the third year of the CECL three-year transition period.
At December 31, 2024, CFG’s and CBNA’s total capital ratios increased compared to December 31, 2023, driven by their respective changes in CET1 and tier 1 capital described above and a reduction in the modified AACL transition amount.
At December 31, 2024, CFG’s and CBNA’s tier 1 leverage ratios increased compared to December 31, 2023, reflecting a decline in quarterly adjusted average assets and their respective changes in tier 1 capital described above.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 57 |
| Table 23: Capital Composition Under the U.S. Basel III Capital Framework | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions) | December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||
| Total common stockholders’ equity | $22,141 | $22,328 | ||
| Exclusions: | ||||
| Modified CECL transitional amount | 96 | 192 | ||
| Net unrealized (gains)/losses recorded in AOCI, net of tax: | ||||
| Debt securities | 2,369 | 2,338 | ||
| Derivatives | 925 | 1,087 | ||
| Unamortized net periodic benefit costs | 301 | 333 | ||
| Deductions: | ||||
| Goodwill, net of deferred tax liability | (7,768) | (7,779) | ||
| Other intangible assets, net of deferred tax liability | (128) | (134) | ||
| Deferred tax assets that arise from tax loss and credit carryforwards | (36) | (7) | ||
| Total common equity tier 1 capital | 17,900 | 18,358 | ||
| Qualifying preferred stock | 2,113 | 2,014 | ||
| Total tier 1 capital | 20,013 | 20,372 | ||
| Qualifying subordinated debt(1) | 1,232 | 1,319 | ||
| Allowance for credit losses | 2,259 | 2,318 | ||
| Exclusions from tier 2 capital: | ||||
| Modified AACL transitional amount | (125) | (249) | ||
| Allowance on PCD assets | (147) | (152) | ||
| Adjusted allowance for credit losses | 1,987 | 1,917 | ||
| Total capital | $23,232 | $23,608 |
(1) As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the amount of non-qualifying subordinated debt excluded from regulatory capital was $469 million and $482 million, respectively. See Note 13 for more details on our outstanding subordinated debt.
Capital Transactions
We completed the following capital transactions during 2024:
•Repurchased $1.1 billion of our outstanding common stock;
•Issued 400,000 shares of 7.375% fixed-rate non-cumulative perpetual Series H Preferred Stock at an aggregate offering price of $400 million;
•Redeemed all outstanding shares of the 9.205% floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series D Preferred Stock on July 8, 2024;
•Declared quarterly common stock dividends of $0.42 per share, aggregating to $769 million; and
•Declared preferred stock dividends aggregating to $137 million.
For additional detail regarding our common and preferred stock dividends see Note 17.
On June 28, 2024, our Board of Directors increased the capacity of our common share repurchase program to $1.25 billion, an increase of $656 million above the $594 million of capacity remaining under the prior February 2023 authorization. All future capital distributions are subject to consideration and approval by our Board of Directors prior to execution. The timing and amount of future dividends and share repurchases will depend on various factors, including our capital position, financial performance, capital impacts of strategic initiatives, market conditions, and regulatory considerations.
AOCI Impact on Regulatory Capital
Under the current applicable regulatory capital rules we have made the AOCI opt-out election, which enables us to exclude components of AOCI from regulatory capital. As noted in the “Capital and Stress Testing Requirements” section of “Regulation and Supervision” in Item 1, the regulatory agencies are considering the inclusion of AOCI components in regulatory capital for Category IV firms like us, notably the AOCI relative to securities and pension.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 58 |
The following table presents our regulatory capital ratios including the AOCI impact from securities and pension, which we believe provides useful information in light of recent events and the potential for change in the regulatory capital framework.
| Table 24: AOCI Impact on Regulatory Capital | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||
| CFG | CBNA | ||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | CET1 | Tier 1 | Total | CET1 | Tier 1 | Total | |||||||
| Regulatory capital, including AOCI impact: | |||||||||||||
| Regulatory capital (as reported) | $17,900 | $20,013 | $23,232 | $20,250 | $20,250 | $23,362 | |||||||
| Unrealized gains (losses) on securities and pension | (2,670) | (2,670) | (2,670) | (2,651) | (2,651) | (2,651) | |||||||
| Deferred tax assets - securities and pension AOCI | (33) | (33) | (33) | (34) | (34) | (34) | |||||||
| Regulatory capital, including AOCI impact (non-GAAP) | $15,197 | $17,310 | $20,529 | $17,565 | $17,565 | $20,677 | |||||||
| Risk-weighted assets, including AOCI impact: | |||||||||||||
| Risk-weighted assets (as reported) | $165,699 | $165,699 | $165,699 | $164,986 | $164,986 | $164,986 | |||||||
| Unrealized gains (losses) on securities and pension | (702) | (702) | (702) | (683) | (683) | (683) | |||||||
| Deferred tax assets - securities and pension AOCI | 2,198 | 2,198 | 2,198 | 2,179 | 2,179 | 2,179 | |||||||
| Risk-weighted assets, including AOCI impact (non-GAAP) | $167,195 | $167,195 | $167,195 | $166,482 | $166,482 | $166,482 | |||||||
| Ratio: | |||||||||||||
| Regulatory capital ratio (as reported) | 10.8 | % | 12.1 | % | 14.0 | % | 12.3 | % | 12.3 | % | 14.2 | % | |
| Regulatory capital ratio, including AOCI impact (non-GAAP) | 9.1 | % | 10.4 | % | 12.3 | % | 10.6 | % | 10.6 | % | 12.4 | % |
LIQUIDITY
We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity fundamental to our safety and soundness. We define liquidity as our ability to meet our obligations when they come due. As a financial institution, we must maintain operating liquidity to meet expected daily and forecasted cash-flow requirements, as well as contingent liquidity to meet unexpected (stress scenario) funding requirements. Reflecting the importance of meeting all unexpected and stress-scenario funding requirements, we identify and manage contingent liquidity, consisting of cash balances at the FRB, unencumbered high-quality liquid securities and unused FHLB borrowing capacity. Separately, we also identify and manage asset liquidity as a subset of contingent liquidity, consisting of cash balances at the FRB and unencumbered high-quality liquid securities. We maintain additional secured borrowing capacity at the FRB discount window, but do not view this as a primary means of funding, but rather a potential source in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. We manage liquidity at the consolidated enterprise level and at each material legal entity.
Parent Company Liquidity
Our Parent Company’s primary sources of cash are dividends and interest received from CBNA resulting from investing in bank equity and subordinated debt as well as externally issued preferred stock, senior debt and subordinated debt. Uses of cash include the routine cash flow requirements as a bank holding company, including periodic share repurchases and payments of dividends, interest and expenses; the needs of subsidiaries, including CBNA for additional equity and, as required, its need for debt financing; and the support for extraordinary funding requirements when necessary. To the extent the Parent Company relies on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Parent Company completed the following transactions:
•Issued $1.25 billion of 5.841% fixed-to-floating rate senior notes due 2030;
•Issued $750 million of 6.645% fixed-to-floating rate senior notes due 2035;
•Issued 400,000 shares of 7.375% fixed-rate non-cumulative perpetual Series H Preferred Stock at an aggregate offering price of $400 million;
•Redeemed all outstanding shares of the 9.205% floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series D Preferred Stock on July 8, 2024; and
•Issued $1.25 billion of 5.718% fixed-to-floating rate senior notes due 2032.
Our Parent Company’s cash and cash equivalents represent a source of liquidity that can be used to meet various needs and totaled $2.7 billion and $2.9 billion as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 59 |
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Parent Company declared dividends on common stock of $769 million and $808 million, respectively, and declared dividends on preferred stock of $137 million and $117 million, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Parent Company repurchased $1.1 billion of its outstanding common stock.
CBNA Liquidity
As CBNA’s primary business involves taking deposits and making loans, a key role of liquidity management is to ensure that customers have timely access to funds. Liquidity management also involves maintaining sufficient liquidity to repay wholesale borrowings, pay operating expenses and support extraordinary funding requirements when necessary. In the ordinary course of business, the liquidity of CBNA is managed by matching sources and uses of cash. The primary sources of bank liquidity include deposits from our consumer and commercial customers; payments of principal and interest on loans and debt securities; and wholesale borrowings, as needed, and as described under “Liquidity Risk Management and Governance.” The primary uses of bank liquidity include withdrawals and maturities of deposits; payment of interest on deposits; funding of loans and related commitments; and funding of securities purchases. To the extent that CBNA relies on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest. For further information on CBNA’s outstanding debt see Note 13.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, CBNA completed the following transactions:
•Issued $2.7 billion of secured borrowings collateralized by loans;
•Redeemed $650 million of 4.119% fixed-to-floating rate senior notes due 2025; and
•Redeemed $600 million of 6.064% fixed-to-floating rate senior notes due 2025.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk arising from the inability to meet our obligations when they come due. We must maintain adequate funding to meet current and future obligations, including customer loan requests, deposit maturities and withdrawals, debt service, leases, and other cash commitments, under both normal operating conditions and periods of company-specific and/or market stress.
We rely on customer deposits to be our primary stable and low-cost source of funding. Our funding sources also include our ability to securitize loans in secondary markets, raise funds in the debt and equity capital markets, pledge loans and/or securities for borrowing from the FHLB, pledge securities as collateral for borrowing under repurchase agreements, and sell AFS securities.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 60 |
Credit ratings assigned by agencies such as Moody’s, Standard and Poor’s, and Fitch impact our access to unsecured wholesale market funds and to large uninsured customer deposits and are presented in the table below.
| Table 25: Credit Ratings | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2024 | |||||
| Moody’s | Standard and Poor’s | Fitch | |||
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc.: | |||||
| Long-term issuer | Baa1 | BBB+ | BBB+ | ||
| Short-term issuer | NR | A-2 | F1 | ||
| Subordinated debt | Baa1 | BBB | BBB | ||
| Preferred Stock | Baa3 | BB+ | BB | ||
| Citizens Bank, National Association: | |||||
| Long-term issuer | A3 | A- | BBB+ | ||
| Short-term issuer | (P) P-2 | A-2 | F1 | ||
| Long-term deposits | A1 | NR | A- | ||
| Short-term deposits | P-1 | NR | F1 |
NR = Not Rated
We currently have a “stable” outlook at Standard & Poor’s, a “negative” outlook at Moody’s and a “positive” outlook at Fitch. Changes in our public credit ratings could affect both the cost and availability of our wholesale funding.
Existing and evolving regulatory liquidity requirements represent another key driver of systemic liquidity conditions and liquidity management practices. The FRB and OCC regularly evaluate our liquidity as part of the overall supervisory process. In addition, we are subject to existing and evolving regulatory liquidity requirements, some of which are subject to further rulemaking, guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. For further discussion, see the “Liquidity Requirements” section under “Regulation and Supervision” in Item 1.
Liquidity Risk Management and Governance
Liquidity risk is measured and managed by the Funding and Liquidity unit within our Treasury group in accordance with policy guidelines promulgated by our Board and the Asset Liability Committee. The Funding and Liquidity unit is responsible for maintaining a liquidity management framework that effectively manages liquidity risk. Processes within this framework include, but are not limited to, regular and comprehensive reporting, including current levels versus threshold limits for a broad set of liquidity metrics and early warning indicators, explanatory commentary relating to emerging risk trends and, as appropriate, recommended remedial strategies, liquidity stress testing, contingency funding plans, and collateral management.
Our Funding and Liquidity unit’s primary goals are to deliver and maintain prudent levels of operating liquidity to support expected and projected funding requirements, contingent liquidity to support unexpected funding requirements resulting from idiosyncratic, systemic, and combination stress events, and regulatory liquidity requirements in a timely manner from stable and cost-efficient funding sources. We seek to accomplish these goals by funding loans with stable deposits, by prudently controlling dependence on wholesale funding, particularly short-term unsecured funding, and by maintaining ample available liquidity, including a contingent liquidity buffer of unencumbered high-quality loans and securities.
We maintain a contingency funding plan designed to ensure that liquidity sources are sufficient to meet ongoing obligations and commitments, particularly in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. The plan identifies members of the liquidity contingency team and provides a framework for management to follow, including notification and escalation of potential liquidity stress events.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 61 |
As of December 31, 2024:
•Organically generated deposits continue to be our primary source of funding, resulting in a consolidated period-end loans-to-deposits ratio, excluding LHFS, of 79.6%;
◦Estimated insured/secured deposits comprise 67% of our consolidated deposit base of $174.8 billion.
•Our total available liquidity, comprised of contingent liquidity and available discount window capacity, was approximately $83.1 billion;
◦Contingent liquidity was $66.2 billion, consisting of unencumbered high-quality liquid securities of $36.0 billion, unused FHLB capacity of $21.1 billion, and our cash balances at the FRB of $9.1 billion; and
◦Available discount window capacity was $16.9 billion, defined as available total borrowing capacity from the FRB based on identified collateral, which is primarily secured by non-mortgage commercial and retail loans.
For a summary of our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, see the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in Item 8.
The Funding and Liquidity unit monitors a variety of liquidity and funding metrics and early warning indicators and metrics, including specific risk thresholds limits. These monitoring tools are broadly classified as follows:
•Current liquidity sources and capacities, including cash balances at the FRB, free and liquid securities, and secured borrowing capacity at the FHLB and FRB discount window;
•Liquidity stress sources, including idiosyncratic, systemic and combined stresses, in addition to evolving regulatory requirements; and
•Current and prospective exposures, including secured and unsecured wholesale funding, and spot and cumulative cash-flow gaps across a variety of horizons.
Further, certain of these metrics are monitored individually for CBNA and for our consolidated enterprise on a daily basis, including cash position, unencumbered securities, asset liquidity and available FHLB borrowing capacity. In order to identify emerging trends and risks and inform funding decisions, specific metrics are also forecasted over a one-year horizon.
Contractual Obligations
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contractual obligations that may require future cash payments, including customer deposit maturities and withdrawals, debt service, lease obligations and other cash commitments. For more information regarding these obligations, see Notes 9, 12 and 13.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We engage in a variety of activities that are not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets that are generally referred to as “off-balance sheet arrangements.” For more information on these types of activities, see Note 19.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to establish accounting policies and make estimates that affect amounts reported in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
An accounting estimate requires assumptions and judgments about uncertain matters that could have a material effect on our audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Estimates are made using facts and circumstances known at a point in time. Changes in those facts and circumstances could produce results substantially different from those estimates. Our most significant accounting policies and estimates and their related application are discussed below. See Note 1 for further discussion of our significant accounting policies.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 62 |
Allowance for Credit Losses
The ACL of $2.3 billion at December 31, 2024 remained stable compared to December 31, 2023.
As of December 31, 2024, the ACL economic forecast over a two-year reasonable and supportable period was consistent with December 31, 2023, with peak unemployment of approximately 5.1% and start-to-trough real GDP decline of approximately 0.4%. These forecasts reflect a mild recession over the two-year reasonable and supportable period.
Our determination of the ACL is sensitive to changes in forecasted macroeconomic conditions during the reasonable and supportable forecast period. To illustrate the sensitivity, we applied a more pessimistic scenario than that described above which reflects deeper real GDP contraction across our two-year reasonable and supportable forecast period with peak unemployment of approximately 6.0% and start-to-trough real GDP decline of approximately 2.0%. Excluding consideration of qualitative adjustments, this scenario would result in a quantitative lifetime loss estimate of approximately 1.2x our modeled period-end ACL, or an increase of approximately $400 million. This analysis relates only to the modeled credit loss estimate and not to the overall period-end ACL, which includes qualitative adjustments.
Because several quantitative and qualitative factors are considered in determining the ACL, this sensitivity analysis does not necessarily reflect the nature and extent of future changes in the ACL or even what the ACL would be under these economic circumstances. The sensitivity analysis is intended to provide insights into the impact of adverse changes in the macroeconomic environment and the corresponding impact to modeled loss estimates. The hypothetical determination does not incorporate the impact of management judgment or other qualitative factors that could be applied in the actual estimation of the ACL and does not imply any expectation of future deterioration in our loss rates.
It remains difficult to estimate how changes in economic forecasts might affect our ACL because such forecasts consider a wide variety of variables and inputs, and changes in the variables and inputs may not occur at the same time or in the same direction, and such changes may have differing impacts by product type. The variables and inputs may be idiosyncratically affected by risks to the economy, including changing monetary and fiscal policies, impacts from the recent stress on the banking industry, and their impact on inflationary trends. Changes in one or multiple of the key macroeconomic variables may have a material impact on our estimation of expected credit losses.
For additional information regarding the ACL, see Note 6.
Goodwill
The acquisition method of accounting requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations are recorded at fair value. Business combinations typically result in goodwill, which is subject to ongoing periodic impairment tests based on the fair values of the reporting units to which the goodwill has been attributed. At December 31, 2024, goodwill totaled $8.2 billion and is assigned to our reporting units as follows: $5.5 billion to Commercial Banking and $2.7 billion to Consumer Banking.
The process of evaluating the fair value of a reporting unit is subjective, involving management assumptions, estimates and forecasts, and the use of external or internal valuations. Valuation techniques include discounted cash flow and market approach analysis. In the fourth quarter of 2024, the quantitative impairment test estimated the fair value of the reporting units using an equal weighting of an income approach (i.e., discounted cash flows method) and market-based approach (i.e., the guideline public company method). The guideline public company method utilizes comparable public company information and key valuation multiples, and considers a market control premium associated with cost synergies and other cash flow benefits that arise from obtaining control over a reporting unit, and guideline transactions, when applicable.
Under the income approach, cash flow projections are based on multi-year financial forecasts developed for each reporting unit that consider key business drivers such as new business initiatives, customer retention standards, market share changes, anticipated loan and deposit growth, fees and expenses, forward interest rates, historical performance, credit performance, and industry and economic trends, among other considerations. The projection of net interest income and noninterest expense are the most significant inputs to the financial projections of the Commercial Banking and Consumer Banking reporting units. Discount rates are estimated based on the Capital Asset Pricing Model, which considers the risk-free interest rate, market risk premium, beta, and unsystematic risk adjustments specific to a particular reporting unit. The discount rates are also calibrated based on risks related to the projected cash flows of each reporting unit.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 63 |
We performed a quantitative goodwill impairment assessment in the fourth quarter of 2024 as part of our annual impairment assessment. Based on this quantitative assessment, we concluded that the estimated fair value of the Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units exceeded their carrying value; therefore, goodwill is not impaired.
For additional information regarding Goodwill, see Note 10.
Fair Value
We assess the fair value of assets and liabilities by applying various valuation methodologies which may involve a significant degree of judgment, particularly when active markets do not exist for the items being valued. Quoted market prices are used to estimate the fair value of certain assets such as trading assets, investment securities and residential real estate LHFS. Assumptions are used to estimate the fair value of items for which an observable active market does not exist and include discount rates, rates of return on assets, repayment rates, cash flows, default rates, costs of servicing and liquidation values. The use of different assumptions could produce significantly different fair value estimates, which could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial condition or fair value disclosures.
We also assess whether there are any declines in fair value below the carrying value of assets that require recognition of a loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, including certain investments, loans, goodwill, and core deposit and other intangible assets.
For additional information regarding our fair value measurements, see Note 20.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 64 |
ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING DEVELOPMENTS
Accounting standards issued but not adopted as of December 31, 2024
| Pronouncement | Summary of Guidance | Effects on Financial Statements |
|---|---|---|
| Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures Issued December 2023 | •Requires an annual income tax rate reconciliation table that includes specific categories and other significant categories, disaggregated by nature, that exceed 5% of income tax expense at the statutory tax rate •Requires a qualitative description of the states and local jurisdictions that make up more than 50% of the effect of the state and local income tax category •Requires description of the nature, effect and underlying causes of the reconciling items and the judgment used in categorizing these items •Requires annual disclosure of income taxes paid, net of refunds received, disaggregated by federal, state, and foreign taxes, and further disaggregated by individual jurisdictions that exceed 5% of total income taxes paid, net of refunds received •Requires disclosure of 1) income (or loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (or benefit) disaggregated between domestic and foreign, and 2) income tax expense (or benefit) from continuing operations disaggregated by federal, state and foreign •Eliminates the requirement to disclose the nature and estimate of the change in unrecognized tax benefits expected in the next twelve months •Eliminates the requirement to disclose the cumulative amount of each type of temporary difference when a deferred tax liability is not recognized because of the exceptions to comprehensive recognition of deferred taxes related to subsidiaries and corporate joint ventures | •Required effective date: Annual financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2025. Early adoption is permitted. •Adoption is expected to have a meaningful impact on our required income tax disclosures in the Consolidated Financial Statements. |
| Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses Issued November 2024 | •Requires tabular disclosure of the following expense categories: purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, intangible asset amortization, and depreciation, depletion, and amortization recognized as part of oil- and gas-producing activities •Within the same tabular disclosure, include certain expenses, gains, and losses that are already required to be disclosed •Requires a qualitative description of the amounts remaining in relevant expense captions that are not separately disaggregated quantitatively •Requires disclosure of the total amount of selling expenses and, in annual reporting periods, an entity’s definition of selling expenses | •Required effective date: Annual financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2027, and interim reporting periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. •We are currently evaluating the impact of this standard on our required expense disclosures in the Consolidated Financial Statements. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 65 |
RISK GOVERNANCE
We are committed to maintaining a strong, integrated and proactive approach to the management of all risks to which we are exposed in pursuit of our business objectives. A key aspect of our Board’s responsibility as the main decision-making body is setting our risk appetite to ensure that the levels of risk that we are willing to accept in the attainment of our strategic business and financial objectives are clearly understood.
To enable our Board to carry out its objectives, it has delegated authority for risk management activities, as well as governance and oversight of those activities, to a number of Board and executive management level risk committees. The Executive Risk Committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for oversight of risk across the enterprise and actively considers our inherent material risks, analyzes our overall risk profile and seeks confirmation that the risks are being appropriately identified, assessed and mitigated. Reporting to the Executive Risk Committee are the following committees covering specific areas of risk: Compliance and Operational Risk, Model Risk, Credit Policy, Asset Liability, Business Initiatives Review, and Conduct and Ethics.
Risk Framework
Our risk management framework is embedded in our business through a “Three Lines of Defense” model which defines responsibilities and accountabilities for risk management activities.
First Line of Defense
The business lines, including their associated support functions, are the first line of defense and are accountable for identifying, assessing, managing, and controlling the risks associated with the products and services they provide. The business lines are responsible for performing regular risk assessments to identify and assess the material risks that arise in their area of responsibility, complying with relevant risk policies, testing and certifying the adequacy and effectiveness of their operational and financial reporting controls on a regular basis, establishing and documenting operating procedures, and establishing a governance structure for identifying and managing risk.
Second Line of Defense
The second line of defense includes independent monitoring and control functions accountable for the development of risk and control frameworks and related policies, and their associated implementation. This centralized risk function is independent from the business and is accountable for overseeing and challenging our business lines on the effective management of their risks including, but not limited to, credit, market, operational, regulatory, reputational, interest rate, liquidity, legal and strategic risks.
Third Line of Defense
Our Internal Audit function is the third line of defense providing independent assurance of the effectiveness of our internal controls and governance practices so that risk is managed appropriately for the size, complexity, and risk profile of the organization. Internal Audit has complete and unrestricted access to all of our records, physical properties and personnel. Internal Audit issues a report following each internal review and provides an audit opinion to the Board’s Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.
Credit Review reports to the Chief Audit Executive and provides the Board, senior management and other stakeholders with independent assurance on the quality of credit portfolios and adherence to agreed Credit Risk Appetite and Credit Policies and processes. In line with its procedures and regulatory expectations, the Credit Review function undertakes a program of portfolio testing, assessing and reporting through four Risk Pillars of Asset Quality, Rating and Data Integrity, Risk Management and Credit Risk Appetite.
Risk Appetite
Risk appetite is a strategic business and risk management tool. We define our risk appetite as the maximum limit of acceptable risk beyond which we could be unable to achieve our strategic objectives and capital adequacy obligations.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 66 |
Our principal non-market risks include credit, operational, regulatory, reputational, liquidity and strategic risks. We are also subject to certain market risks which include potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Market risk in our business arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including interest rate hedging, foreign exchange risk and non-trading activities within capital markets. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report on market risk. We actively manage both trading and non-trading market risks. See “Market Risk” for further information. Our risk appetite is reviewed and approved annually by the Board Risk Committee.
Credit Risk Management
Credit risk represents the potential for loss arising from the failure of a customer, counterparty, or issuer to perform in accordance with the contractual terms of an obligation. While the majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, we do engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, and trading activities. Given the financial impact of credit risk on our earnings and balance sheet, the assessment, approval and management of credit risk represents a significant part of our overall risk-management responsibility.
Our independent Credit Risk Function is responsible for reviewing and approving the credit risk appetite across all lines of business and credit products, approving larger and higher-risk credit transactions, monitoring portfolio performance, identifying problem credit exposures, and ensuring remedial management. Credit Risk actively monitors and manages concentrations of loan limits, loan types, industries, and geographies to ensure that our risk appetite is well balanced to achieve our goals.
Management and oversight of credit risk is the responsibility of each respective business line and the second line of defense. Our second line of defense, the independent Credit Risk Function, is led by the Chief Credit Officer who oversees all credit risk and reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Credit Officer, acting in a manner consistent with Board policies, has responsibility for, among other things, the governance process around policies, procedures, risk acceptance criteria, credit risk appetite, limits and authority delegation. The Chief Credit Officer and team also have responsibility for credit approvals for larger and higher-risk transactions and oversight of line of business credit risk activities. Reporting to the Chief Credit Officer are the heads of the second line of defense credit functions specializing in: Consumer Banking, Commercial Banking, Private Banking, Citizens Restructuring Management, Portfolio and Corporate Reporting, ACL Analytics, Current Expected Credit Loss, and Credit Policy and Administration. Each team under these leaders is composed of experienced credit professionals.
The primary mechanisms that govern our risk management include, but are not limited to, credit assessments, models, scorecards, credit limits, exposure management, concentration limits, balance sheet diversification, portfolio management, collateral requirements and individual credit policies tailored for Consumer and Commercial lending. Our policies outline the minimum acceptable lending standards and their alignment with our desired risk appetite. Material changes in our business model and strategies that identify a need to change our risk appetite or highlight a risk not previously contemplated are identified by the individual committees and presented to the Credit Policy Committee, Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee for approval, as appropriate.
We employ a comprehensive and integrated risk control program to proactively identify, measure, monitor, and mitigate existing and emerging credit risks across the credit life cycle including origination, account/portfolio management, and loss mitigation and recovery.
Consumer
We utilize several distinct business processes and channels to originate consumer credit, including traditional branch lending and mobile and online banking. Each distinct underwriting and origination activity includes unique credit risk characteristics, with loan pricing commensurate with the differing risk profiles. Consumer credit approvals are typically based on the financial strength and payment history of the borrower, type of exposure, and transaction structure, among other factors.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 67 |
Lending authority is granted to each first line approver by the second line of defense credit risk function to ensure proper oversight of the underwriting teams. We periodically evaluate the performance of each first line approver and annually reauthorize their delegated authority. Only senior members of the second line of defense credit risk function are authorized to approve significant exceptions to credit policies, which are not uncommon when compensating factors are present. Established exception limits, when reached or exceeded, trigger a comprehensive analysis.
For Consumer Banking, our teams use models to evaluate consumer loans across their life cycle. Credit scoring models are used to forecast the probability of default of an applicant prior to origination. When approving customers for a new loan or extension of an existing credit line, credit scores are used in conjunction with other credit risk variables such as affordability, length of term, collateral value, collateral type, and lien subordination.
Our consumer banking portfolio is comprised of five categories of loans to consumers: residential mortgages, home equity, education, automobile, and other retail.
Residential Mortgages and Home Equity
Residential mortgages are loans to consumers to purchase or refinance 1-4 family residential properties and are generally structured with repayment terms ranging from 15 to 30 years. We originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate (traditional and interest-only) residential mortgages, with the properties securing such mortgages primarily located within our geographic footprint. We do not originate residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or multiple payment options. Residential mortgage applications are underwritten using consistent credit policies and processes, with a focus on higher-quality borrowers.
Residential mortgages are originated based on an appraisal completed during the credit underwriting process, with borrower performance tracked monthly by segmenting the mortgage portfolio into pools based on product type. The portfolio is also segmented based upon delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV and geographic concentrations as part of our overall risk management analysis and monitoring.
Home equity loans primarily include lines of credit secured by a first- or second-lien on the borrower’s residence, which enable the customer to borrow against the equity in their home or refinance existing mortgage debt. The product is a variable-rate, interest-only line of credit that allows the borrower to draw against the available line with no required principal payments during an initial 10-year revolving period. At the end of the revolving period, the home equity line of credit converts into a 15-year amortizing structure.
Home equity applications are underwritten using full income and credit standards with underwriting criteria based on minimum credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and combined LTV ratios utilizing current collateral valuations. The underwriting for variable-rate lines of credit also incorporates a stress analysis for rising interest rates. We actively manage lines of credit and adjust their lending limit when we believe it is necessary based on a borrower’s FICO score and any associated credit deterioration.
Borrower performance of the home equity portfolio is tracked on a monthly basis for internal reporting and risk management purposes by segmenting the portfolio into pools, which are typically based on origination vintage tranches. The performance of any related mortgage loans is also tracked regardless of whether we hold a lien on such loans. A third-party service provider is utilized to obtain updated loan information, including lien and collateral data that is aggregated from both public and private sources.
LTV information on our outstanding residential mortgages and home equity portfolios is updated quarterly based on a combination of automated valuation model updates and relevant home price indices. LTV is the ratio of the loan’s outstanding principal balance to the current property value estimate. For home equity and second mortgages, CLTV is the ratio of the first mortgage original principal balance and the second lien outstanding principal balance combined to the current property value estimate.
Property values for both residential mortgages and home equity loans are refreshed quarterly after an account is established to allow for proactive identification of changing levels of credit risk and to facilitate our portfolio management, including workout and loss mitigation functions. Our approach to managing credit risk is highly analytical and, where appropriate, is automated to ensure consistency and efficiency.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 68 |
Education
The education portfolio is primarily comprised of two products, in-school loans and education refinance loans. An in-school loan is generally financed over a 5, 10, or 15-year term and provides for fixed or variable rate financing to students while enrolled in school, with the option to pay while in school or to defer payment until after graduation. An education refinance loan provides a refinancing option on an existing education loan for students and parents, with 5 to 20-year terms and fixed or variable rates.
The performance of the education portfolio is measured monthly, including updated FICO, or equivalent, scores. We analyze the portfolio by product channel and type, and regularly evaluate default and delinquency experience for internal reporting and risk management purposes.
Automobile
The automobile portfolio consists of loans originated primarily through independent franchised dealers, including some located in select states outside of our primary geographic footprint. This portfolio is in runoff as we discontinued the origination of automobile loans in 2023.
The performance of the automobile loan portfolio is measured monthly, including updated collateral values and FICO, or equivalent, scores. We analyze the portfolio by product channel and type and regularly evaluate default and delinquency experience for internal reporting and risk management purposes.
Other Retail
Other retail loans primarily consist of unsecured consumer lending products, including credit cards and point-of-sale loans originated through partnerships with third-party companies. These loans are underwritten in accordance with our established credit policies and guidelines. Certain point-of-sale loans originated with third-party companies include credit loss protection agreements provided by those companies, which mitigate our risk of loss. Given the variable nature of the credit card portfolio, we actively monitor interest rate impacts and portfolio performance to ensure alignment with our risk tolerance.
Commercial
Our commercial banking portfolio consists of traditional commercial and industrial loans, commercial leases, and commercial real estate loans.
For Commercial Banking, risk management includes defined credit products and policies and is separated into commercial and industrial loans, CRE and leases. Separate verticals are established within commercial and industrial loans and leases for certain specialty products. Substantially all activity that falls under a defined industry or product is managed through a specialty vertical and a stand-alone team of industry, product, and credit risk specialists. CRE also operates as a specialty vertical.
Commercial transactions are subject to individual analysis and approval before origination and, with few exceptions, are subject to a formal annual review requirement. The underwriting process includes the establishment and approval of credit grades that establish the probability of default and loss given default. Material transactions require both a business line approver and an independent credit approver with the requisite level of delegated authority as determined by the size of the credit relationship as well as the probability of default. Checks and balances in the credit process and the independence of the credit approver function are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, actively monitor the portfolio to facilitate the early recognition of credit problems, and provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. Authority to grant credit is delegated through the independent Credit Risk Function and is closely monitored and updated annually, at a minimum.
The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, geography, transaction structure including loan covenants, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. In addition to the credit analysis conducted during the approval process before origination and during an annual review, our Credit Review group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality of the portfolio and new originations. This group conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans and validate risk ratings, as well as tests the consistency of the credit processes and the effectiveness of credit risk management.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 69 |
Credit exposure to individual borrowers is managed by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower, or related group of borrowers, with concentration risk managed through limits on industry sectors, asset classes and loan quality factors.
Our standardized loan grading system considers many components that directly correlate to loan quality and likelihood of repayment. Substantially all loans categorized as Classified are managed by Citizens Restructuring Management, a specialized group of credit professionals that handle the day-to-day management of loan workouts, commercial recoveries, and problem loan sales to reduce losses and maximize recoveries. Their responsibilities include developing and implementing action plans, assessing risk ratings, and determining the adequacy of the ACL, accrual status, and ultimate collectability of the Classified loan portfolio.
Commercial and Industrial
The commercial and industrial portfolio includes both loans and leases made to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases, capital call facilities, or other projects/acquisitions. The loans and leases are generally underwritten individually to assess the quality of multiple sources of repayment including cash flow for debt service, collateral, and any guarantees from the business owner. Although real estate exists as collateral for these loans, the operation, sale, rental, or refinancing of the real estate is not considered the primary repayment source.
The risks inherent in the commercial and industrial portfolio are managed through origination policies, a defined loan concentration policy with established limits, ongoing loan- and portfolio-level reviews, recourse requirements, and continuous portfolio risk management activities. Our origination policies for the commercial and industrial portfolio include policies specific to loan product type, such as LTV and debt service coverage ratios, as applicable.
Commercial Real Estate
The CRE portfolio consists of both commercial property and construction loans that support a wide range of property development and investment activities including, but not limited to, multi-family, office spaces, industrial facilities, and retail shopping centers. These loans are typically repaid through cash flows generated from the operation, sale, or refinance of the property. Risk on these loans is mitigated by requiring collateral values that exceed the loan amount and underwriting the loan with projected cash flow in excess of the debt service requirement.
Our CRE construction portfolio primarily consists of multi-family, warehouse, office and data center property types. Loans in this portfolio are generally for construction projects that have been pre-sold or pre-leased, have secured permanent financing, or are made to real estate companies with significant equity invested in the project. A specialized real estate lending group is responsible for this portfolio and actively monitors the construction phase and manages the loan disbursements according to the predetermined construction schedule. Construction loans, which are generally short term in nature, are utilized to fund the development or renovation of real estate, with repayment often tied to the successful completion and stabilization of the property.
Risks inherent in this portfolio are managed by focusing on the financial strength and experience of the developer, market conditions and other specific attributes associated with each project. We limit our loan amounts based on appraised values, minimum equity investments by our borrowers, and adequate cash flows to support the debt.
Both macro- and loan-level stress-test scenarios based on existing and forecasted market conditions are part of the ongoing portfolio management process for the CRE portfolio. Ongoing portfolio-level reviews are performed that generate action plans based on occupancy levels or leasing revenues associated with the projects being reviewed. This highly individualized process requires working closely with all of our borrowers, as well as an in-depth knowledge of CRE project lending and the current market environment.
Property-type concentrations and both geographic and property-type performance metrics are actively monitored for all CRE loan types, with a focus on loans identified as higher risk based on our risk rating methodology. The portfolio is diversified by property type and loan size, representing a significant portion of the credit risk management strategies employed for this portfolio. Subsequent to the origination, the Credit Review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk from new loan originations.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 70 |
Appraisal values are obtained in conjunction with all originations and renewals, and on an as-needed basis, to both comply with regulatory requirements and to ensure appropriate decisions regarding the ongoing management of the portfolio with respect to changing market conditions. Appraisals are obtained from approved vendors and are reviewed by an internal appraisal review group, which is composed of certified appraisers to ensure the quality of the valuation used in the underwriting process.
MARKET RISK
Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Modest market risk arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including the hedging of interest rate and foreign exchange risk. As described below, the market risk arising from our non-trading banking activities, such as the origination of loans and deposit-gathering, is more significant. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. We actively manage market risk for both non-trading and trading activities.
Non-Trading Risk
Our non-trading banking activities expose us to market risk. This market risk is composed of interest rate risk, as we have no commodity risk and de minimis direct currency and equity risk. We also have market risk related to capital markets loan originations, as well as the valuation of our MSRs.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk emerges from the balance sheet after the aggregation of our assets, liabilities and equity. We refer to this non-trading risk embedded in the balance sheet as “structural interest rate risk” or “interest rate risk in the banking book.”
A major source of structural interest rate risk is a difference in the repricing of assets relative to liabilities and equity. There are differences in the timing and drivers of rate changes reflecting the maturity and/or repricing of assets and liabilities. There may also be differences in the drivers of rate changes. Loans may be tied to a specific index rate such as SOFR or Prime, while deposits may not be as correlated with such rates and more dependent upon competitive demand. Due to these basis differences, net interest income is sensitive to changes in spreads between certain indices or repricing rates.
A primary source of our structural interest rate risk relates to faster repricing of floating-rate loans relative to core deposit funding. This source of asset sensitivity is more biased toward the short end of the yield curve.
The secondary source of our interest rate risk is driven by longer term rates comprising the rollover or reinvestment risk on fixed-rate loans, as well as prepayment risk on mortgage-related loans and securities funded by non-rate sensitive deposits and equity.
Another important source of structural interest rate risk relates to the potential exercise of explicit or embedded options. For example, most consumer loans can be prepaid without penalty and most consumer deposits can be withdrawn without penalty. The exercise of such options by customers can exacerbate the timing differences discussed above.
The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control exposure to interest rate risk within policy limits approved by our Board. These limits and guidelines reflect our tolerance for interest rate risk over both short- and long-term horizons. To ensure that exposure to interest rate risk is managed within our risk appetite, we measure the exposure and hedge it, as necessary. The Treasury Asset and Liability Management team is responsible for measuring, monitoring and reporting on our structural interest rate risk position. These exposures are reported on a monthly basis to the Asset Liability Committee and at Board meetings.
We measure structural interest rate risk through a variety of metrics intended to quantify both short- and long-term exposures. The primary method we use to quantify interest rate risk is simulation analysis in which we model net interest income from assets, liabilities and hedge derivative positions under various interest rate scenarios over a three-year horizon. Exposure to interest rate risk is reflected in the variation of forecasted net interest income across these scenarios.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 71 |
Key assumptions in this simulation analysis relate to the behavior of interest rates and spreads, changes in product balances and the behavior of our loan and deposit customers in different rate environments. Repricing characteristics and balance fluctuations of deposits with indeterminate (i.e., non-contractual) maturities, as well as the pace of mortgage prepayments are the most significant behavioral assumptions. We utilize product level models that consider specific product characteristics and composition of the deposit portfolio, along with current and forward-looking market dynamics, to project deposit rates. Similarly, we employ dynamic prepayment and mortgage rate models to project prepayment behaviors specific to each of our product offerings. These models are developed based on internal performance data over prior interest rate cycles and calibrated to our experience and outlook for rates across a diverse set of market environments. We assess our models and assumptions periodically by running sensitivity analyses to determine the impact of changes to inputs or assumptions on our risk results, which are reported to the Asset Liability Committee.
Since we cannot predict the future path of interest rates, we use simulation analysis to project net interest income under various interest rate scenarios including a “most likely” (implied forward) scenario, as well as a variety of extreme and unlikely scenarios. These scenarios may assume gradual ramping of the overall level of interest rates, immediate shocks to the level of rates and various yield curve twists in which movements in short- or long-term rates predominate. Generally, projected net interest income in any interest rate scenario is compared to net interest income in a base case where market-forward rates are realized.
The table below presents the sensitivity of net interest income to various parallel yield curve shifts from the market implied forward yield curve. Our policies involve measuring exposures as a percentage change in net interest income over the next year due to either instantaneous or gradual parallel changes in rates relative to the market implied forward yield curve. As the following table illustrates, our balance sheet is asset sensitive; net interest income would benefit from an increase in interest rates, while exposure to a decline in interest rates is within limits established and monitored by senior management. While an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates is included in this analysis, we believe that any actual shift in interest rates would be more gradual and, therefore, have a more modest impact.
| Table 26: Sensitivity of Net Interest Income | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Estimated % Change in Net Interest Income over 12 Months | |||||
| December 31, | |||||
| Basis points | 2024 | 2023 | |||
| Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates | |||||
| +200 | 1.8 | % | — | % | |
| +100 | 1.1 | 0.5 | |||
| -100 | (1.3) | (1.5) | |||
| -200 | (3.3) | (3.0) | |||
| Gradual Change in Interest Rates | |||||
| +200 | 2.2 | % | 0.4 | % | |
| +100 | 1.0 | 0.5 | |||
| -100 | (0.9) | (1.0) | |||
| -200 | (1.8) | (1.9) |
We continue to manage asset sensitivity within the scope of our policy, changing market conditions and changes in our balance sheet. The Company’s base case net interest income assumes the forward-rate path implied by the period-end yield curve is realized. The rate risk exposure is then measured based on assumed changes from that base case rate path.
Our risk position is slightly asset sensitive to a gradual change in rates as of December 31, 2024, compared to our broadly neutral position as of December 31, 2023. Our interest rate sensitivity incorporates the impacts of changes in our balance sheet mix, including securities, loans, deposits, borrowed funds and hedge activity, which is primarily comprised of received fixed swaps that offset our naturally asset-sensitive balance sheet.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 72 |
We use a valuation measure of exposure to structural interest rate risk, EVE, as a supplement to net interest income simulations. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure over a long-term horizon. EVE measures the extent to which the economic value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. We employ sophisticated models for prepayments and deposit pricing and attrition, which provide a granular view of cash flows based on the unique characteristics of the underlying products and customer segments. The change in value is expressed as a percentage of regulatory capital.
We use interest rate contracts as part of our ALM strategy to manage exposure to the variability in the interest cash flows on our floating-rate assets and wholesale funding, the variability in the fair value of AFS securities, and to hedge market risk on fixed-rate capital markets debt issuances.
The following table presents interest rate derivative contracts that we have entered into as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
| Table 27: Interest Rate Hedges Used to Manage Non-Trading Interest Rate Exposure | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
| Weighted Average | Weighted Average | ||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Notional Amount | Maturity (Years) | Fixed Rate | Reset Rate | Notional Amount | Maturity (Years) | Fixed Rate | Reset Rate | |||||||||
| Fair value hedges: | |||||||||||||||||
| Asset conversion swaps: | |||||||||||||||||
| AFS securities: | |||||||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive SOFR | $7,827 | 4.7 | 3.8 | % | 4.5 | % | $5,365 | 6.2 | 3.8 | % | 5.4 | % | |||||
| Liability conversion swaps: | |||||||||||||||||
| Long-term borrowed funds: | |||||||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay SOFR | 500 | 0.9 | 2.6 | 4.8 | 500 | 1.9 | 2.6 | 5.6 | |||||||||
| Total fair value hedges | 8,327 | 5,865 | |||||||||||||||
| Cash flow hedges: | |||||||||||||||||
| Asset conversion swaps: | |||||||||||||||||
| Loans: | |||||||||||||||||
| Swaps | |||||||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay SOFR | 26,250 | 1.7 | 3.1 | 4.5 | 17,780 | 0.8 | 4.0 | 5.4 | |||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay SOFR - forward-starting | 20,000 | 3.5 | 3.7 | 4.0 | 31,250 | 2.9 | 3.3 | 4.6 | |||||||||
| Basis swaps | |||||||||||||||||
| Receive SOFR/pay 1-month term SOFR | 11,500 | 1.6 | — | 4.5/4.3 | 5,000 | 1.0 | — | 5.3/5.3 | |||||||||
| Receive SOFR/pay 1-month term SOFR - forward-starting | 3,000 | 2.4 | — | 4.0/4.0 | 14,000 | 2.7 | — | 5.2/5.1 | |||||||||
| Floor Rate | Cap Rate | Floor Rate | Cap Rate | ||||||||||||||
| Options | |||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate collars(1) | — | — | — | — | 1,000 | 1.5 | 2.5 | 3.7 | |||||||||
| Interest rate collars - forward-starting(1) | — | — | — | — | 500 | 2.5 | 2.7 | 4.4 | |||||||||
| Floor spreads - forward-starting(2) | — | — | — | — | 2,500 | 2.8 | 2.2/3.2 | — | |||||||||
| Total cash flow hedges | 60,750 | 72,030 | |||||||||||||||
| Total hedges | $69,077 | $77,895 |
(1) Weighted average floor and cap rates represent strike rates through which CFG will receive interest if the SOFR rate falls below the floor strike rate and pay interest if the SOFR rate exceeds the cap strike rate.
(2) Weighted average floor rate represents strike rates for the short and long interest rate floors, respectively. CFG will receive interest if the SOFR rate falls below the upper strike rate and pay interest if the SOFR rate falls below the lower strike rate, effectively hedging the corridor between the two strike rates. The structure also includes a short cap and a long floor which are utilized to neutralize the initial premium.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 73 |
The following table presents the average active notional amounts for our interest rate derivatives, based on contract effective date, for the next five years:
| Table 28: Average Active Notional for Interest Rate Derivative Contracts | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 | ||||||
| Fair value hedges | |||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive SOFR(1) | $7,821 | $7,594 | $5,847 | $4,991 | $3,448 | ||||||
| Receive fixed/pay SOFR(2) | 441 | — | — | — | — | ||||||
| Cash flow hedges | |||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay SOFR(2) | 28,557 | 26,827 | 19,341 | 10,799 | 2,677 | ||||||
| Receive SOFR/pay 1-month term SOFR | 12,096 | 8,847 | 1,952 | — | — | ||||||
| Total | $48,915 | $43,268 | $27,140 | $15,790 | $6,125 | ||||||
| Weighted average receive fixed rate | 3.2 | % | 3.5 | % | 3.6 | % | 3.6 | % | 3.6 | % | |
| Weighted average pay fixed rate | 3.8 | 3.8 | 3.8 | 3.7 | 3.7 |
(1) Pay fixed rate leg of the interest rate derivative contract is included in the computation of the weighted average pay fixed rate.
(2) Receive fixed rate leg of the interest rate derivative contract is included in the computation of the weighted average receive fixed rate.
| Table 29: Pre-Tax Gains (Losses) Recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income on Cash Flow Hedges | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2024 | 2023 | ||
| Pre-tax net gains (losses) recognized in OCI | ($725) | ($145) | ||
| Pre-tax net gains (losses) reclassified from AOCI into interest income | (945) | (596) | ||
| Pre-tax net gains (losses) reclassified from AOCI into interest expense | (1) | — |
Using the December 31, 2024 interest rate curve we estimate that $718 million in pre-tax net losses related to cash flow hedge strategies will be reclassified from AOCI to net interest income over the next 12 months. These losses could differ from amounts recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations or the addition of other hedges after December 31, 2024.
Included in AOCI is a net loss from terminated swaps of $732 million that will reduce net interest income by $127 million in the first quarter of 2025, $119 million in the second quarter of 2025, $109 million in the third quarter of 2025, and $103 million in the fourth quarter of 2025. The remaining $274 million will reduce net interest income by $230 million in 2026 and $44 million after 2026.
Capital Markets
A key component of our capital markets activities is the underwriting and distribution of corporate credit facilities to finance merger and acquisition transactions for our clients. We have a rigorous risk management process around these activities, including a limit structure capping our underwriting risk, potential loss, and sub-limits for specific asset classes. Further, the ability to approve underwriting exposure is delegated only to senior level individuals in the credit risk management and capital markets organizations with each transaction adjudicated in the Loan Underwriting Approval Committee.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
We have market risk associated with the value of residential MSRs, which are impacted by various types of inherent risks, including duration, basis, convexity, volatility and yield curve.
As part of our overall risk management strategy we enter into various free-standing derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate futures and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities to economically hedge the changes in fair value of our MSRs. For more information regarding the fair value of our MSRs and associated derivatives see Note 8 and Note 14.
As with our traded market risk-based activities, earnings at risk excludes the impact of MSRs. MSRs are captured under our single price risk management framework that is used for calculating a management value at risk consistent with the definition used by banking regulators.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 74 |
Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk primarily through client facilitation activities from certain derivative and foreign exchange products as well as underwriting and market making activities. Market risk exposure arises from fluctuations in interest rates, basis spreads, volatility, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads across various financial instruments. Securities underwriting and trading activities are conducted through CBNA and Citizens JMP Securities, LLC.
Client facilitation activities consist primarily of interest rate derivatives, financially settled commodity derivatives and foreign exchange contracts where we enter into offsetting trades with a separate counterparty or exchange to manage our market risk exposure. In addition, we operate trading desks covering secondary loans, corporate bonds, and equity securities, with the objective of meeting secondary liquidity needs of our issuing clients’ transactions and investor clients. We do not engage in any trading activities to benefit from short-term price differences.
Market Risk Governance
The process of setting our market risk limit is established in accordance with the formal enterprise risk appetite process and policy, which reflects the strategic and enterprise level articulation of opportunities for creating franchise value set to the boundaries of how much market risk to assume. Dealing authorities represent the key control tool in the management of market risk that allows the cascading of the risk appetite throughout the enterprise. A dealing authority sets the operational scope and tolerances within which a business and/or trading desk is permitted to operate, which is reviewed annually at a minimum. Dealing authorities are structured to accommodate client facing trades and hedges needed to manage the risk profile, with responsibility for remaining within established tolerances residing with the business. Key risk indicators, including VaR, open foreign currency positions and single name risk are monitored daily and reported against tolerances consistent with our risk appetite and business strategy to the appropriate business line management and risk counterparts.
Market Risk Measurement
We use VaR as a statistical measure for estimating the potential exposure of our traded market risk in normal market conditions. Our VaR framework for risk management and regulatory reporting is the same. Risk management VaR is based on a one-day holding period to a 99% confidence level and regulatory VaR is based on a ten-day holding period to the same confidence level. In addition to VaR, non-statistical measurements for measuring risk such as sensitivity analysis, market value and stress testing are employed.
Our market risk platform and associated market risk and valuation models capture correlation effects across all our “covered positions” and allow for aggregation of market risk across products, risk types, business lines and legal entities. We measure, monitor and report market risk for management and regulatory capital purposes.
VaR Overview
The market risk measurement model is based on historical simulation. The VaR measure estimates the extent of any fair value losses on trading positions that may occur due to broad market movements (General VaR) such as changes in the level of interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. It is calculated on the basis that current positions remain relatively unaltered over the course of a given holding period with the assumption that markets are sufficiently liquid to allow the business to close its positions, if required, within this holding period. Based on the composition of our “covered positions,” we also use a standardized add-on approach for the loan trading and high yield bond desks’ Specific Risk capital, which estimates the extent of any losses that may occur from factors other than broad market movements. The General VaR approach is expressed in terms of a confidence level over the past 500 trading days. The internal VaR measure, used as the basis of the main VaR trading limits, is a 99% confidence level with a one-day holding period, indicating that a loss greater than the VaR is expected to occur, on average, on only one day in 100 trading days (i.e., 1% of the time). Theoretically, there should be a loss event greater than VaR two to three times per year. The regulatory measure of VaR is a 99% confidence level with a ten-day holding period. The historical market data applied to calculate the VaR is updated on a two-business day lag. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” below for details of our ten-day VaR metrics for the quarters ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 75 |
Market Risk Regulatory Capital
The U.S. banking regulators’ “Market Risk Rule” covers the calculation of market risk capital. Under this rule, all of our client facing trades and associated hedges maintain a net low risk and qualify as “covered positions.” The internal management VaR measure is calculated based on the same population of trades that is utilized for regulatory VaR.
| Table 30: Results of Modeled and Non-Modeled Measures for Regulatory Capital Calculations | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions) | For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2024 | For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Market Risk Category | Period End | Average | High | Low | Period End | Average | High | Low | |||||||||||||||
| Interest Rate | $2 | $1 | $3 | $1 | $3 | $3 | $5 | $2 | |||||||||||||||
| Foreign Exchange Currency Rate | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2 | — | |||||||||||||||
| Credit Spread | 2 | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1 | |||||||||||||||
| Commodity | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| General VaR | 3 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 4 | 4 | 6 | 3 | |||||||||||||||
| Specific Risk VaR | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total VaR | $3 | $2 | $3 | $1 | $4 | $4 | $6 | $3 | |||||||||||||||
| Stressed General VaR | $7 | $7 | $12 | $4 | $4 | $7 | $14 | $3 | |||||||||||||||
| Stressed Specific Risk VaR | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total Stressed VaR | $7 | $7 | $12 | $4 | $4 | $7 | $14 | $3 | |||||||||||||||
| Market Risk Regulatory Capital | $28 | $33 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Specific Risk Not Modeled Add-on | 25 | 17 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| de Minimis Exposure Add-on | — | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Total Market Risk Regulatory Capital | $53 | $51 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Market Risk-Weighted Assets | $665 | $643 |
Stressed VaR
SVaR is an extension of VaR and utilizes a longer historical look-back horizon, fixed from January 3, 2005, to identify headline risks from more volatile periods and to provide a counterbalance to VaR, which may be low during periods of low volatility. The holding period for profit and loss determination is ten days. In addition to its utilization for risk management purposes, SVaR is a component of market risk regulatory capital. We calculate SVaR daily under its own dynamic window regime whereby values of the ten-day, 99% VaR are calculated over all 260-day periods that can be obtained from the complete historical data set. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” above for SVaR metrics.
Sensitivity Analysis
Sensitivity analysis is the measure of exposure to a single risk factor, such as a one basis point change in rates or credit spread. We conduct and monitor sensitivity on interest rates, basis spreads, foreign exchange exposures, option prices and credit spreads. Since VaR is based on previous moves in market risk factors over recent periods, it may not be an accurate predictor of future market moves. Sensitivity analysis complements VaR as it provides an indication of risk relative to each factor irrespective of historical market moves and is an effective tool in evaluating the appropriateness of hedging strategies and concentrations.
Stress Testing
Conducting a stress test of a portfolio consists of running risk models with the inclusion of key variables that simulate various historical or hypothetical scenarios. For historical stress tests, profit and loss results are simulated for select time periods corresponding to the most volatile underlying returns, while hypothetical stress tests aim to consider concentration risk, illiquidity under stressed market conditions and risk arising from our trading activities that may not be fully captured by our other risk-measurement methodologies. Hypothetical scenarios also assume that market moves occur simultaneously and no repositioning or hedging activity takes place to mitigate losses as market events unfold. Stress tests of our trading positions are generated daily.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 76 |
VaR Model Review and Validation
Our market risk measurement models are independently reviewed and subject to ongoing performance analysis by the model owners. This independent review and validation focuses on model methodology, market data and performance and is the responsibility of Citizens’ Model Risk Management and Validation team. This team challenges the assumptions used and quantitative techniques employed, including the theoretical justification supporting them, and performs an assessment of the soundness of the required data over time. The quantitative impact of the major underlying modeling assumptions is estimated (e.g., through developing alternative models), if possible. The market risk models may be periodically enhanced due to changes in market price levels and price action regime behavior. The Market Risk Management and Validation team conducts internal validation before a new or changed model element is implemented and before a change is made to market data mapping.
VaR Backtesting
Backtesting is one form of validation of the VaR model and is run daily. The Market Risk Rule requires a comparison of our internal VaR measure to the actual, aggregated net trading revenue (excluding fees, commissions, reserves, intra-day trading and net interest income) for each day over the preceding year (the most recent 250 business days). Any observed loss in excess of the combined portfolio’s VaR number is taken as an exception. The number of exceptions determines the multiplication factor used to derive the VaR and SVaR-based capital requirement for regulatory reporting purposes, when applicable. The multiplication factor, which increases from a minimum of three to a maximum of four, depending on the number of exceptions, did not change during 2024 based on the Company’s two observed exceptions during the year. Further, we perform sub-portfolio backtesting as required under the Market Risk Rule, using models approved by our banking regulators for interest rate, credit spread, commodity and foreign exchange positions.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 77 |
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RECONCILIATIONS
For more information on the computation of non-GAAP financial measures, see “Introduction — Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” included in this Report. The following table presents computations of non-GAAP financial measures representing our “Underlying” results used in the MD&A:
Table 31: Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Measures
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions, except per share data) | Ref. | 2024 | 2023 | |||
| Noninterest income, Underlying: | ||||||
| Noninterest income (GAAP) | A | $2,176 | $1,983 | |||
| Less: Notable items | 15 | — | ||||
| Noninterest income, Underlying (non-GAAP) | B | $2,161 | $1,983 | |||
| Total revenue, Underlying: | ||||||
| Total revenue (GAAP) | C | $7,809 | $8,224 | |||
| Less: Notable items | 15 | — | ||||
| Total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | D | $7,794 | $8,224 | |||
| Noninterest expense, Underlying: | ||||||
| Noninterest expense (GAAP) | E | $5,234 | $5,507 | |||
| Less: Notable items | 156 | 506 | ||||
| Noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | F | $5,078 | $5,001 | |||
| Pre-provision profit: | ||||||
| Total revenue (GAAP) | C | $7,809 | $8,224 | |||
| Less: Noninterest expense (GAAP) | E | 5,234 | 5,507 | |||
| Pre-provision profit (non-GAAP) | $2,575 | $2,717 | ||||
| Pre-provision profit, Underlying: | ||||||
| Total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | D | $7,794 | $8,224 | |||
| Less: Noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | F | 5,078 | 5,001 | |||
| Pre-provision profit, Underlying (non-GAAP) | $2,716 | $3,223 | ||||
| Income before income tax expense, Underlying: | ||||||
| Income before income tax expense (GAAP) | G | $1,888 | $2,030 | |||
| Less: Income (expense) before income tax expense (benefit) related to notable items | (141) | (506) | ||||
| Income before income tax expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | H | $2,029 | $2,536 | |||
| Income tax expense and effective income tax rate, Underlying: | ||||||
| Income tax expense (GAAP) | I | $379 | $422 | |||
| Less: Income tax expense (benefit) related to notable items | (43) | (149) | ||||
| Income tax expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | J | $422 | $571 | |||
| Effective income tax rate (GAAP) | I/G | 20.06 | % | 20.76 | % | |
| Effective income tax rate, Underlying (non-GAAP) | J/H | 20.80 | 22.48 | |||
| Net income, Underlying: | ||||||
| Net income (GAAP) | K | $1,509 | $1,608 | |||
| Add: Notable items, net of income tax benefit | 98 | 357 | ||||
| Net income, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L | $1,607 | $1,965 | |||
| Net income available to common stockholders, Underlying: | ||||||
| Net income available to common stockholders (GAAP) | M | $1,372 | $1,491 | |||
| Add: Notable items, net of income tax benefit | 98 | 357 | ||||
| Net income available to common stockholders, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N | $1,470 | $1,848 | |||
| Return on average common equity and return on average common equity, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average common equity (GAAP) | O | $21,881 | $21,592 | |||
| Return on average common equity | M/O | 6.27 | % | 6.90 | % | |
| Return on average common equity, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N/O | 6.72 | 8.56 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 78 |
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions, except per share data) | Ref. | 2024 | 2023 | |||
| Return on average tangible common equity and return on average tangible common equity, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average common equity (GAAP) | O | $21,881 | $21,592 | |||
| Less: Average goodwill (GAAP) | 8,187 | 8,184 | ||||
| Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP) | 143 | 177 | ||||
| Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill and other intangible assets (GAAP) | 433 | 422 | ||||
| Average tangible common equity | P | $13,984 | $13,653 | |||
| Return on average tangible common equity | M/P | 9.81 | % | 10.92 | % | |
| Return on average tangible common equity, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N/P | 10.51 | 13.53 | |||
| Return on average total assets and return on average total assets, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average total assets (GAAP) | Q | $219,024 | $222,221 | |||
| Return on average total assets | K/Q | 0.69 | % | 0.72 | % | |
| Return on average total assets, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L/Q | 0.73 | 0.88 | |||
| Return on average total tangible assets and return on average total tangible assets, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average total assets (GAAP) | Q | $219,024 | $222,221 | |||
| Less: Average goodwill (GAAP) | 8,187 | 8,184 | ||||
| Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP) | 143 | 177 | ||||
| Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill and other intangible assets (GAAP) | 433 | 422 | ||||
| Average tangible assets | R | $211,127 | $214,282 | |||
| Return on average total tangible assets | K/R | 0.71 | % | 0.75 | % | |
| Return on average total tangible assets, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L/R | 0.76 | 0.92 | |||
| Efficiency ratio and efficiency ratio, Underlying: | ||||||
| Efficiency ratio | E/C | 67.03 | % | 66.97 | % | |
| Efficiency ratio, Underlying (non-GAAP) | F/D | 65.15 | 60.81 | |||
| Noninterest income as a % of total revenue, Underlying: | ||||||
| Noninterest income as a % of total revenue | A/C | 27.86 | % | 24.12 | % | |
| Noninterest income as a % of total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | B/D | 27.73 | 24.12 | |||
| Operating leverage and operating leverage, Underlying: | ||||||
| (Decrease) increase in total revenue | (5.04) | % | 2.53 | % | ||
| (Decrease) increase in noninterest expense | (4.95) | 12.58 | ||||
| Operating Leverage | (0.09) | % | (10.05) | % | ||
| (Decrease) increase in total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | (5.22) | % | 2.13 | % | ||
| Increase in noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | 1.54 | 8.00 | ||||
| Operating Leverage, Underlying (non-GAAP) | (6.76) | % | (5.87) | % | ||
| Tangible book value per common share: | ||||||
| Common shares - at period end (GAAP) | S | 440,543,381 | 466,418,055 | |||
| Common stockholders’ equity (GAAP) | $22,141 | $22,329 | ||||
| Less: Goodwill (GAAP) | 8,187 | 8,188 | ||||
| Less: Other intangible assets (GAAP) | 146 | 157 | ||||
| Add: Deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill and other intangible assets (GAAP) | 438 | 433 | ||||
| Tangible common equity | T | $14,246 | $14,417 | |||
| Tangible book value per common share | T/S | $32.34 | $30.91 | |||
| Net income per average common share - basic and diluted and net income per average common share - basic and diluted, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average common shares outstanding - basic (GAAP) | U | 450,678,038 | 475,089,384 | |||
| Average common shares outstanding - diluted (GAAP) | V | 453,510,245 | 476,693,148 | |||
| Net income per average common share - basic (GAAP) | M/U | $3.05 | $3.14 | |||
| Net income per average common share - diluted (GAAP) | M/V | 3.03 | 3.13 | |||
| Net income per average common share-basic, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N/U | 3.26 | 3.89 | |||
| Net income per average common share-diluted, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N/V | 3.24 | 3.88 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 79 |
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions, except per share data) | Ref. | 2024 | 2023 | |||
| Dividend payout ratio and dividend payout ratio, Underlying: | ||||||
| Cash dividends declared and paid per common share | W | $1.68 | $1.68 | |||
| Dividend payout ratio | W/(M/U) | 55 | % | 54 | % | |
| Dividend payout ratio, Underlying (non-GAAP) | W/(N/U) | 52 | 43 |
FY 2023 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000759944-24-000039.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
| Page | ||
|---|---|---|
| Introduction | 38 | |
| Financial Performance | 39 | |
| Results of Operations - 2023 compared with 2022 | 40 | |
| Net Interest Income | 40 | |
| Noninterest Income | 42 | |
| Noninterest Expense | 42 | |
| Provision for Credit Losses | 43 | |
| Income Tax Expense | 43 | |
| Business Operating Segments | 43 | |
| Results of Operations - 2022 compared with 2021 | 44 | |
| Analysis of Financial Condition | 45 | |
| Securities | 45 | |
| Loans and Leases | 46 | |
| Credit Quality | 48 | |
| Deposits | 53 | |
| Borrowed Funds | 53 | |
| Capital and Regulatory Matters | 54 | |
| Liquidity | 58 | |
| Critical Accounting Estimates | 61 | |
| Accounting and Reporting Developments | 63 | |
| Risk Governance | 64 | |
| Market Risk | 66 | |
| Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliations | 75 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 37 |
INTRODUCTION
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. is one of the nation’s oldest and largest financial institutions, with $222.0 billion in assets as of December 31, 2023. Headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island, we offer a broad range of retail and commercial banking products and services to individuals, small businesses, middle-market companies, large corporations and institutions. We help our customers reach their potential by listening to them and by understanding their needs in order to offer tailored advice, ideas and solutions. In Consumer Banking, we provide an integrated experience that includes mobile and online banking, a full-service customer contact center and the convenience of approximately 3,200 ATMs and more than 1,100 branches in 14 states and the District of Columbia. Consumer Banking products and services include a full range of banking, lending, savings, wealth management and small business offerings. In Commercial Banking, we offer a broad complement of financial products and solutions, including lending and leasing, deposit and treasury management services, foreign exchange, interest rate and commodity risk management solutions, as well as loan syndication, corporate finance, merger and acquisition, and debt and equity capital markets capabilities. More information is available at www.citizensbank.com.
The following MD&A is intended to assist readers in their analysis of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and supplemental financial information. It should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, as well as other information contained in this document.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This document contains non-GAAP financial measures denoted as “Underlying” results and “including AOCI impact.” Underlying results for any given reporting period exclude certain items that may occur in that period which management does not consider indicative of our on-going financial performance. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors because they are used by management to evaluate our operating performance and make day-to-day operating decisions. In addition, we believe our Underlying results in any given reporting period reflect our on-going financial performance in that period and, accordingly, are useful to consider in addition to our GAAP financial results. We further believe the presentation of Underlying results increases comparability of period-to-period results.
Other companies may use similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures that may be calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures. Accordingly, our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by such companies. We caution investors not to place undue reliance on such non-GAAP financial measures, but to consider them with the most directly comparable GAAP measures. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our results reported under GAAP.
Non-GAAP measures are denoted throughout our MD&A by the use of the term “Underlying.” Where there is a reference to these metrics in that paragraph, all measures that follow are on the same basis when applicable. For more information on the computation of non-GAAP financial measures, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 38 |
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Key Highlights
Net income decreased $465 million, with earnings per diluted common share down $0.97 to $3.13 compared to 2022.
Results reflect notable items of $357 million or $0.75 per diluted common share, net of tax benefit, compared to $352 million or $0.74 per diluted common share, net of tax benefit, in 2022.
| Table 1: Notable Items | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||
| Less: notable items | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Reported results (GAAP) | Integration related costs(1) | TOP and other(2) | FDIC special assessment(3) | Provision | Underlying results (non-GAAP) | |||||
| Noninterest expense | $5,507 | $104 | $177 | $225 | $— | $5,001 | |||||
| Income tax expense | 422 | (28) | (63) | (58) | — | 571 |
| Year Ended December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Less: notable items | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Reported results (GAAP) | Integration related costs(1) | TOP and other(2) | FDIC special assessment | Provision(4) | Underlying results (non-GAAP) | |||||
| Provision for credit losses | $474 | $— | $— | $— | $169 | $305 | |||||
| Noninterest income | 2,009 | (31) | — | — | — | 2,040 | |||||
| Noninterest expense | 4,892 | 213 | 49 | — | — | 4,630 | |||||
| Income tax expense | 582 | (58) | (9) | — | (43) | 692 |
(1) Includes integration related costs associated with acquisitions for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, and mark-to-market losses on loans acquired from Investors classified as LHFS for the year ended December 31, 2022.
(2) Includes our TOP transformational and revenue and efficiency initiatives for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, a one-time deferred tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2023 and income tax impacts related to legacy tax matters for the year ended December 31, 2022.
(3) Represents an industry-wide FDIC special assessment. For more information, see “Regulation and Supervision - Deposit Insurance” in Item 1.
(4) Includes the initial provision for credit losses tied to the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition. As required by purchase accounting, a fair value mark for performing loans including both credit and interest rate components is recorded in addition to the provision for credit losses expense, thus the credit exposure has been “double counted.”
•Net income available to common stockholders decreased $469 million to $1.5 billion compared to 2022.
◦On an Underlying basis, which excludes notable items, net income available to common stockholders of $1.8 billion compared to $2.3 billion in 2022.
◦On an Underlying basis, earnings per diluted common share of $3.88 compared to $4.84 in 2022.
•Total revenue increased $203 million to $8.2 billion compared to 2022, driven by an increase of 4% in net interest income, including the impacts of the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition.
•The efficiency ratio of 67.0% compared to 61.0% in 2022.
◦On an Underlying basis, the efficiency ratio of 60.8% compared to 57.5% in 2022.
•ROTCE of 10.9% compared to 13.9% in 2022.
◦On an Underlying basis, ROTCE of 13.5% compared to 16.4%.
•Tangible book value per common share of $30.91 increased 11% from 2022.
For additional information regarding our financial performance, see “Results of Operations — 2023 compared with 2022” included in this report.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 39 |
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — 2023 compared with 2022
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is our largest source of revenue and is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets (generally loans, leases and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (generally deposits and borrowed funds). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the difference between the effective yield on our average interest-earning assets and the effective cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. These factors are influenced by the pricing and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by external factors such as economic conditions, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FRB and market interest rates. For further discussion, refer to “Market Risk — Non-Trading Risk” and “Risk Governance.”
| Table 2: Major Components of Net Interest Income | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||
| 2023 | 2022 | Change | ||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | AverageBalances | Income/Expense | Yields/Rates | AverageBalances | Income/Expense | Yields/Rates | AverageBalances | Yields/ Rates (bps) | ||||||||||
| Assets | ||||||||||||||||||
| Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks | $8,531 | $451 | 5.22 | % | $6,195 | $128 | 2.04 | % | $2,336 | 318 | bps | |||||||
| Taxable investment securities | 39,437 | 1,162 | 2.94 | 35,639 | 840 | 2.35 | 3,798 | 59 | ||||||||||
| Non-taxable investment securities | 2 | — | 2.68 | 3 | — | 2.33 | (1) | 35 | ||||||||||
| Total investment securities | 39,439 | 1,162 | 2.94 | 35,642 | 840 | 2.35 | 3,797 | 59 | ||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | 48,693 | 2,956 | 5.99 | 50,002 | 1,942 | 3.83 | (1,309) | 216 | ||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 29,206 | 1,804 | 6.09 | 24,746 | 1,026 | 4.09 | 4,460 | 200 | ||||||||||
| Leases | 1,305 | 46 | 3.53 | 1,521 | 46 | 3.00 | (216) | 53 | ||||||||||
| Total commercial | 79,204 | 4,806 | 5.99 | 76,269 | 3,014 | 3.90 | 2,935 | 209 | ||||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 30,660 | 1,052 | 3.43 | 27,759 | 876 | 3.16 | 2,901 | 27 | ||||||||||
| Home Equity | 14,475 | 1,092 | 7.54 | 13,057 | 555 | 4.25 | 1,418 | 329 | ||||||||||
| Automobile | 10,374 | 429 | 4.13 | 13,729 | 507 | 3.69 | (3,355) | 44 | ||||||||||
| Education | 12,333 | 621 | 5.04 | 13,047 | 560 | 4.29 | (714) | 75 | ||||||||||
| Other retail | 5,171 | 489 | 9.46 | 5,483 | 456 | 8.31 | (312) | 115 | ||||||||||
| Total retail | 73,013 | 3,683 | 5.04 | 73,075 | 2,954 | 4.04 | (62) | 100 | ||||||||||
| Total loans and leases | 152,217 | 8,489 | 5.53 | 149,344 | 5,968 | 3.97 | 2,873 | 156 | ||||||||||
| Loans held for sale, at fair value | 1,160 | 73 | 6.26 | 1,767 | 67 | 3.77 | (607) | 249 | ||||||||||
| Other loans held for sale | 339 | 29 | 8.43 | 1,188 | 57 | 4.71 | (849) | 372 | ||||||||||
| Interest-earning assets | 201,686 | 10,204 | 5.02 | 194,136 | 7,060 | 3.61 | 7,550 | 141 | ||||||||||
| Noninterest-earning assets | 20,535 | 20,925 | (390) | |||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $222,221 | $215,061 | $7,160 | |||||||||||||||
| Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||||||||||||
| Checking with interest | $33,960 | $446 | 1.31 | % | $36,127 | $142 | 0.39 | % | ($2,167) | 92 | ||||||||
| Money market | 51,178 | 1,494 | 2.92 | 48,410 | 320 | 0.66 | 2,768 | 226 | ||||||||||
| Savings | 29,266 | 433 | 1.48 | 27,524 | 100 | 0.37 | 1,742 | 111 | ||||||||||
| Term | 19,320 | 772 | 4.00 | 8,330 | 89 | 1.07 | 10,990 | 293 | ||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 133,724 | 3,145 | 2.35 | 120,391 | 651 | 0.54 | 13,333 | 181 | ||||||||||
| Short-term borrowed funds | 746 | 43 | 5.70 | 1,584 | 23 | 1.47 | (838) | 423 | ||||||||||
| Long-term borrowed funds | 15,853 | 775 | 4.86 | 12,078 | 374 | 3.07 | 3,775 | 179 | ||||||||||
| Total borrowed funds | 16,599 | 818 | 4.89 | 13,662 | 397 | 2.88 | 2,937 | 201 | ||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing liabilities | 150,323 | 3,963 | 2.63 | 134,053 | 1,048 | 0.78 | 16,270 | 185 | ||||||||||
| Demand deposits | 41,581 | 51,717 | (10,136) | |||||||||||||||
| Other noninterest-bearing liabilities | 6,711 | 5,553 | 1,158 | |||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | 198,615 | 191,323 | 7,292 | |||||||||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity | 23,606 | 23,738 | (132) | |||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $222,221 | $215,061 | $7,160 | |||||||||||||||
| Interest rate spread | 2.39 | % | 2.83 | % | (44) | |||||||||||||
| Net interest income and net interest margin | $6,241 | 3.09 | % | $6,012 | 3.10 | % | (1) | |||||||||||
| Net interest income and net interest margin, FTE(1) | $6,258 | 3.10 | % | $6,023 | 3.10 | % | — | |||||||||||
| Memo: Total deposits (interest-bearing and demand) | $175,305 | $3,145 | 1.79 | % | $172,108 | $651 | 0.38 | % | $3,197 | 141 |
(1) Net interest income and net interest margin is presented on a FTE basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 21%. The FTE impact is predominantly attributable to commercial and industrial loans for the periods presented.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 40 |
Net interest income increased $229 million, or 4%, compared to 2022, reflecting stable net interest margin and growth of 4% in average interest-earning assets, including the impacts of the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition.
Net interest margin on a FTE basis was neutral compared to 2022, reflecting higher interest-earning asset growth and associated yields, offset by increased funding costs.
Average interest-earning assets increased $7.6 billion, or 4%, compared to 2022, primarily attributable to growth in loans and leases reflecting the impacts of the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition, and growth in investments.
Average deposits increased $3.2 billion, or 2%, compared to 2022, primarily attributable to the impacts of the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition.
Average total borrowed funds increased $2.9 billion compared to 2022, driven by an increase in FHLB advances and secured borrowings collateralized by auto loans.
| Table 3: Changes in Net Interest Income Due to Average Volume and Average Rate | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||
| 2023 Versus 2022 | |||||
| (dollars in millions) | Average Volume(1) | Average Rate(1) | Net Change | ||
| Interest Income | |||||
| Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks | $47 | $276 | $323 | ||
| Taxable investment securities | 91 | 231 | 322 | ||
| Non-taxable investment securities | — | — | — | ||
| Total investment securities | 91 | 231 | 322 | ||
| Commercial and industrial | (49) | 1,063 | 1,014 | ||
| Commercial real estate | 182 | 596 | 778 | ||
| Leases | (7) | 7 | — | ||
| Total commercial | 126 | 1,666 | 1,792 | ||
| Residential mortgages | 92 | 84 | 176 | ||
| Home Equity | 60 | 477 | 537 | ||
| Automobile | (124) | 46 | (78) | ||
| Education | (31) | 92 | 61 | ||
| Other retail | (26) | 59 | 33 | ||
| Total retail | (29) | 758 | 729 | ||
| Total loans and leases | 97 | 2,424 | 2,521 | ||
| Loans held for sale, at fair value | (23) | 29 | 6 | ||
| Other loans held for sale | (41) | 13 | (28) | ||
| Total interest income | $171 | $2,973 | $3,144 | ||
| Interest Expense | |||||
| Checking with interest | ($9) | $313 | $304 | ||
| Money market | 19 | 1,155 | 1,174 | ||
| Savings | 7 | 326 | 333 | ||
| Term | 117 | 566 | 683 | ||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 134 | 2,360 | 2,494 | ||
| Short-term borrowed funds | (12) | 32 | 20 | ||
| Long-term borrowed funds | 128 | 273 | 401 | ||
| Total borrowed funds | 116 | 305 | 421 | ||
| Total interest expense | 250 | 2,665 | 2,915 | ||
| Net interest income | ($79) | $308 | $229 |
(1) Volume and rate changes are allocated on a consistent basis using the respective percentage changes in average balances and average rates.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 41 |
Noninterest Income
| Table 4: Noninterest Income | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2023 | 2022 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Service charges and fees | $410 | $420 | ($10) | (2 | %) | ||||||
| Capital markets fees | 319 | 368 | (49) | (13) | |||||||
| Card fees | 296 | 273 | 23 | 8 | |||||||
| Trust and investment services fees | 259 | 249 | 10 | 4 | |||||||
| Mortgage banking fees | 242 | 261 | (19) | (7) | |||||||
| Foreign exchange and derivative products | 183 | 188 | (5) | (3) | |||||||
| Letter of credit and loan fees | 168 | 159 | 9 | 6 | |||||||
| Securities gains, net | 28 | 9 | 19 | 211 | |||||||
| Other income(1) | 78 | 82 | (4) | (5) | |||||||
| Noninterest income | $1,983 | $2,009 | ($26) | (1 | %) |
(1) Includes bank-owned life insurance income and other income for all periods presented.
The primary drivers for the change in noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to 2022, are highlighted below.
•The decline in capital markets fees reflects lower loan syndication, underwriting and M&A advisory fees.
•Mortgage banking fees declined driven by lower production and servicing fees and a decline in MSR valuation, net of hedge impact.
•The decline in service charges and fees reflects the elimination of the non-sufficient funds fee in Consumer Banking.
•Card fees increased given higher transaction volumes.
•Trust and investment services fees reflect increased sales activity and asset management fees.
Noninterest Expense
| Table 5: Noninterest Expense | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2023 | 2022 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Salaries and employee benefits | $2,599 | $2,549 | $50 | 2 | % | ||||||
| Equipment and software | 756 | 648 | 108 | 17 | |||||||
| Outside services | 687 | 700 | (13) | (2) | |||||||
| Occupancy | 492 | 410 | 82 | 20 | |||||||
| Other operating expense | 973 | 585 | 388 | 66 | |||||||
| Noninterest expense | $5,507 | $4,892 | $615 | 13 | % |
The increase in noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to 2022, was driven by salaries and employee benefits reflecting the Private Bank start-up investment, equipment and software driven by software maintenance and amortization costs, and other operating expense associated with FDIC deposit insurance, fraud losses, advertising, and pension costs. The increase in FDIC deposit insurance reflects CBNA’s special assessment of $225 million and an increase in the deposit insurance assessment rate of two basis points that commenced with the first quarterly assessment period in 2023. For more information regarding CBNA’s special assessment, see “Regulation and Supervision - Deposit Insurance” in Item 1.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 42 |
Provision for Credit Losses
The provision for credit losses is the result of a detailed analysis performed to estimate our ACL. The total provision for credit losses includes the provision for loan and lease losses and the provision for unfunded commitments. Refer to “Analysis of Financial Condition — Credit Quality” for more information.
Provision expense of $687 million for 2023 compares to $474 million for 2022. The provision expense for 2023 reflects higher reserves against the Commercial Real Estate Office portfolio primarily driven by rising interest rates and return to office dynamics.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense of $422 million decreased $160 million and our effective income tax rate of 20.8% decreased from 21.9% compared to 2022. These decreases were driven by lower pre-tax income, the favorable impact of certain tax matters and additional benefits from tax-advantaged investments, partially offset by the adoption of the proportional amortization method for qualified investments in tax credit structures in 2023 and increased non-deductible FDIC premium expense.
Business Operating Segments
We have three business operating segments: Consumer Banking, Commercial Banking, and Non-Core. During the third quarter of 2023, our indirect auto and certain purchased consumer loan portfolios were transferred from the Consumer Banking segment into a new Non-Core segment to reflect the manner in which management is currently assessing performance and allocating resources. This new segment structure aligns with our recently announced balance sheet optimization strategy to discontinue the origination of certain non-strategic lending portfolios. Prior period results have been revised to conform to the new segment presentation.
For more information regarding our business operating segments see Note 26.
The following table presents certain financial data of our business operating segments. Total business operating segment financial results differ from total consolidated financial results. These differences are reflected in Other non-segment operations. See Note 26 for additional information.
| Table 6: Selected Financial Data for Business Operating Segments | ||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consumer Banking | Commercial Banking | Non-Core | ||||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, | Year Ended December 31, | Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
| Net interest income | $4,187 | $3,649 | $2,292 | $2,103 | ($129) | $378 | ||||||||||
| Noninterest income | 1,067 | 1,063 | 784 | 845 | — | — | ||||||||||
| Total revenue | 5,254 | 4,712 | 3,076 | 2,948 | (129) | 378 | ||||||||||
| Noninterest expense | 3,542 | 3,255 | 1,295 | 1,223 | 123 | 136 | ||||||||||
| Profit (loss) before credit losses | 1,712 | 1,457 | 1,781 | 1,725 | (252) | 242 | ||||||||||
| Net charge-offs | 280 | 174 | 250 | 46 | 78 | 52 | ||||||||||
| Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) | 1,432 | 1,283 | 1,531 | 1,679 | (330) | 190 | ||||||||||
| Income tax expense (benefit) | 373 | 328 | 378 | 375 | (86) | 48 | ||||||||||
| Net income (loss) | $1,059 | $955 | $1,153 | $1,304 | ($244) | $142 | ||||||||||
| Average Balances: | ||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $72,693 | $68,027 | $76,028 | $74,919 | $13,745 | $18,121 | ||||||||||
| Total loans and leases(1) | 66,356 | 62,523 | 72,937 | 70,992 | 13,669 | 18,048 | ||||||||||
| Deposits | 116,980 | 114,482 | 47,155 | 49,898 | — | — | ||||||||||
| Interest-earning assets | 66,999 | 63,289 | 73,321 | 71,276 | 13,675 | 18,048 |
(1) Includes LHFS.
Consumer Banking
Net interest income increased $538 million compared to 2022, driven by higher net interest margin reflecting higher interest-earning asset yields given higher market interest rates and growth in average interest-earning assets, including the impacts of the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition. This increase was partially offset by higher funding costs.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 43 |
Noninterest income increased $4 million compared to 2022, driven by card fees given higher transaction volumes and trust and investment services fees reflecting increased sales activity and asset management fees. This increase was partially offset by mortgage banking fees reflecting lower servicing and production fees and a decline in MSR valuation, net of hedge impact, and service charges and fees given the elimination of the non-sufficient funds fees.
Noninterest expense increased $287 million compared to 2022, driven by salaries and benefits reflecting the Private Bank start-up investment, equipment and software driven by software maintenance and amortization costs, and other operating expense associated with advertising and fraud losses.
Net charge-offs increased $106 million compared to 2022, driven by other retail and education as credit losses continue to gradually normalize from pandemic-era lows.
Commercial Banking
Net interest income increased $189 million compared to 2022, driven by higher net interest margin reflecting higher interest-earning asset yields given higher market interest rates and growth in average interest-earning assets, including the impact of the Investors acquisition. This increase was partially offset by higher funding costs.
Noninterest income decreased $61 million compared to 2022, driven by capital markets fees reflecting lower loan syndication, underwriting and M&A advisory fees, and foreign exchange and derivative products revenue reflecting lower client hedging activity. This decline was partially offset by service charges and fees reflecting the benefit of acquisitions and improvement in Treasury Solutions fees and card fees given higher transaction volumes.
Noninterest expense increased $72 million compared to 2022, driven primarily by salaries and employee benefits, and equipment and software driven by software maintenance and amortization costs.
Net charge-offs increased $204 million compared to 2022, reflecting an increased net charge-off level in the Commercial Real Estate Office portfolio primarily driven by rising interest rates and return to office dynamics, and the normalization of credit losses from pandemic-era lows.
Non-Core
Net interest income decreased $507 million compared to 2022, driven by the highest-cost implied marginal funding sources during 2023, including secured borrowings collateralized by auto loans, FHLB advances and, to the extent necessary to fully fund the Non-Core segment, brokered certificates of deposit.
Net charge-offs increased $26 million compared to 2022, driven by auto as credit losses continue to gradually normalize from pandemic-era lows.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — 2022 compared with 2021
For a description of our results of operations for 2022, see the “Results of Operations — 2022 compared with 2021” section of Item 7 in our 2022 Form 10-K.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 44 |
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
Securities
| Table 7: Amortized Cost and Fair Value of Securities | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Amortized Cost(1) | Fair Value | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | ||||
| U.S. Treasury and other | $4,493 | $4,380 | $3,678 | $3,486 | ||||
| State and political subdivisions | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | ||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | 26,289 | 24,477 | 21,250 | 19,062 | ||||
| Other/non-agency | 279 | 255 | 280 | 251 | ||||
| Total mortgage-backed securities | 26,568 | 24,732 | 21,530 | 19,313 | ||||
| Collateralized loan obligations | 667 | 664 | 1,248 | 1,206 | ||||
| Total debt securities available for sale | $31,729 | $29,777 | $26,458 | $24,007 | ||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | $8,696 | $7,887 | $9,253 | $8,506 | ||||
| Total mortgage-backed securities | 8,696 | 7,887 | 9,253 | 8,506 | ||||
| Asset-backed securities | 488 | 463 | 581 | 536 | ||||
| Total debt securities held to maturity | $9,184 | $8,350 | $9,834 | $9,042 | ||||
| Total debt securities available for sale and held to maturity | $40,913 | $38,127 | $36,292 | $33,049 | ||||
| Equity securities, at cost(2) | $869 | $869 | $1,058 | $1,058 | ||||
| Equity securities, at fair value(2) | 173 | 173 | 153 | 153 |
(1) Excludes portfolio level basis adjustments of $60 million for securities designated in active fair value hedge relationships. The basis adjustments represent a reduction to the amortized cost of the securities being hedged.
(2) Included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The primary objective of the securities portfolio is to provide a ready source of liquidity. The portfolio primarily includes high quality, highly liquid investments reflecting our ongoing commitment to maintain strong contingent liquidity levels and pledging capacity.
As of December 31, 2023, U.S. Treasuries and mortgage-backed securities issued by GNMA and GSEs represent 96% of the fair value of our debt securities portfolio, with approximately $31.4 billion of unencumbered high-quality liquid securities serving as potential collateral for borrowings from the FHLB, FRB discount window, the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation bilateral repurchase agreement market, and the Bank Term Funding Program. The Bank Term Funding Program expires in March 2024 and we have not participated in this program through December 31, 2023. Securities are pledged at par value instead of fair value under this program.
For further discussion of the use of our securities as liquidity collateral see the “Regulation and Supervision — Liquidity Requirements” and “Liquidity Risk Management and Governance” sections in this document.
We manage our securities portfolio duration and convexity risk through asset selection and securities structure, and maintain duration levels within our risk appetite in the context of the broader interest rate risk framework and limits. As of December 31, 2023, the portfolio’s average effective duration, including recent hedging actions to reduce duration, was 3.9 years compared to 5.8 years as of December 31, 2022.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 45 |
| Table 8: Amortized Cost of AFS and HTM Securities by Contractual Maturity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| As of December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Distribution of Maturities(1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 Year or Less | After 1 Year Through 5 Years | After 5 Years Through 10 Years | After 10 Years | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | ||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and other | $— | — | % | $3,015 | 2.65 | % | $1,478 | 3.30 | % | $— | — | % | $4,493 | 2.87 | % | |||||||||
| State and political subdivisions | — | — | — | — | — | — | 1 | 2.60 | 1 | 2.60 | ||||||||||||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | — | — | 1,599 | 3.28 | 2,157 | 2.91 | 22,533 | 3.90 | 26,289 | 3.78 | ||||||||||||||
| Other/non-agency | — | — | — | — | — | — | 279 | 2.63 | 279 | 2.63 | ||||||||||||||
| Collateralized loan obligations | — | — | — | — | 100 | 7.11 | 567 | 6.97 | 667 | 6.99 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities available for sale | — | — | 4,614 | 2.87 | 3,735 | 3.18 | 23,380 | 3.96 | 31,729 | 3.71 | ||||||||||||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | — | — | — | — | — | — | 8,696 | 2.31 | 8,696 | 2.31 | ||||||||||||||
| Asset-backed securities | — | — | 488 | 4.01 | — | — | — | — | 488 | 4.01 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities held to maturity | — | — | 488 | 4.01 | — | — | 8,696 | 2.31 | 9,184 | 2.40 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities | $— | — | % | $5,102 | 2.98 | % | $3,735 | 3.18 | % | $32,076 | 3.51 | % | $40,913 | 3.41 | % |
(1) Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without incurring penalties.
(2) The weighted-average yield is computed based on a constant effective interest rate over the contractual life of each security and considers the contractual
coupon, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Yields exclude the impact of related hedging derivatives.
Loans and Leases
| Table 9: Composition of Loans and Leases, Excluding LHFS | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2023 | 2022 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $43,826 | $51,836 | ($8,010) | (15) | % | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | 29,471 | 28,865 | 606 | 2 | |||||||
| Leases | 1,148 | 1,479 | (331) | (22) | |||||||
| Total commercial | 74,445 | 82,180 | (7,735) | (9) | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 31,332 | 29,921 | 1,411 | 5 | |||||||
| Home equity | 15,040 | 14,043 | 997 | 7 | |||||||
| Automobile | 8,258 | 12,292 | (4,034) | (33) | |||||||
| Education | 11,834 | 12,808 | (974) | (8) | |||||||
| Other retail | 5,050 | 5,418 | (368) | (7) | |||||||
| Total retail | 71,514 | 74,482 | (2,968) | (4) | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $145,959 | $156,662 | ($10,703) | (7 | %) |
The decrease in total loans and leases as of December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022 reflects a $7.7 billion decrease in commercial due to loans sold as part of balance sheet optimization actions and market conditions driving lower client demand. Retail declined $3.0 billion, driven by planned Non-Core portfolio runoff in auto, education and other retail, partially offset by growth in mortgage and home equity.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 46 |
| Table 10: Fixed and Variable Rate Loans and Leases by Maturity | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2023 | |||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 1 Year or Less(1) | After 1 Year Through 5 Years(1) | After 5 Years Through 15 Years(1) | After 15 Years(1) | Total Loans and Leases | ||||
| Fixed rate: | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $716 | $1,812 | $555 | $17 | $3,100 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 1,139 | 2,894 | 2,786 | 28 | 6,847 | ||||
| Leases | 407 | 609 | 92 | — | 1,108 | ||||
| Total commercial fixed rate | 2,262 | 5,315 | 3,433 | 45 | 11,055 | ||||
| Variable rate: | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | 9,610 | 28,723 | 2,346 | 47 | 40,726 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 8,360 | 12,355 | 1,867 | 42 | 22,624 | ||||
| Leases | 15 | 25 | — | — | 40 | ||||
| Total commercial variable rate(2) | 17,985 | 41,103 | 4,213 | 89 | 63,390 | ||||
| Total commercial | 20,247 | 46,418 | 7,646 | 134 | 74,445 | ||||
| Fixed rate: | |||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 642 | 2,588 | 6,882 | 9,980 | 20,092 | ||||
| Home equity | 91 | 171 | 200 | 12 | 474 | ||||
| Automobile | 2,400 | 5,731 | 127 | — | 8,258 | ||||
| Education | 825 | 3,424 | 6,031 | 408 | 10,688 | ||||
| Other retail | 1,128 | 1,559 | 99 | 83 | 2,869 | ||||
| Total retail fixed rate | 5,086 | 13,473 | 13,339 | 10,483 | 42,381 | ||||
| Variable rate: | |||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 171 | 712 | 3,000 | 7,357 | 11,240 | ||||
| Home equity | 383 | 2,955 | 10,877 | 351 | 14,566 | ||||
| Automobile | — | — | — | — | — | ||||
| Education | 127 | 433 | 563 | 23 | 1,146 | ||||
| Other retail | 2,168 | 13 | — | — | 2,181 | ||||
| Total retail variable rate | 2,849 | 4,113 | 14,440 | 7,731 | 29,133 | ||||
| Total retail | 7,935 | 17,586 | 27,779 | 18,214 | 71,514 | ||||
| Total loans and leases | $28,182 | $64,004 | $35,425 | $18,348 | $145,959 |
(1) Maturity is based on scheduled principal repayment date.
(2) Includes floating-rate commercial loans hedged to fixed rate to manage our exposure to the variability in interest cash flows. See “Market Risk” for additional information regarding our use of interest rate derivatives to hedge our loan portfolio.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 47 |
Credit Quality
The ACL is a reserve to absorb estimated future credit losses in accordance with GAAP. For additional information regarding the ACL, see “Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses” and Note 6.
The ACL as of December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022 reflects a reserve increase of $78 million. For further information see Note 6.
| Table 11: Allocation of the ALLL | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $561 | 30 | % | $581 | 33 | % | |||
| Commercial real estate | 663 | 20 | 456 | 18 | |||||
| Leases | 26 | 1 | 23 | 1 | |||||
| Total commercial | 1,250 | 51 | 1,060 | 52 | |||||
| Residential mortgages | 181 | 22 | 207 | 19 | |||||
| Home equity | 100 | 10 | 89 | 9 | |||||
| Automobile | 57 | 6 | 131 | 8 | |||||
| Education | 259 | 8 | 268 | 8 | |||||
| Other retail | 251 | 3 | 228 | 4 | |||||
| Total retail | 848 | 49 | 923 | 48 | |||||
| Total loans and leases | $2,098 | 100 | % | $1,983 | 100 | % |
| Table 12: ACL and Related Coverage Ratios by Portfolio | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||||
| 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Loans and Leases | Allowance | Coverage | Loans and Leases | Allowance | Coverage | |||||||
| Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses | |||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $43,826 | $561 | 1.28 | % | $51,836 | $581 | 1.12 | % | |||||
| Commercial real estate | 29,471 | 663 | 2.25 | 28,865 | 456 | 1.58 | |||||||
| Leases | 1,148 | 26 | 2.24 | 1,479 | 23 | 1.59 | |||||||
| Total commercial | 74,445 | 1,250 | 1.68 | 82,180 | 1,060 | 1.29 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 31,332 | 181 | 0.58 | 29,921 | 207 | 0.69 | |||||||
| Home equity | 15,040 | 100 | 0.66 | 14,043 | 89 | 0.63 | |||||||
| Automobile | 8,258 | 57 | 0.69 | 12,292 | 131 | 1.07 | |||||||
| Education | 11,834 | 259 | 2.18 | 12,808 | 268 | 2.09 | |||||||
| Other retail | 5,050 | 251 | 4.98 | 5,418 | 228 | 4.21 | |||||||
| Total retail | 71,514 | 848 | 1.19 | 74,482 | 923 | 1.24 | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $145,959 | $2,098 | 1.44 | % | $156,662 | $1,983 | 1.27 | % | |||||
| Allowance for Unfunded Lending Commitments | |||||||||||||
| Commercial(1) | $175 | 1.91 | % | $207 | 1.54 | % | |||||||
| Retail(2) | 45 | 1.25 | 50 | 1.31 | |||||||||
| Total allowance for unfunded lending commitments | 220 | 257 | |||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses | $145,959 | $2,318 | 1.59 | % | $156,662 | $2,240 | 1.43 | % |
(1) Coverage ratio includes total commercial allowance for unfunded lending commitments and total commercial allowance for loan and lease losses in the numerator and total commercial loans and leases in the denominator.
(2) Coverage ratio includes total retail allowance for unfunded lending commitments and total retail allowance for loan losses in the numerator and total retail loans in the denominator.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 48 |
| Table 13: Nonaccrual Loans and Leases | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2023 | 2022 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $294 | $249 | $45 | 18 | % | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | 477 | 103 | 374 | NM | |||||||
| Leases | 3 | — | 3 | 100 | |||||||
| Total commercial | 774 | 352 | 422 | 120 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 177 | 234 | (57) | (24) | |||||||
| Home equity | 285 | 241 | 44 | 18 | |||||||
| Automobile | 61 | 56 | 5 | 9 | |||||||
| Education | 28 | 33 | (5) | (15) | |||||||
| Other retail | 39 | 28 | 11 | 39 | |||||||
| Total retail | 590 | 592 | (2) | — | |||||||
| Nonaccrual loans and leases | $1,364 | $944 | $420 | 44 | % | ||||||
| Nonaccrual loans and leases to total loans and leases | 0.93 | % | 0.60 | % | 33 | bps | |||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonaccrual loans and leases | 154 | 210 | (56 | %) | |||||||
| Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans and leases | 170 | 237 | (67 | %) |
| Table 14: Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans and Leases | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||
| 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Net Charge-Offs | Average Balance | Ratio | Net Charge-Offs | Average Balance | Ratio | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $110 | $48,693 | 0.23 | % | $51 | $50,002 | 0.10 | % | |||||
| Commercial real estate | 161 | 29,206 | 0.56 | 1 | 24,746 | — | |||||||
| Leases | (4) | 1,305 | (0.29) | — | 1,521 | (0.03) | |||||||
| Total commercial | 267 | 79,204 | 0.34 | 52 | 76,269 | 0.07 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 2 | 30,660 | — | (1) | 27,759 | — | |||||||
| Home equity | (10) | 14,475 | (0.07) | (28) | 13,057 | (0.22) | |||||||
| Automobile | 55 | 10,374 | 0.53 | 36 | 13,729 | 0.26 | |||||||
| Education | 92 | 12,333 | 0.74 | 59 | 13,047 | 0.45 | |||||||
| Other retail | 203 | 5,171 | 3.93 | 152 | 5,483 | 2.77 | |||||||
| Total retail | 342 | 73,013 | 0.47 | 218 | 73,075 | 0.30 | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $609 | $152,217 | 0.40 | % | $270 | $149,344 | 0.18 | % |
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net charge-offs increased $339 million and the net charge-off ratio increased 22 basis points compared to 2022.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, the increase in net charge-offs reflects a $124 million increase in retail, primarily other retail and education, and a $215 million increase in commercial, with increases in commercial real estate and commercial and industrial. The increase in commercial real estate was driven by Commercial Real Estate Office while the commercial and industrial increase reflects company-specific idiosyncratic charge-offs. Retail is increasing from pandemic lows as expected.
Commercial Loan Asset Quality
Our commercial portfolio consists of traditional commercial and industrial loans, commercial leases, and commercial real estate loans. We utilize internal risk ratings to monitor credit quality for commercial loans and leases. For more information on internal risk ratings see Note 6.
Total commercial criticized balances of $8.4 billion at December 31, 2023 increased $2.9 billion compared to December 31, 2022, and declined $524 million compared to September 30, 2023.
Commercial and industrial criticized balances of $3.4 billion at December 31, 2023 increased from $3.1 billion at December 31, 2022, primarily driven by the impact of rising interest rates and certain sector-specific labor challenges in the Arts, entertainment and recreation sector, as well as the trade sectors.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 49 |
Commercial real estate criticized balances of $5.0 billion at December 31, 2023 increased from $2.4 billion at December 31, 2022, primarily driven by the combined impacts of interest rates and return-to-office dynamics on the Office sector and the impacts of interest rates on the Multi-family sector. Approximately 98% of commercial real estate loans remain current on payments as of December 31, 2023.
For more information on the distribution of commercial loans by vintage date and internal risk rating, see Note 6.
| Table 15: Commercial and Industrial Loans by Industry Sector | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Balance | % of Total Commercial and Industrial | Balance | % of Total Commercial and Industrial | |||||
| Finance and insurance | |||||||||
| Capital call facilities | $5,780 | 13 | % | $6,753 | 13 | % | |||
| Other finance and insurance | 5,991 | 14 | 5,310 | 10 | |||||
| Other manufacturing | 3,616 | 8 | 4,474 | 9 | |||||
| Technology | 3,307 | 8 | 4,367 | 8 | |||||
| Accommodation and food services | 2,917 | 7 | 3,572 | 7 | |||||
| Health, pharma, and social assistance | 2,562 | 6 | 3,056 | 6 | |||||
| Professional, scientific, and technical services | 2,313 | 4 | 3,067 | 6 | |||||
| Wholesale trade | 2,391 | 5 | 2,955 | 6 | |||||
| Retail trade | 2,366 | 5 | 2,391 | 5 | |||||
| Other services | 2,081 | 5 | 2,713 | 5 | |||||
| Energy and related | 1,973 | 5 | 2,299 | 4 | |||||
| Rental and leasing | 1,069 | 2 | 1,542 | 3 | |||||
| Consumer products manufacturing | 893 | 2 | 1,511 | 3 | |||||
| Administrative and waste management | 1,549 | 4 | 1,710 | 3 | |||||
| Arts, entertainment, and recreation | 1,602 | 4 | 1,587 | 3 | |||||
| Automotive | 894 | 2 | 1,316 | 3 | |||||
| Other | 2,522 | 6 | 3,091 | 6 | |||||
| Total commercial and industrial(1) | $43,826 | 100 | % | $51,715 | 100 | % |
(1) Excludes PPP loans of $121 million as of December 31, 2022.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 50 |
| Table 16: Commercial Real Estate by Property Type and State | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Balance | % of Total CRE | Balance | % of Total CRE | |||||
| Property type | |||||||||
| Multi-family | $9,367 | 32 | % | $8,696 | 30 | % | |||
| Office | |||||||||
| Credit tenant lease and life sciences(1) | 2,268 | 8 | 2,205 | 8 | |||||
| Other general office | 3,648 | 12 | 4,048 | 14 | |||||
| Retail | 3,407 | 12 | 3,208 | 11 | |||||
| Industrial | 3,981 | 14 | 3,344 | 12 | |||||
| Co-op | 1,796 | 6 | 1,824 | 6 | |||||
| Data center | 841 | 3 | 870 | 3 | |||||
| Hospitality | 608 | 2 | 638 | 2 | |||||
| Other | 3,555 | 11 | 4,032 | 14 | |||||
| Total commercial real estate | $29,471 | 100 | % | $28,865 | 100 | % | |||
| State | |||||||||
| New York | $7,035 | 24 | % | $7,224 | 25 | % | |||
| New Jersey | 3,829 | 13 | 4,300 | 15 | |||||
| Pennsylvania | 2,613 | 9 | 2,819 | 10 | |||||
| California | 2,314 | 8 | 1,878 | 7 | |||||
| Texas | 2,163 | 7 | 1,844 | 6 | |||||
| Massachusetts | 1,897 | 6 | 1,688 | 6 | |||||
| Florida | 1,087 | 4 | 799 | 3 | |||||
| Other Southeast(2) | 3,056 | 10 | 3,042 | 10 | |||||
| Other | 5,477 | 19 | 5,271 | 18 | |||||
| Total commercial real estate | $29,471 | 100 | % | $28,865 | 100 | % |
(1) Credit tenant lease includes loans to nationally recognized tenants with high credit ratings and life sciences includes loans to provide lab and office space for tenants involved in the study and development of scientific discoveries.
(2) Includes Georgia, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina and Virginia.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 51 |
| Table 17: Commercial Real Estate by Geography | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| As of December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Office | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Multi-Family | Credit Tenant Lease and Life Sciences(1) | Other General Office | Retail | Industrial | Co-op | Other | Total | ||||||||||||||
| New York City | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Brooklyn | $1,177 | $18 | $69 | $161 | $38 | $57 | $109 | $1,629 | ||||||||||||||
| Manhattan | 645 | 47 | 118 | 85 | — | 1,374 | 336 | 2,605 | ||||||||||||||
| Other NYC | 600 | 3 | 196 | 126 | 85 | 217 | 178 | 1,405 | ||||||||||||||
| New York - ex. NYC | 387 | 23 | 125 | 304 | 107 | 148 | 302 | 1,396 | ||||||||||||||
| New Jersey | 1,741 | 98 | 362 | 719 | 444 | — | 465 | 3,829 | ||||||||||||||
| Pennsylvania | 1,272 | 247 | 200 | 665 | 129 | — | 100 | 2,613 | ||||||||||||||
| California | 274 | 479 | 344 | — | 635 | — | 582 | 2,314 | ||||||||||||||
| Texas | 550 | 128 | 311 | 23 | 398 | — | 753 | 2,163 | ||||||||||||||
| Massachusetts | 252 | 679 | 127 | 246 | 129 | — | 464 | 1,897 | ||||||||||||||
| Florida | 409 | — | 39 | 115 | 381 | — | 143 | 1,087 | ||||||||||||||
| Other Southeast(2) | 724 | 185 | 930 | 239 | 352 | — | 626 | 3,056 | ||||||||||||||
| Other | 1,336 | 361 | 827 | 724 | 1,283 | — | 946 | 5,477 | ||||||||||||||
| Total commercial real estate | $9,367 | $2,268 | $3,648 | $3,407 | $3,981 | $1,796 | $5,004 | $29,471 |
(1) Credit tenant lease includes loans to nationally recognized tenants with high credit ratings and life sciences includes loans to provide lab and office space for tenants involved in the study and development of scientific discoveries.
(2) Includes Georgia, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina and Virginia.
Retail Loan Asset Quality
We utilize credit scores provided by FICO, which are generally refreshed on a quarterly basis, and payment and delinquency status, among other data points, to monitor credit quality for retail loans. FICO credit scores represent current and historical national industry-wide consumer level credit performance data, which management believes are the strongest indicator of potential credit losses over the contractual life of the loan and a good predictor of a borrower’s future payment performance.
| Table 18: Retail Loan Portfolio Analysis | |||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Days Past Due and Accruing | Days Past Due and Accruing | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Current | 30-59 | 60-89 | 90+ | Nonaccrual | Current | 30-59 | 60-89 | 90+ | Nonaccrual | ||||||||||||
| Residential mortgages(1) | 97.34 | % | 0.90 | % | 0.38 | % | 0.82 | % | 0.56 | % | 97.68 | % | 0.32 | % | 0.15 | % | 1.07 | % | 0.78 | % | |
| Home equity | 97.34 | 0.55 | 0.22 | — | 1.89 | 97.68 | 0.46 | 0.14 | — | 1.72 | |||||||||||
| Automobile | 96.94 | 1.74 | 0.58 | — | 0.74 | 97.93 | 1.24 | 0.37 | — | 0.46 | |||||||||||
| Education | 99.14 | 0.41 | 0.19 | 0.02 | 0.24 | 99.30 | 0.28 | 0.13 | 0.03 | 0.26 | |||||||||||
| Other retail | 97.02 | 0.97 | 0.67 | 0.57 | 0.77 | 97.71 | 0.81 | 0.55 | 0.41 | 0.52 | |||||||||||
| Total retail | 97.56 | % | 0.85 | % | 0.36 | % | 0.40 | % | 0.83 | % | 98.02 | % | 0.52 | % | 0.21 | % | 0.46 | % | 0.79 | % |
| Table 19: Retail Asset Quality Metrics | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | ||||
| Average refreshed FICO for total portfolio | 772 | 770 | |||
| CLTV ratio for secured real estate(1) | 50 | % | 50 | % |
(1) The real estate secured portfolio CLTV is calculated as the mortgage and second lien loan balance divided by the most recently available value of the property.
For more information on the aging of accruing and nonaccrual retail loans, and the distribution of retail loans by vintage date and FICO score, see Note 6.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 52 |
Deposits
| Table 20: Composition of Deposits | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions) | December 31, 2023 | % of Total Deposits | December 31, 2022 | % of Total Deposits | |||||
| Demand | $37,107 | 21 | % | $49,283 | 27 | % | |||
| Money market | 53,812 | 30 | 49,905 | 28 | |||||
| Checking with interest | 31,876 | 18 | 39,721 | 22 | |||||
| Savings | 27,983 | 16 | 29,805 | 16 | |||||
| Term | 26,564 | 15 | 12,010 | 7 | |||||
| Total deposits | $177,342 | 100 | % | $180,724 | 100 | % |
Total deposits as of December 31, 2023 decreased compared to December 31, 2022, driven by our balance sheet optimization efforts. In addition, as rates rose 100 basis points during 2023, we saw continued migration of lower cost deposits to higher-yielding products, with non-interest bearing deposits now representing approximately 21% of our total deposits.
| Table 21: Uninsured and Insured/Secured Deposits | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions) | December 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | ||
| Total deposits | $177,342 | $180,724 | ||
| Estimated uninsured deposits(1) | 73,584 | 88,883 | ||
| Less: Uninsured affiliate deposits eliminated in consolidation | 14,650 | 6,479 | ||
| Less: Preferred deposits(1)(2) | 7,486 | 9,635 | ||
| CFG adjusted estimated uninsured deposits, excluding preferred deposits | 51,448 | 72,769 | ||
| Total estimated insured/secured deposits | $125,894 | $107,955 | ||
| Insured/secured deposits to total deposits | 71 | % | 60 | % |
(1) As reported on CBNA’s Call Report.
(2) Represents uninsured deposits of states and political subdivisions that are secured or collateralized as required under state law.
| Table 22: Term Deposits in Excess of the FDIC Insurance Limit by Remaining Maturity | |
|---|---|
| (dollars in millions) | December 31, 2023 |
| Three months or less | $1,591 |
| After three months through six months | 550 |
| After six months through twelve months | 515 |
| After twelve months | 83 |
| Total term deposits(1) | $2,739 |
(1) Includes term deposits per account in excess of $250,000.
Borrowed Funds
Total borrowed funds of $14.0 billion as of December 31, 2023 decreased $1.9 billion compared to December 31, 2022, driven by a decline in FHLB advances, partially offset by the issuance of secured borrowings collateralized by auto loans. For more information regarding our borrowed funds see “Liquidity” and Note 13.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 53 |
CAPITAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS
As a BHC and FHC, we are subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB. Our banking subsidiary, CBNA, is a national banking association primarily regulated by the OCC. Our regulation and supervision continues to evolve as the legal and regulatory frameworks governing our operations continue to change. For more information, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1.
Capital Adequacy Process
Our assessment of capital adequacy begins with our Board-approved risk appetite and risk management framework. This framework provides for the identification, measurement and management of material risks. Capital requirements are determined for actual and forecasted risk portfolios using applicable regulatory capital methodologies. The assessment also considers the possible impacts of approved and proposed changes to regulatory capital requirements. Key analytical frameworks, including scenario analysis and stress testing, supplement our base line forecast to help inform a range of potential outcomes. A governance framework supports our capital planning process, including capital management policies and procedures that document capital adequacy metrics and limits, as well as our Capital Contingency Plan and the active engagement of both the Board and senior management in oversight and decision-making.
Forward-looking assessments of capital adequacy provide for the development of a single capital plan, which is periodically submitted to the FRB, that covers both us and our banking subsidiary. We prepare this plan in accordance with the Capital Plan Rule and we participate annually in the FRB’s horizontal capital review as part of their normal supervisory process, which includes an assessment of specific capital planning areas.
The FRB regularly supervises and evaluates our capital adequacy and capital planning processes, including the submission of an annual capital plan approved by our Board of Directors or one of its committees. Under the FRB’s capital requirements we must maintain capital ratios above the sum of the regulatory minimum and SCB requirement to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The FRB utilizes the supervisory stress test to determine our SCB, which is re-calibrated with each biennial supervisory stress test and updated annually to reflect our planned common stock dividends. As an institution subject to Category IV standards, we are subject to biennial supervisory stress testing in even-numbered years; however, the FRB required us to participate in the 2023 CCAR supervisory stress test to incorporate the effects of the Investors acquisition. Our SCB associated with the 2023 supervisory stress test was 4.0%, effective October 1, 2023 through September 30, 2024.
Regulations relating to capital planning, regulatory reporting, stress testing and capital buffer requirements applicable to firms like us are presently subject to rule-making and potential further guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. We will continue to evaluate the impact of these and any other prudential regulatory changes, including their potential resultant changes in our regulatory and compliance costs and expenses.
Regulatory Capital Ratios and Capital Composition
Under the current U.S. Basel III capital framework, we and our banking subsidiary, CBNA, must meet the following specific minimum requirements: CET1 capital ratio of 4.5%, tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, total capital ratio of 8.0% and tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. As a BHC, our SCB of 4.0% is imposed on top of the three minimum risk-based capital ratios listed above and a CCB of 2.5% is imposed on top of the three minimum risk-based capital ratios listed above for CBNA.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 54 |
For additional discussion of the U.S. Basel III capital framework and its related application, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1. The table below presents the regulatory capital ratios for CFG and CBNA under the U.S. Basel III Standardized rules:
| Table 23: Regulatory Capital Ratios Under the U.S. Basel III Standardized Rules | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Required Minimum Capital Ratio(1) | |||||||
| CET1 capital | ||||||||||||
| CFG | $18,358 | 10.6 | % | $18,574 | 10.0 | % | 8.5 | % | ||||
| CBNA | 19,411 | 11.3 | 20,669 | 11.2 | 7.0 | |||||||
| Tier 1 capital | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 20,372 | 11.8 | 20,588 | 11.1 | 10.0 | |||||||
| CBNA | 19,411 | 11.3 | 20,669 | 11.2 | 8.5 | |||||||
| Total capital | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 23,608 | 13.7 | 23,755 | 12.8 | 12.0 | |||||||
| CBNA | 22,453 | 13.0 | 23,534 | 12.7 | 10.5 | |||||||
| Tier 1 leverage | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 20,372 | 9.3 | 20,588 | 9.3 | 4.0 | |||||||
| CBNA | 19,411 | 8.9 | 20,669 | 9.4 | 4.0 | |||||||
| Risk-weighted assets | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 172,601 | 185,224 | ||||||||||
| CBNA | 172,094 | 184,781 | ||||||||||
| Quarterly adjusted average assets(2) | ||||||||||||
| CFG | 219,591 | 220,779 | ||||||||||
| CBNA | 218,974 | 220,182 |
(1) Represents minimum requirement under the current capital framework plus the SCB of 4.0% and CCB of 2.5% for CFG and CBNA, respectively. The SCB and CCB are not applicable to the Tier 1 leverage ratio.
(2) Represents total average assets less certain amounts deducted from Tier 1 capital.
At December 31, 2023, CFG’s CET1 and tier 1 capital ratios increased compared to December 31, 2022, primarily driven by net income and a $12.6 billion decrease in RWA, partially offset by dividends, common share repurchases, and a decrease in the modified CECL transition amount as we entered the second year of the CECL three-year transition period. Lower commercial and auto loans were the key drivers for the decline in RWA.
At December 31, 2023, CBNA’s CET1 and tier 1 capital ratios increased slightly compared to December 31, 2022. Net income and a $12.7 billion decrease in RWA, primarily driven by lower commercial and auto loans, was partially offset by dividend payments to the Parent Company and a decrease in the modified CECL transition amount as we entered the second year of the CECL three-year transition period.
At December 31, 2023, CFG’s and CBNA’s total capital ratios increased driven by their respective changes in CET1 and tier 1 capital described above and a reduction in the modified AACL transition amount.
At December 31, 2023, CFG’s tier 1 leverage ratio was stable compared to December 31, 2022, whereas CBNA’s tier 1 leverage ratio decreased. CBNA’s tier 1 leverage ratio reflects a decline in quarterly adjusted average assets and changes in tier 1 capital described above.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 55 |
| Table 24: Capital Composition Under the U.S. Basel III Capital Framework | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions) | December 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | ||
| Total common stockholders’ equity | $22,328 | $21,676 | ||
| Exclusions: | ||||
| Modified CECL transitional amount | 192 | 288 | ||
| Net unrealized (gains)/losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: | ||||
| Debt securities | 2,338 | 2,771 | ||
| Derivatives | 1,087 | 1,416 | ||
| Unamortized net periodic benefit costs | 333 | 373 | ||
| Deductions: | ||||
| Goodwill, net of deferred tax liability | (7,779) | (7,780) | ||
| Other intangible assets, net of deferred tax liability | (134) | (170) | ||
| Deferred tax assets that arise from tax loss and credit carryforwards | (7) | — | ||
| Total common equity tier 1 capital | 18,358 | 18,574 | ||
| Qualifying preferred stock | 2,014 | 2,014 | ||
| Total tier 1 capital | 20,372 | 20,588 | ||
| Qualifying subordinated debt(1) | 1,319 | 1,427 | ||
| Allowance for credit losses | 2,318 | 2,240 | ||
| Exclusions from tier 2 capital: | ||||
| Modified AACL transitional amount | (249) | (374) | ||
| Allowance on PCD assets | (152) | (126) | ||
| Adjusted allowance for credit losses | 1,917 | 1,740 | ||
| Total capital | $23,608 | $23,755 |
(1) As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the amount of non-qualifying subordinated debt excluded from regulatory capital was $482 million and $367 million, respectively. See Note 13 for more details on our outstanding subordinated debt.
Capital Transactions
We completed the following capital transactions during 2023:
•Repurchased $906 million of our outstanding common stock;
•Declared quarterly common stock dividends of $0.42 per share, aggregating to $808 million; and
•Declared preferred stock dividends aggregating to $117 million.
For additional detail regarding our common and preferred stock dividends see Note 17.
In February 2023, our Board of Directors increased our common share repurchase authorization to $2.0 billion, which was an increase of $1.15 billion above the $850 million of capacity remaining as of December 31, 2022 under the prior June 2022 authorization. See “Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities” in Item 5 above for information regarding our available capacity to repurchase shares at December 31, 2023. All future capital distributions are subject to consideration and approval by our Board of Directors prior to execution. The timing and amount of future dividends and share repurchases will depend on various factors, including our capital position, financial performance, capital impacts of strategic initiatives, market conditions, and regulatory considerations.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 56 |
Recent Regulatory Developments
Bank Failures
On April 28, 2023, the FRB issued a report relative to its review of the supervision and regulation of Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”). The report details the FRB’s assessment of the primary causes for SVB’s failure and emphasizes the FRB’s view that supervision and regulation need to be strengthened based on its findings. As a result, the FRB stated it intends to evaluate its supervisory and regulatory framework, with a focus on the following areas:
•Regulatory tailoring framework, including a reassessment of a range of rules for banks with $100 billion or more in assets;
•Management of interest rate risk;
•Liquidity risk, commencing with the risks of uninsured deposits; and
•Capital requirements.
Proposals addressing the regulatory tailoring framework and capital requirements were issued by the regulatory agencies during the third quarter of 2023. See the “Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1 for more information.
We will continue to monitor and address changes to the FRB’s supervisory and regulatory framework that may result from this targeted review by the FRB and their associated impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
AOCI Impact on Regulatory Capital
Under the current applicable regulatory capital rules we have made the AOCI opt-out election, which enables us to exclude components of AOCI from regulatory capital. As noted in the “Capital and Stress Testing Requirements” section of “Regulation and Supervision” in Item 1, the regulatory agencies are considering the inclusion of AOCI components in regulatory capital for Category IV firms like us, notably the AOCI relative to securities and pension.
The following table presents our regulatory capital ratios including the AOCI impact from securities and pension, which we believe provides useful information in light of recent events and the potential for change in the regulatory capital framework.
| Table 25: AOCI Impact on Regulatory Capital | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||
| CFG | CBNA | ||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | CET1 | Tier 1 | Total | CET1 | Tier 1 | Total | |||||||
| Regulatory capital, including AOCI impact: | |||||||||||||
| Regulatory capital (as reported) | $18,358 | $20,372 | $23,608 | $19,411 | $19,411 | $22,453 | |||||||
| Unrealized gains (losses) on securities and pension | (2,671) | (2,671) | (2,671) | (2,649) | (2,649) | (2,649) | |||||||
| Deferred tax assets - securities and pension AOCI | (15) | (15) | (15) | (16) | (16) | (16) | |||||||
| Regulatory capital, including AOCI impact (non-GAAP) | $15,672 | $17,686 | $20,922 | $16,746 | $16,746 | $19,788 | |||||||
| Risk-weighted assets, including AOCI impact: | |||||||||||||
| Risk-weighted assets (as reported) | $172,601 | $172,601 | $172,601 | $172,094 | $172,094 | $172,094 | |||||||
| Unrealized gains (losses) on securities and pension | (722) | (722) | (722) | (701) | (701) | (701) | |||||||
| Deferred tax assets - securities and pension AOCI | 2,188 | 2,188 | 2,188 | 2,168 | 2,168 | 2,168 | |||||||
| Risk-weighted assets, including AOCI impact (non-GAAP) | $174,067 | $174,067 | $174,067 | $173,561 | $173,561 | $173,561 | |||||||
| Ratio: | |||||||||||||
| Regulatory capital ratio (as reported) | 10.6 | % | 11.8 | % | 13.7 | % | 11.3 | % | 11.3 | % | 13.0 | % | |
| Regulatory capital ratio, including AOCI impact (non-GAAP) | 9.0 | % | 10.2 | % | 12.0 | % | 9.6 | % | 9.6 | % | 11.4 | % |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 57 |
LIQUIDITY
We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity fundamental to our safety and soundness. We define liquidity as our ability to meet our obligations when they come due. As a financial institution, we must maintain operating liquidity to meet expected daily and forecasted cash-flow requirements, as well as contingent liquidity to meet unexpected (stress scenario) funding requirements. Reflecting the importance of meeting all unexpected and stress-scenario funding requirements, we identify and manage contingent liquidity, consisting of cash balances at the FRB, unencumbered high-quality liquid securities and unused FHLB borrowing capacity. Separately, we also identify and manage asset liquidity as a subset of contingent liquidity, consisting of cash balances at the FRB and unencumbered high-quality liquid securities. We maintain additional secured borrowing capacity at the FRB discount window, but do not view this as a primary means of funding, but rather a potential source in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. We manage liquidity at the consolidated enterprise level and at each material legal entity.
Parent Company Liquidity
Our Parent Company’s primary sources of cash are dividends and interest received from CBNA resulting from investing in bank equity and subordinated debt as well as externally issued preferred stock, senior debt and subordinated debt. Uses of cash include the routine cash flow requirements as a bank holding company, including periodic share repurchases and payments of dividends, interest and expenses; the needs of subsidiaries, including CBNA for additional equity and, as required, its need for debt financing; and the support for extraordinary funding requirements when necessary. To the extent the Parent Company has relied on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest.
Our Parent Company’s cash and cash equivalents represent a source of liquidity that can be used to meet various needs and totaled $2.9 billion and $1.6 billion as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Parent Company declared dividends on common stock of $808 million and $779 million, respectively, and declared dividends on preferred stock of $117 million and $113 million, respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Parent Company repurchased $906 million and $153 million, respectively, of its outstanding common stock.
On January 23, 2024, CFG issued $1.25 billion in six-year 5.841% fixed-to-floating rate senior notes.
CBNA Liquidity
As CBNA’s primary business involves taking deposits and making loans, a key role of liquidity management is to ensure that customers have timely access to funds. Liquidity management also involves maintaining sufficient liquidity to repay wholesale borrowings, pay operating expenses and support extraordinary funding requirements when necessary. In the ordinary course of business the liquidity of CBNA is managed by matching sources and uses of cash. The primary sources of bank liquidity include deposits from our consumer and commercial customers; payments of principal and interest on loans and debt securities; and wholesale borrowings, as needed, and as described under “Liquidity Risk Management and Governance.” The primary uses of bank liquidity include withdrawals and maturities of deposits; payment of interest on deposits; funding of loans and related commitments; and funding of securities purchases. To the extent that CBNA has relied on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest. For further information on CBNA’s outstanding debt see Note 13.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, CBNA completed the following transactions:
•Issued $450 million of 5.284% fixed-to-floating rate senior notes;
•Redeemed $750 million of senior notes due March 2023; and
•Issued $3.5 billion of secured borrowings collateralized by auto loans.
On January 23, 2024, CBNA issued approximately $1.5 billion of secured borrowings collateralized by auto loans.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 58 |
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk arising from the inability to meet our obligations when they come due. We must maintain adequate funding to meet current and future obligations, including customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities and withdrawals, debt service, equipment and premises leases, and other cash commitments, under both normal operating conditions and under periods of company-specific and/or market stress.
We primarily rely on customer deposits to be a relatively stable and low-cost source of funding. In addition to customer deposits, our funding sources also include our ability to securitize loans in secondary markets, raise funds in the debt and equity capital markets, pledge loans and/or securities for borrowing from the FHLB, pledge securities as collateral for borrowing under repurchase agreements, and sell AFS securities.
Credit ratings assigned by agencies such as Moody’s, Standard and Poor’s, and Fitch impact our access to unsecured wholesale market funds and to large uninsured customer deposits and are presented in the table below.
| Table 26: Credit Ratings | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2023 | |||||
| Moody’s | Standard and Poor’s | Fitch | |||
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc.: | |||||
| Long-term issuer | Baa1 | BBB+ | BBB+ | ||
| Short-term issuer | NR | A-2 | F1 | ||
| Subordinated debt | Baa1 | BBB | BBB | ||
| Preferred Stock | Baa3 | BB+ | BB | ||
| Citizens Bank, National Association: | |||||
| Long-term issuer | Baa1 | A- | BBB+ | ||
| Short-term issuer | NR | A-2 | F1 | ||
| Long-term deposits | A1 | NR | A- | ||
| Short-term deposits | P-1 | NR | F1 |
NR = Not Rated
We currently have a “stable” outlook at Standard & Poor’s, a “negative” outlook at Moody’s and a “stable” outlook at Fitch. Changes in our public credit ratings could affect both the cost and availability of our wholesale funding.
Existing and evolving regulatory liquidity requirements represent another key driver of systemic liquidity conditions and liquidity management practices. The FRB and OCC regularly evaluate our liquidity as part of the overall supervisory process. In addition, we are subject to existing and evolving regulatory liquidity requirements, some of which are subject to further rulemaking, guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. For further discussion, see the “Liquidity Requirements” section under “Regulation and Supervision” in Item 1.
Liquidity Risk Management and Governance
Liquidity risk is measured and managed by the Funding and Liquidity unit within our Treasury group in accordance with policy guidelines promulgated by our Board and the Asset Liability Committee. The Funding and Liquidity unit is responsible for maintaining a liquidity management framework that effectively manages liquidity risk. Processes within this framework include, but are not limited to, regular and comprehensive reporting, including current levels versus threshold limits for a broad set of liquidity metrics and early warning indicators, explanatory commentary relating to emerging risk trends and, as appropriate, recommended remedial strategies, liquidity stress testing, contingency funding plans, and collateral management.
Our Funding and Liquidity unit’s primary goals are to deliver and maintain prudent levels of operating liquidity to support expected and projected funding requirements, contingent liquidity to support unexpected funding requirements resulting from idiosyncratic, systemic, and combination stress events, and regulatory liquidity requirements in a timely manner from stable and cost-efficient funding sources. We seek to accomplish these goals by funding loans with stable deposits, by prudently controlling dependence on wholesale funding, particularly short-term unsecured funding, and by maintaining ample available liquidity, including a contingent liquidity buffer of unencumbered high-quality loans and securities.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 59 |
We maintain a contingency funding plan designed to ensure that liquidity sources are sufficient to meet ongoing obligations and commitments, particularly in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. The plan identifies members of the liquidity contingency team and provides a framework for management to follow, including notification and escalation of potential liquidity stress events.
In response to the recent U.S. bank failures, the FRB established the Bank Term Funding Program to make additional funding available to eligible depository institutions to ensure the ability to meet the needs of all depositors. This program was designed to provide another source of liquidity against the par value of high-quality securities, eliminating the need to sell these securities during times of stress. The Company is eligible to borrow under this program, which expires in March 2024, based on its existing eligibility for primary credit under the FRB discount window. The Company has taken steps to support readiness but has not participated in the program through December 31, 2023.
As of December 31, 2023:
•Organically generated deposits continue to be our primary source of funding, resulting in a consolidated period-end loans-to-deposits ratio, excluding LHFS, of 82.3%;
◦Estimated insured/secured deposits comprise 71% of our consolidated deposit base of $177.3 billion.
•Our total available liquidity, comprised of contingent liquidity and available discount window capacity, was approximately $78.8 billion;
◦Contingent liquidity was $57.1 billion, consisting of unencumbered high-quality liquid securities of $31.4 billion, unused FHLB capacity of $15.9 billion, and our cash balances at the FRB of $9.8 billion; and
◦Available discount window capacity was $21.7 billion, defined as available total borrowing capacity from the FRB based on identified collateral, which is primarily secured by non-mortgage commercial and retail loans.
For a summary of our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, see the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in Item 8.
The Funding and Liquidity unit monitors a variety of liquidity and funding metrics and early warning indicators and metrics, including specific risk thresholds limits. These monitoring tools are broadly classified as follows:
•Current liquidity sources and capacities, including cash balances at the FRB, free and liquid securities, and secured borrowing capacity at the FHLB and FRB discount window;
•Liquidity stress sources, including idiosyncratic, systemic and combined stresses, in addition to evolving regulatory requirements; and
•Current and prospective exposures, including secured and unsecured wholesale funding, and spot and cumulative cash-flow gaps across a variety of horizons.
Further, certain of these metrics are monitored individually for CBNA and for our consolidated enterprise on a daily basis, including cash position, unencumbered securities, asset liquidity and available FHLB borrowing capacity. In order to identify emerging trends and risks and inform funding decisions, specific metrics are also forecasted over a one-year horizon.
Contractual Obligations
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contractual obligations that may require future cash payments, including customer deposit maturities and withdrawals, debt service, lease obligations and other cash commitments. For more information regarding these obligations, see Notes 9, 12 and 13.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We engage in a variety of activities that are not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets that are generally referred to as “off-balance sheet arrangements.” For more information on these types of activities, see Note 19.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 60 |
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to establish accounting policies and make estimates that affect amounts reported in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
An accounting estimate requires assumptions and judgments about uncertain matters that could have a material effect on our audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Estimates are made using facts and circumstances known at a point in time. Changes in those facts and circumstances could produce results substantially different from those estimates. Our most significant accounting policies and estimates and their related application are discussed below. See Note 1 for further discussion of our significant accounting policies.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The ACL increased from $2.2 billion at December 31, 2022 to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2023.
Our ACL as of December 31, 2023 accounts for an economic forecast over our two-year reasonable and supportable period with peak unemployment of approximately 5% and peak-to-trough GDP decline of approximately 0.4%. This forecast reflects a mild recession over the two-year reasonable and supportable period. This compares to our December 31, 2022 forecast which reflected peak unemployment of approximately 6% with a more adverse peak-to-trough GDP decline of approximately 1.4%.
Our determination of the ACL is sensitive to changes in forecasted macroeconomic conditions during the reasonable and supportable forecast period. To illustrate the sensitivity, we applied a more pessimistic scenario than that described above which reflects deeper real GDP contraction across our two-year reasonable and supportable forecast period, resulting in a 1.7% peak-to-trough decline in real GDP. Excluding consideration of qualitative adjustments, this scenario would result in a quantitative lifetime loss estimate of approximately 1.10x our modeled period-end ACL, or an increase of approximately $233 million. This analysis relates only to the modeled credit loss estimate and not to the overall period-end ACL, which includes qualitative adjustments.
Because several quantitative and qualitative factors are considered in determining the ACL, this sensitivity analysis does not necessarily reflect the nature and extent of future changes in the ACL or even what the ACL would be under these economic circumstances. The sensitivity is intended to provide insights into the impact of adverse changes in the macroeconomic environment and the corresponding impact to modeled loss estimates. The hypothetical determination does not incorporate the impact of management judgment or other qualitative factors that could be applied in the actual estimation of the ACL and does not imply any expectation of future deterioration in our loss rates.
It remains difficult to estimate how changes in economic forecasts might affect our ACL because such forecasts consider a wide variety of variables and inputs, and changes in the variables and inputs may not occur at the same time or in the same direction, and such changes may have differing impacts by product type. The variables and inputs may be idiosyncratically affected by risks to the economy, including changing monetary and fiscal policies, impacts from the recent stress on the banking industry, and their impact on inflationary trends. Changes in one or multiple of the key macroeconomic variables may have a material impact to our estimation of expected credit losses.
For additional information regarding the ACL, see Note 6.
Goodwill
The acquisition method of accounting requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations are recorded at their fair values. Business combinations typically result in goodwill, which is subject to ongoing periodic impairment tests based on the fair values of the reporting units to which the goodwill has been attributed. We review the goodwill of each reporting unit for impairment on an annual basis as of October 31st or more frequently if events or circumstances change that indicate an impairment may exist. When assessing goodwill for impairment, a qualitative assessment may be made to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying value. Alternatively, a quantitative assessment may be performed without performing a qualitative assessment. At December 31, 2023, goodwill totaled $8.2 billion, including $6.9 billion from pre-IPO acquisitions, and is assigned to our reporting units as follows: $5.5 billion to Commercial Banking, including $4.7 billion from pre-IPO acquisitions, and $2.7 billion to Consumer Banking, including $2.2 billion from pre-IPO acquisitions.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 61 |
The process of evaluating the fair value of a reporting unit is subjective, involving management assumptions and estimates and the use of external or internal valuations. Valuation techniques include discounted cash flow and market approach analysis. In the fourth quarter of 2023, the quantitative impairment test estimated the fair value of the reporting units using an equal weighting of an income approach (i.e., discounted cash flows method) and market-based approach (i.e., the guideline public company method). The guideline public company method utilizes comparable public company information and key valuation multiples, and considers a market control premium associated with cost synergies and other cash flow benefits that arise from obtaining control over a reporting unit, and guideline transactions, when applicable.
Under the income approach, cash flow projections are based on multi-year financial forecasts developed for each reporting unit that consider key business drivers such as new business initiatives, customer retention standards, market share changes, anticipated loan and deposit growth, fees and expenses, forward interest rates, historical performance, credit performance, and industry and economic trends, among other considerations. The projection of net interest income and noninterest expense are the most significant inputs to the financial projections of the Commercial Banking and Consumer Banking reporting units. The long-term earnings growth rate used in determining the terminal value of each reporting unit was 3% as of October 31, 2023, based on management’s assessment of the minimum expected terminal growth rate of each reporting unit. Discount rates are estimated based on the Capital Asset Pricing Model, which considers the risk-free interest rate, market risk premium, beta, and unsystematic risk adjustments specific to a particular reporting unit. The discount rates are also calibrated based on risks related to the projected cash flows of each reporting unit. A discount rate of 13% was utilized for the Commercial Banking and Consumer Banking reporting units as of October 31, 2023.
We performed a quantitative goodwill impairment assessment in the fourth quarter of 2023 as part of our annual impairment assessment. Based on this quantitative assessment, we concluded that the estimated fair value of the Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units exceeded their carrying value. The Commercial Banking reporting unit’s fair value exceeded its carrying value by approximately 10%. Circumstances that could negatively impact the future fair value of the Commercial Banking reporting unit include a sustained decrease in our stock price, decline in industry peer multiples, deterioration in the reporting unit’s forecasts, and an increase in the discount rate driven by an increase in the risk-free rate or the risk we may not achieve our forecasted cash flows.
We monitored events and circumstances during the period from October 31, 2023 through December 31, 2023, including macroeconomic and market factors, industry and banking sector events, Company-specific performance indicators, a comparison of management’s forecast and assumptions to those used in its October 31, 2023 quantitative impairment test, and the sensitivity of the October 31, 2023 quantitative test results to changes in assumptions through December 31, 2023. Based on these considerations, management concluded that it was not more-likely-than-not that the fair value of either of its reporting units is below its respective carrying amount as of December 31, 2023.
For additional information regarding Goodwill, see Note 10.
Fair Value
We asses the fair value of assets and liabilities by applying various valuation methodologies which may involve a significant degree of judgment, particularly when active markets do not exist for the items being valued. Quoted market prices are used to estimate the fair value of certain assets such as trading assets, investment securities and residential real estate loans held for sale. Assumptions are used to estimate the fair value of items for which an observable active market does not exist and include discount rates, rates of return on assets, repayment rates, cash flows, default rates, costs of servicing and liquidation values. The use of different assumptions could produce significantly different fair value estimates, which could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial condition or fair value disclosures.
We also assess whether there are any declines in fair value below the carrying value of assets that require recognition of a loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, including certain investments, capitalized servicing assets, goodwill, and core deposit and other intangible assets.
For additional information regarding our fair value measurements, see Note 20.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 62 |
ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING DEVELOPMENTS
Accounting standards issued but not adopted as of December 31, 2023
| Pronouncement | Summary of Guidance | Effects on Financial Statements |
|---|---|---|
| Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures Issued November 2023 | •Requires disclosure of significant segment expenses regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) •Requires disclosure of an amount for other segment items by reportable segment and a description of its composition •Requires disclosure of the title and position of the CODM | •Required effective date: January 1, 2024 for our annual disclosures and January 1, 2025 for our interim disclosures. Early adoption is permitted. •Adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, but is expected to have a meaningful impact on our required disclosures in the Business Operating Segments Note to the Consolidated Financial Statements. |
| Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures Issued December 2023 | •Requires an annual income tax rate reconciliation table that includes specific categories and other significant categories, disaggregated by nature, that exceed 5% of income tax expense at the statutory tax rate •Requires a qualitative description of the states and local jurisdictions that make up more than 50% of the effect of the state and local income tax category •Requires description of the nature, effect and underlying causes of the reconciling items and the judgment used in categorizing these items •Requires annual disclosure of income taxes paid, net of refunds received, disaggregated by federal, state, and foreign taxes, and further disaggregated by individual jurisdictions that exceed 5% of total income taxes paid, net of refunds received •Requires disclosure of 1) income (or loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (or benefit) disaggregated between domestic and foreign, and 2) income tax expense (or benefit) from continuing operations disaggregated by federal, state and foreign •Eliminates the requirement to disclose the nature and estimate of the change in unrecognized tax benefits expected in the next twelve months •Eliminates the requirement to disclose the cumulative amount of each type of temporary difference when a deferred tax liability is not recognized because of the exceptions to comprehensive recognition of deferred taxes related to subsidiaries and corporate joint ventures | •Required effective date: January 1, 2025 for our annual disclosures and January 1, 2026 for our interim disclosures. Early adoption is permitted. •Adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, but is expected to have a meaningful impact on our required disclosures in the Income Taxes Note to the Consolidated Financial Statements. |
| Accounting for and Disclosure of Crypto Assets Issued December 2023 | •Applies to assets that meet the definition of intangible assets, do not provide the asset holder with enforceable rights to goods, services or other assets, reside on a distributed ledger, are secured through cryptography, are fungible, and are not created or issued by the reporting entity or its related parties •Required to subsequently measure these assets at fair value •Required to present crypto assets measured at fair value separately from other intangible assets and changes from the remeasurement of crypto assets separately from changes in the carrying amounts of other intangible assets | •Required effective date: January 1, 2025, with early adoption permitted. •Adoption is not expected to have an impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 63 |
RISK GOVERNANCE
We are committed to maintaining a strong, integrated and proactive approach to the management of all risks to which we are exposed in pursuit of our business objectives. A key aspect of our Board’s responsibility as the main decision-making body is setting our risk appetite to ensure that the levels of risk that we are willing to accept in the attainment of our strategic business and financial objectives are clearly understood.
To enable our Board to carry out its objectives, it has delegated authority for risk management activities, as well as governance and oversight of those activities, to a number of Board and executive management level risk committees. The Executive Risk Committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for oversight of risk across the enterprise and actively considers our inherent material risks, analyzes our overall risk profile and seeks confirmation that the risks are being appropriately identified, assessed and mitigated. Reporting to the Executive Risk Committee are the following committees covering specific areas of risk: Compliance and Operational Risk, Model Risk, Credit Policy, Asset Liability, Business Initiatives Review, and Conduct and Ethics.
Risk Framework
Our risk management framework is embedded in our business through a “Three Lines of Defense” model which defines responsibilities and accountabilities for risk management activities.
First Line of Defense
The business lines, including their associated support functions, are the first line of defense and are accountable for identifying, assessing, managing, and controlling the risks associated with the products and services they provide. The business lines are responsible for performing regular risk assessments to identify and assess the material risks that arise in their area of responsibility, complying with relevant risk policies, testing and certifying the adequacy and effectiveness of their operational and financial reporting controls on a regular basis, establishing and documenting operating procedures, and establishing a governance structure for identifying and managing risk.
Second Line of Defense
The second line of defense includes independent monitoring and control functions accountable for the development of risk and control frameworks and related policies, and their associated implementation. This centralized risk function is independent from the business and is accountable for overseeing and challenging our business lines on the effective management of their risks, including, but not limited to, credit, market, operational, regulatory, reputational, interest rate, liquidity, legal and strategic risks.
Third Line of Defense
Our Internal Audit function is the third line of defense providing independent assurance of the effectiveness of our internal controls, governance practices, and culture so that risk is managed appropriately for the size, complexity, and risk profile of the organization. Internal Audit has complete and unrestricted access to all of our records, physical properties and personnel. Internal Audit issues a report following each internal review and provides an audit opinion to the Board’s Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.
Credit Review reports to the Chief Audit Executive and provides the Board, senior management and other stakeholders with independent assurance on the quality of credit portfolios and adherence to agreed Credit Risk Appetite and Credit Policies and processes. In line with its procedures and regulatory expectations, the Credit Review function undertakes a program of portfolio testing, assessing and reporting through four Risk Pillars of Asset Quality, Rating and Data Integrity, Risk Management and Credit Risk Appetite.
Risk Appetite
Risk appetite is a strategic business and risk management tool. We define our risk appetite as the maximum limit of acceptable risk beyond which we could be unable to achieve our strategic objectives and capital adequacy obligations.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 64 |
Our principal non-market risks include credit, operational, regulatory, reputational, liquidity and strategic risks. We are also subject to certain market risks which include potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Market risk in our business arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including hedging of interest rates, foreign exchange risk and non-trading activities within capital markets. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report on market risk. We actively manage both trading and non-trading market risks. See “Market Risk” for further information. Our risk appetite is reviewed and approved annually by the Board Risk Committee.
Credit Risk
Overview
Credit risk represents the potential for loss arising from a customer, counterparty, or issuer failing to perform in accordance with the contractual terms of the obligation. While the majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, we do engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, and trading activities. Given the financial impact of credit risk on our earnings and balance sheet, the assessment, approval and management of credit risk represents a major part of our overall risk-management responsibility.
Objective
The independent Credit Risk Function is responsible for reviewing and approving credit risk appetite across all lines of business and credit products, approving larger and higher-risk credit transactions, monitoring portfolio performance, identifying problem credit exposures, and ensuring remedial management.
Organizational Structure
Management and oversight of credit risk is the responsibility of both the business line and the second line of defense. The second line of defense, the independent Credit Risk Function, is led by the Chief Credit Officer who oversees all credit risk and reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Credit Officer, acting in a manner consistent with Board policies, has responsibility for, among other things, the governance process around policies, procedures, risk acceptance criteria, credit risk appetite, limits and authority delegation. The Chief Credit Officer and team also have responsibility for credit approvals for larger and higher-risk transactions and oversight of line of business credit risk activities. Reporting to the Chief Credit Officer are the heads of the second line of defense credit functions specializing in: Consumer Banking, Commercial Banking, Citizens Restructuring Management, Portfolio and Corporate Reporting, ALLL Analytics, Current Expected Credit Loss, and Credit Policy and Administration. Each team under these leaders is composed of experienced credit professionals.
Governance
The primary mechanisms used to govern our credit risk function are our consumer and commercial credit policies. These policies outline the minimum acceptable lending standards that align with our desired risk appetite. Material changes in our business model and strategies that identify a need to change our risk appetite or highlight a risk not previously contemplated are identified by the individual committees and presented to the Credit Policy Committee, Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee for approval, as appropriate.
Key Management Processes
We employ a comprehensive and integrated risk control program to proactively identify, measure, monitor, and mitigate existing and emerging credit risks across the credit life cycle including origination, account/portfolio management, and loss mitigation and recovery.
Consumer
On the Consumer Banking side of credit risk, our teams use models to evaluate consumer loans across the life cycle of the loan. Credit scoring models are used to forecast the probability of default of an applicant at origination. When approving customers for a new loan or extension of an existing credit line, credit scores are used in conjunction with other credit risk variables such as affordability, length of term, collateral value, collateral type, and lien subordination.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 65 |
Lending authority is granted by the second line of defense credit risk function to each underwriter to ensure proper oversight of the underwriting teams. The amount of delegated authority depends on the experience of the individual. We periodically evaluate the performance of each underwriter and annually reauthorize their delegated authority. Only senior members of the second line of defense credit risk team are authorized to approve significant exceptions to credit policies. It is not uncommon to make exceptions to established policies when compensating factors are present. There are exception limits which, when reached, trigger a comprehensive analysis.
Credit scores and collateral values are refreshed at regular intervals once an account is established to allow for proactive identification of increasing or decreasing levels of credit risk. Our approach to managing credit risk is highly analytical and, where appropriate, is automated to ensure consistency and efficiency.
Commercial
On the Commercial Banking side of credit risk, risk management begins with defined credit products and policies and is separated into commercial and industrial loans, CRE and leases. Within commercial and industrial loans and leases there are separate verticals established for certain specialty products (e.g., asset-based lending, leasing, franchise finance, health care, technology and mid-corporate). A “specialty vertical” is a stand-alone team of industry or product specialists. Substantially all activity that falls under the ambit of the defined industry or product is managed through a specialty vertical when one exists. CRE also operates as a specialty vertical.
Commercial transactions are subject to individual analysis and approval at origination and, with few exceptions, are subject to a formal annual review requirement. The underwriting process includes the establishment and approval of credit grades that establish the PD and LGD. All material transactions require the approval of both a business line approver and an independent credit approver with the requisite level of delegated authority. The approval level of a particular credit facility is determined by the size of the credit relationship as well as the PD. The checks and balances in the credit process and the independence of the credit approver function are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, facilitate the early recognition of credit problems when they occur, and to provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. All authority to grant credit is delegated through the independent Credit Risk function and is closely monitored and updated annually at a minimum.
The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, transaction structure, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. In addition to the credit analysis conducted during the approval process at origination and annual review, our Credit Review group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality of the portfolio and new originations. This group conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans and validate risk ratings, as well as test the consistency of the credit processes and the effectiveness of credit risk management.
The maximum level of credit exposure to individual credit borrowers is limited by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower or related group of borrowers. Concentration risk is managed through limits on industry asset class and loan quality factors. We focus predominantly on extending credit to commercial customers with existing or expandable relationships within our primary markets, although we do engage in lending opportunities outside our primary markets if we believe that the associated risks are acceptable and aligned with strategic initiatives.
Substantially all loans categorized as Classified are managed by a specialized group of credit professionals.
MARKET RISK
Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Modest market risk arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including the hedging of interest rate and foreign exchange risk. As described below, the market risk arising from our non-trading banking activities, such as the origination of loans and deposit-gathering, is more significant. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. We actively manage market risk for both non-trading and trading activities.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 66 |
Non-Trading Risk
Our non-trading banking activities expose us to market risk. This market risk is composed of interest rate risk, as we have no commodity risk and de minimis direct currency and equity risk. We also have market risk related to capital markets loan originations, as well as the valuation of our MSRs.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk emerges from the balance sheet after the aggregation of our assets, liabilities and equity. We refer to this non-trading risk embedded in the balance sheet as “structural interest rate risk” or “interest rate risk in the banking book.”
A major source of structural interest rate risk is a difference in the repricing of assets relative to liabilities and equity. There are differences in the timing and drivers of rate changes reflecting the maturity and/or repricing of assets and liabilities. For example, the rate earned on a commercial loan may reprice monthly with changes in the benchmark rate, while the rate paid on debt or certificates of deposit may be fixed for a longer period. There may also be differences in the drivers of rate changes. Loans may be tied to a specific index rate such as SOFR or Prime, while deposits may not be as correlated with such rates and more dependent upon competitive demand. Due to these basis differences, net interest income is sensitive to changes in spreads between certain indices or repricing rates.
A primary source of our structural interest rate risk relates to faster repricing of floating-rate loans relative to core deposit funding. This source of asset sensitivity is more biased toward the short end of the yield curve.
The secondary source of our interest rate risk is driven by longer term rates comprising the rollover or reinvestment risk on fixed-rate loans, as well as prepayment risk on mortgage-related loans and securities funded by non-rate sensitive deposits and equity.
Another important source of structural interest rate risk relates to the potential exercise of explicit or embedded options. For example, most consumer loans can be prepaid without penalty and most consumer deposits can be withdrawn without penalty. The exercise of such options by customers can exacerbate the timing differences discussed above.
The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control exposure to interest rate risk within policy limits approved by our Board. These limits and guidelines reflect our tolerance for interest rate risk over both short-term and long-term horizons. To ensure that exposure to interest rate risk is managed within our risk appetite, we measure the exposure and hedge it, as necessary. The Treasury Asset and Liability Management team is responsible for measuring, monitoring and reporting on our structural interest rate risk position. These exposures are reported on a monthly basis to the Asset Liability Committee and at Board meetings.
We measure structural interest rate risk through a variety of metrics intended to quantify both short-term and long-term exposures. The primary method we use to quantify interest rate risk is simulation analysis in which we model net interest income from assets, liabilities and hedge derivative positions under various interest rate scenarios over a three-year horizon. Exposure to interest rate risk is reflected in the variation of forecasted net interest income across these scenarios.
Key assumptions in this simulation analysis relate to the behavior of interest rates and spreads, changes in product balances and the behavior of our loan and deposit customers in different rate environments. Repricing characteristics and balance fluctuations of deposits with indeterminate (i.e., non-contractual) maturities, as well as the pace of mortgage prepayments are the most significant behavioral assumptions. We utilize product level models that consider specific product characteristics and composition of the deposit portfolio, along with current and forward-looking market dynamics, to project deposit rates. Similarly, we employ dynamic prepayment and mortgage rate models to project prepayment behaviors specific to each of our product offerings. These models are developed based on internal performance data over prior interest rate cycles and calibrated to our experience and outlook for rates across a diverse set of market environments. We assess our models and assumptions periodically by running sensitivity analyses to determine the impact of changes to inputs or assumptions on our risk results, which are reported to the Asset Liability Committee.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 67 |
Since we cannot predict the future path of interest rates, we use simulation analysis to project net interest income under various interest rate scenarios including a “most likely” (implied forward) scenario, as well as a variety of extreme and unlikely scenarios. These scenarios may assume gradual ramping of the overall level of interest rates, immediate shocks to the level of rates and various yield curve twists in which movements in short- or long-term rates predominate. Generally, projected net interest income in any interest rate scenario is compared to net interest income in a base case where market-forward rates are realized.
The table below reports net interest income exposures against a variety of interest rate scenarios. Our policies involve measuring exposures as a percentage change in net interest income over the next year due to either instantaneous or gradual parallel changes in rates relative to the market implied forward yield curve. As the following table illustrates, our balance sheet is marginally asset-sensitive; net interest income would benefit from an increase in interest rates, while exposure to a decline in interest rates is within limits established and monitored by senior management. While an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates is included in this analysis, we believe that any actual shift in interest rates would be more gradual and, therefore, have a more modest impact.
The table below presents the sensitivity of net interest income to various parallel yield curve shifts from the market implied forward yield curve:
| Table 27: Sensitivity of Net Interest Income | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Estimated % Change in Net Interest Income over 12 Months | |||||
| December 31, | |||||
| Basis points | 2023 | 2022 | |||
| Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates | |||||
| +200 | — | % | 4.8 | % | |
| +100 | 0.5 | 2.4 | |||
| -100 | (1.5) | (2.5) | |||
| -200 | (3.0) | (5.6) | |||
| Gradual Change in Interest Rates | |||||
| +200 | 0.4 | % | 2.7 | % | |
| +100 | 0.5 | 1.4 | |||
| -100 | (1.0) | (1.4) | |||
| -200 | (1.9) | (3.0) |
We continue to manage asset sensitivity within the scope of our policy, changing market conditions and changes in our balance sheet. The Company’s base case net interest income assumes the forward-rate path implied by the yield curve is realized, which reflects a Fed Funds rate of 4.25% at the end of 2024, reflecting five 25 basis point reductions beginning in the second quarter of 2024. The rate risk exposure is then measured based on assumed changes from that base case rate path.
As of December 31, 2023, our asset sensitivity has shifted to a more neutral position compared to 2022. This reflects the impacts of changes in our balance sheet mix, including securities, loans, deposits, borrowed funds and ongoing hedge activity, which is primarily comprised of received fixed swaps that offset our naturally asset-sensitive balance sheet. Our sensitivity profile exhibits asymmetry for up and down rate scenarios as we expect to see incremental deposit migration to higher rate products in response to rising rate scenarios compared to declining rate scenario.
We use a valuation measure of exposure to structural interest rate risk, EVE, as a supplement to net interest income simulations. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure over a long-term horizon. EVE measures the extent to which the economic value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. We employ sophisticated models for prepayments and deposit pricing and attrition, which provide a granular view of cash flows based on the unique characteristics of the underlying products and customer segments. The change in value is expressed as a percentage of regulatory capital.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 68 |
We use interest rate contracts as part of our ALM strategy to manage exposure to the variability in the interest cash flows on our floating-rate assets and wholesale funding, the variability in the fair value of AFS securities, and to hedge market risk on fixed-rate capital markets debt issuances.
The following table presents interest rate derivative contracts that we have entered into as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.
| Table 28: Interest Rate Derivative Contracts Used to Manage Non-Trading Interest Rate Exposure | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||
| Weighted Average | Weighted Average | ||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Notional Amount | Maturity (Years) | Fixed Rate | Reset Rate | Notional Amount | Maturity (Years) | Fixed Rate | Reset Rate | |||||||||
| Fair value hedges: | |||||||||||||||||
| Asset conversion swaps: | |||||||||||||||||
| AFS securities: | |||||||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive SOFR | $5,365 | 6.2 | 3.8 | % | 5.4 | % | $— | — | — | % | — | % | |||||
| Liability conversion swaps: | |||||||||||||||||
| Long-term borrowed funds: | |||||||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay 3-month LIBOR | — | — | — | — | 1,000 | 1.6 | 2.7 | 4.7 | |||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay SOFR | 500 | 1.9 | 2.6 | 5.6 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||
| Total fair value hedges | 5,865 | 1,000 | |||||||||||||||
| Cash flow hedges: | |||||||||||||||||
| Asset conversion swaps: | |||||||||||||||||
| Loans: | |||||||||||||||||
| Swaps | |||||||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay SOFR | 17,780 | 0.8 | 4.0 | 5.4 | 500 | 2.7 | 3.5 | 4.3 | |||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay SOFR - forward-starting | 31,250 | 2.9 | 3.3 | 4.6 | 13,500 | 3.2 | 3.0 | 4.5 | |||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay 1-month LIBOR | — | — | — | — | 15,250 | 3.8 | 1.8 | 4.3 | |||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay 1-month LIBOR - forward-starting | — | — | — | — | 2,000 | 5.2 | 2.9 | 4.9 | |||||||||
| Basis swaps | |||||||||||||||||
| Receive SOFR/pay 1-month term SOFR | 5,000 | 1.0 | — | 5.3/5.3 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||
| Receive SOFR/pay 1-month term SOFR - forward-starting | 14,000 | 2.7 | — | 5.2/5.1 | 7,000 | 3.3 | — | 4.4/4.4 | |||||||||
| Floor Rate | Cap Rate | Floor Rate | Cap Rate | ||||||||||||||
| Options | |||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate collars(1) | 1,000 | 1.5 | 2.5 | 3.7 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||
| Interest rate collars - forward-starting(1) | 500 | 2.5 | 2.7 | 4.4 | 1,500 | 2.8 | 2.6 | 3.9 | |||||||||
| Floor spreads - forward-starting(2) | 2,500 | 2.8 | 2.2/3.2 | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||
| Total cash flow hedges | 72,030 | 39,750 | |||||||||||||||
| Total hedges | $77,895 | $40,750 |
(1) Weighted average floor and cap rates represent strike rates through which CFG will receive interest if the SOFR rate falls below the floor strike rate and pay interest if the SOFR rate exceeds the cap strike rate.
(2) Weighted average floor rate represents strike rates for the short and long interest rate floors, respectively. CFG will receive interest if the SOFR rate falls below the upper strike rate and pay interest if the SOFR rate falls below the lower strike rate, effectively hedging the corridor between the two strike rates. The structure also includes a short cap and a long floor which are utilized to neutralize the initial premium.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 69 |
The following table presents the average active notional amounts for our interest rate derivatives, based on contract effective date, for the next five years:
| Table 29: Average Active Notional for Interest Rate Derivative Contracts | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | ||||||
| Fair value hedges | |||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive SOFR(1) | $5,365 | $5,359 | $5,131 | $4,275 | $4,143 | ||||||
| Receive fixed/pay SOFR(2) | 500 | 441 | — | — | — | ||||||
| Cash flow hedges | |||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay SOFR(2) | 25,783 | 30,094 | 21,900 | 7,589 | 210 | ||||||
| Receive SOFR/pay 1-month term SOFR | 12,186 | 13,052 | 8,847 | 1,952 | — | ||||||
| Interest rate collars | 1,260 | 1,001 | 240 | — | — | ||||||
| Floor spreads | 1,488 | 2,500 | 1,467 | 460 | — | ||||||
| Total | $46,582 | $52,447 | $37,585 | $14,276 | $4,353 | ||||||
| Weighted average receive fixed rate | 3.2 | % | 3.2 | % | 3.5 | % | 3.7 | % | 2.6 | % | |
| Weighted average pay fixed rate | 3.8 | 3.8 | 3.7 | 3.7 | 3.7 |
(1) Pay fixed rate leg of the interest rate derivative contract is included in the computation of the weighted average pay fixed rate.
(2) Receive fixed rate leg of the interest rate derivative contract is included in the computation of the weighted average receive fixed rate.
| Table 30: Pre-Tax Gains (Losses) Recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income on Cash Flow Hedges | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2023 | 2022 | ||
| Amount of pre-tax net gains (losses) recognized in OCI | ($145) | ($1,806) | ||
| Amount of pre-tax net gains (losses) reclassified from AOCI into interest income | (596) | (111) | ||
| Amount of pre-tax net gains (losses) reclassified from AOCI into interest expense | — | (4) |
Using the interest rate curve at December 31, 2023, we estimate that approximately $914 million in pre-tax net losses related to cash flow hedge strategies will be reclassified from AOCI to net interest income over the next 12 months, including $460 million from terminated swaps. This amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations and the addition of other hedges subsequent to December 31, 2023.
LIBOR Transition
In July 2017, the United Kingdom’s FCA announced that it would no longer require banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. On March 5, 2021, the FCA formally announced the future cessation of 1-week and 2-month U.S. Dollar LIBOR rates as of December 31, 2021, with all other U.S. Dollar LIBOR tenors ceasing as of June 30, 2023. In the United States, the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a group of private-market participants convened to help ensure a successful transition away from U.S. Dollar LIBOR, identified SOFR as its recommended alternative rate.
On March 15, 2022, the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act (the “LIBOR Act”) was signed into law, with the FRB adopting its final rule, effective February 27, 2023, to implement the LIBOR Act on December 16, 2022. The final rule addresses references to LIBOR in contracts that (i) are governed by U.S. law; (ii) will not mature before June 30, 2023; and (iii) lack fallback provisions providing for a clearly defined and practical replacement for LIBOR. The Company assessed the impact of this legislation and applied its provisions accordingly to transition its LIBOR contracts to an alternative rate.
As of June 30, 2023, the Company’s transition and remediation efforts were complete, with ongoing monitoring for LIBOR-based financial instruments that will transition to alternative rates at their next interest rate reset date.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 70 |
Capital Markets
A key component of our capital markets activities is the underwriting and distribution of corporate credit facilities to finance merger and acquisition transactions for our clients. We have a rigorous risk management process around these activities, including a limit structure capping our underwriting risk, potential loss, and sub-limits for specific asset classes. Further, the ability to approve underwriting exposure is delegated only to senior level individuals in the credit risk management and capital markets organizations with each transaction adjudicated in the Loan Underwriting Approval Committee.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
We have market risk associated with the value of residential MSRs, which are impacted by various types of inherent risks, including duration, basis, convexity, volatility and yield curve.
As part of our overall risk management strategy we enter into various free-standing derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate futures and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities to economically hedge the change in fair value of our MSRs. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the fair value of our MSRs was $1.6 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, and the total notional amount of related derivative contracts was $15.1 billion and $12.9 billion, respectively. Gains and losses on MSRs and the related derivatives used for hedging are included in mortgage banking fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
As with our traded market risk-based activities, earnings at risk excludes the impact of MSRs. MSRs are captured under our single price risk management framework that is used for calculating a management value at risk consistent with the definition used by banking regulators.
Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk primarily through client facilitation activities including derivatives and foreign exchange products as well as underwriting and market making activities. Exposure is created as a result of changes in interest rates and related basis spreads and volatility, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on a select range of interest rates, foreign exchange, commodities, equity securities, corporate bonds and secondary loan instruments. These securities underwriting and trading activities are conducted through CBNA and Citizens JMP Securities, LLC.
Client facilitation activities consist primarily of interest rate derivatives, financially settled commodity derivatives and foreign exchange contracts where we enter into offsetting trades with a separate counterparty or exchange to manage our market risk exposure. In addition, we operate trading desks covering secondary loans, corporate bonds, and equity securities, with the objective of meeting secondary liquidity needs of our issuing clients’ transactions and investor clients. We do not engage in any trading activities to benefit from short-term price differences.
Market Risk Governance
The process of setting our market risk limit is established in accordance with the formal enterprise risk appetite process and policy, which reflects the strategic and enterprise level articulation of opportunities for creating franchise value set to the boundaries of how much market risk to assume. Dealing authorities represent the key control tool in the management of market risk that allows the cascading of the risk appetite throughout the enterprise. A dealing authority sets the operational scope and tolerances within which a business and/or trading desk is permitted to operate, which is reviewed annually at a minimum. Dealing authorities are structured to accommodate client facing trades and hedges needed to manage the risk profile, with responsibility for remaining within established tolerances residing with the business. Key risk indicators, including VaR, open foreign currency positions and single name risk are monitored daily and reported against tolerances consistent with our risk appetite and business strategy to the appropriate business line management and risk counterparts.
Market Risk Measurement
We use VaR as a statistical measure for estimating potential exposure of our traded market risk in normal market conditions. Our VaR framework for risk management and regulatory reporting is the same. Risk management VaR is based on a one-day holding period to a 99% confidence level and regulatory VaR is based on a ten-day holding period to the same confidence level. In addition to VaR, non-statistical measurements for measuring risk such as sensitivity analysis, market value and stress testing are employed.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 71 |
Our market risk platform and associated market risk and valuation models capture correlation effects across all our “covered positions” and allow for aggregation of market risk across products, risk types, business lines and legal entities. We measure, monitor and report market risk for management and regulatory capital purposes.
VaR Overview
The market risk measurement model is based on historical simulation. The VaR measure estimates the extent of any fair value losses on trading positions that may occur due to broad market movements (General VaR) such as changes in the level of interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. It is calculated on the basis that current positions remain relatively unaltered over the course of a given holding period with the assumption that markets are sufficiently liquid to allow the business to close its positions, if required, within this holding period. Based on the composition of our “covered positions,” we also use a standardized add-on approach for the loan trading and high yield bond desks’ Specific Risk capital, which estimates the extent of any losses that may occur from factors other than broad market movements. The General VaR approach is expressed in terms of a confidence level over the past 500 trading days. The internal VaR measure, used as the basis of the main VaR trading limits, is a 99% confidence level with a one-day holding period, indicating that a loss greater than the VaR is expected to occur, on average, on only one day in 100 trading days (i.e., 1% of the time). Theoretically, there should be a loss event greater than VaR two to three times per year. The regulatory measure of VaR is a 99% confidence level with a ten-day holding period. The historical market data applied to calculate the VaR is updated on a two-business day lag. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” below for details of our ten-day VaR metrics for the quarters ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Market Risk Regulatory Capital
The U.S. banking regulators’ “Market Risk Rule” covers the calculation of market risk capital. Under this rule all of our client facing trades and associated hedges maintain a net low risk and qualify as “covered positions.” The internal management VaR measure is calculated based on the same population of trades that is utilized for regulatory VaR.
| Table 31: Results of Modeled and Non-Modeled Measures for Regulatory Capital Calculations | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions) | For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2023 | For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Market Risk Category | Period End | Average | High | Low | Period End | Average | High | Low | |||||||||||||||
| Interest Rate | $3 | $3 | $5 | $2 | $3 | $2 | $3 | $1 | |||||||||||||||
| Foreign Exchange Currency Rate | — | — | 2 | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Credit Spread | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | |||||||||||||||
| Commodity | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| General VaR | 4 | 4 | 6 | 3 | 5 | 3 | 5 | 2 | |||||||||||||||
| Specific Risk VaR | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total VaR | $4 | $4 | $6 | $3 | $5 | $3 | $5 | $2 | |||||||||||||||
| Stressed General VaR | $4 | $7 | $14 | $3 | $12 | $10 | $15 | $6 | |||||||||||||||
| Stressed Specific Risk VaR | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total Stressed VaR | $4 | $7 | $14 | $3 | $12 | $10 | $15 | $6 | |||||||||||||||
| Market Risk Regulatory Capital | $33 | $39 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Specific Risk Not Modeled Add-on | 17 | 20 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| de Minimis Exposure Add-on | 1 | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Total Market Risk Regulatory Capital | $51 | $59 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Market Risk-Weighted Assets | $643 | $739 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 72 |
Stressed VaR
SVaR is an extension of VaR and utilizes a longer historical look-back horizon, fixed from January 3, 2005, to identify headline risks from more volatile periods and to provide a counterbalance to VaR, which may be low during periods of low volatility. The holding period for profit and loss determination is ten days. In addition to its utilization for risk management purposes, SVaR is a component of market risk regulatory capital. We calculate SVaR daily under its own dynamic window regime whereby values of the ten-day, 99% VaR are calculated over all 260-day periods that can be obtained from the complete historical data set. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” above for SVaR metrics.
Sensitivity Analysis
Sensitivity analysis is the measure of exposure to a single risk factor, such as a one basis point change in rates or credit spread. We conduct and monitor sensitivity on interest rates, basis spreads, foreign exchange exposures, option prices and credit spreads. Since VaR is based on previous moves in market risk factors over recent periods, it may not be an accurate predictor of future market moves. Sensitivity analysis complements VaR as it provides an indication of risk relative to each factor irrespective of historical market moves and is an effective tool in evaluating the appropriateness of hedging strategies and concentrations.
Stress Testing
Conducting a stress test of a portfolio consists of running risk models with the inclusion of key variables that simulate various historical or hypothetical scenarios. For historical stress tests, profit and loss results are simulated for select time periods corresponding to the most volatile underlying returns, while hypothetical stress tests aim to consider concentration risk, illiquidity under stressed market conditions and risk arising from our trading activities that may not be fully captured by our other risk-measurement methodologies. Hypothetical scenarios also assume that market moves occur simultaneously and no repositioning or hedging activity takes place to mitigate losses as market events unfold. Stress tests of our trading positions are generated daily.
VaR Model Review and Validation
Our market risk measurement models are independently reviewed and subject to ongoing performance analysis by the model owners. This independent review and validation focuses on model methodology, market data and performance and is the responsibility of Citizens’ Model Risk Management and Validation team. This team challenges the assumptions used and quantitative techniques employed, including the theoretical justification supporting them, and performs an assessment of the soundness of the required data over time. The quantitative impact of the major underlying modeling assumptions is estimated (e.g., through developing alternative models), if possible. The market risk models may be periodically enhanced due to changes in market price levels and price action regime behavior. The Market Risk Management and Validation team conducts internal validation before a new or changed model element is implemented and before a change is made to market data mapping.
VaR Backtesting
Backtesting is one form of validation of the VaR model and is run daily. The Market Risk Rule requires a comparison of our internal VaR measure to the actual net trading revenue (excluding fees, commissions, reserves, intra-day trading and net interest income) for each day over the preceding year (the most recent 250 business days). Any observed loss in excess of the VaR number is taken as an exception. The level of exceptions determines the multiplication factor used to derive the VaR and SVaR-based capital requirement for regulatory reporting purposes, when applicable. We perform sub-portfolio backtesting as required under the Market Risk Rule, using models approved by our banking regulators for interest rate, credit spread and foreign exchange positions.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 73 |
The following graph shows our daily net trading revenue and total internal, modeled VaR for the year ended December 31, 2023.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 74 |
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RECONCILIATIONS
For more information on the computation of non-GAAP financial measures, see “Introduction — Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” included in this Report. The following table presents computations of non-GAAP financial measures representing our “Underlying” results used in the MD&A:
Table 32: Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Measures
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions, except per share data) | Ref. | 2023 | 2022 | |||
| Noninterest income, Underlying: | ||||||
| Noninterest income (GAAP) | A | $1,983 | $2,009 | |||
| Less: Notable items | — | (31) | ||||
| Noninterest income, Underlying (non-GAAP) | B | $1,983 | $2,040 | |||
| Total revenue, Underlying: | ||||||
| Total revenue (GAAP) | C | $8,224 | $8,021 | |||
| Less: Notable items | — | (31) | ||||
| Total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | D | $8,224 | $8,052 | |||
| Noninterest expense, Underlying: | ||||||
| Noninterest expense (GAAP) | E | $5,507 | $4,892 | |||
| Less: Notable items | 506 | 262 | ||||
| Noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | F | $5,001 | $4,630 | |||
| Pre-provision profit: | ||||||
| Total revenue (GAAP) | C | $8,224 | $8,021 | |||
| Less: Noninterest expense (GAAP) | E | 5,507 | 4,892 | |||
| Pre-provision profit (non-GAAP) | $2,717 | $3,129 | ||||
| Pre-provision profit, Underlying: | ||||||
| Total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | D | $8,224 | $8,052 | |||
| Less: Noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | F | 5,001 | 4,630 | |||
| Pre-provision profit, Underlying (non-GAAP) | $3,223 | $3,422 | ||||
| Provision (benefit) for credit losses, Underlying: | ||||||
| Provision (benefit) for credit losses (GAAP) | $687 | $474 | ||||
| Less: Notable items | — | 169 | ||||
| Provision (benefit) for credit losses, Underlying (non-GAAP) | $687 | $305 | ||||
| Income before income tax expense, Underlying: | ||||||
| Income before income tax expense (GAAP) | G | $2,030 | $2,655 | |||
| Less: Income (expense) before income tax expense (benefit) related to notable items | (506) | (462) | ||||
| Income before income tax expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | H | $2,536 | $3,117 | |||
| Income tax expense and effective income tax rate, Underlying: | ||||||
| Income tax expense (GAAP) | I | $422 | $582 | |||
| Less: Income tax expense (benefit) related to notable items | (149) | (110) | ||||
| Income tax expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | J | $571 | $692 | |||
| Effective income tax rate (GAAP) | I/G | 20.76 | % | 21.93 | % | |
| Effective income tax rate, Underlying (non-GAAP) | J/H | 22.48 | 22.19 | |||
| Net income, Underlying: | ||||||
| Net income (GAAP) | K | $1,608 | $2,073 | |||
| Add: Notable items, net of income tax benefit | 357 | 352 | ||||
| Net income, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L | $1,965 | $2,425 | |||
| Net income available to common stockholders, Underlying: | ||||||
| Net income available to common stockholders (GAAP) | M | $1,491 | $1,960 | |||
| Add: Notable items, net of income tax benefit | 357 | 352 | ||||
| Net income available to common stockholders, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N | $1,848 | $2,312 | |||
| Return on average common equity and return on average common equity, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average common equity (GAAP) | O | $21,592 | $21,724 | |||
| Return on average common equity | M/O | 6.90 | % | 9.02 | % | |
| Return on average common equity, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N/O | 8.56 | 10.64 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 75 |
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions, except per share data) | Ref. | 2023 | 2022 | |||
| Return on average tangible common equity and return on average tangible common equity, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average common equity (GAAP) | O | $21,592 | $21,724 | |||
| Less: Average goodwill (GAAP) | 8,184 | 7,872 | ||||
| Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP) | 177 | 181 | ||||
| Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill and other intangible assets (GAAP) | 422 | 413 | ||||
| Average tangible common equity | P | $13,653 | $14,084 | |||
| Return on average tangible common equity | M/P | 10.92 | % | 13.91 | % | |
| Return on average tangible common equity, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N/P | 13.53 | 16.41 | |||
| Return on average total assets and return on average total assets, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average total assets (GAAP) | Q | $222,221 | $215,061 | |||
| Return on average total assets | K/Q | 0.72 | % | 0.96 | % | |
| Return on average total assets, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L/Q | 0.88 | 1.13 | |||
| Return on average total tangible assets and return on average total tangible assets, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average total assets (GAAP) | Q | $222,221 | $215,061 | |||
| Less: Average goodwill (GAAP) | 8,184 | 7,872 | ||||
| Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP) | 177 | 181 | ||||
| Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill and other intangible assets (GAAP) | 422 | 413 | ||||
| Average tangible assets | R | $214,282 | $207,421 | |||
| Return on average total tangible assets | K/R | 0.75 | % | 1.00 | % | |
| Return on average total tangible assets, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L/R | 0.92 | 1.17 | |||
| Efficiency ratio and efficiency ratio, Underlying: | ||||||
| Efficiency ratio | E/C | 66.97 | % | 60.99 | % | |
| Efficiency ratio, Underlying (non-GAAP) | F/D | 60.81 | 57.51 | |||
| Noninterest income as a % of total revenue, Underlying: | ||||||
| Noninterest income as a % of total revenue | A/C | 24.12 | % | 25.04 | % | |
| Noninterest income as a % of total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | B/D | 24.12 | 25.33 | |||
| Operating leverage and operating leverage, Underlying: | ||||||
| Increase in total revenue | 2.53 | % | 20.68 | % | ||
| Increase in noninterest expense | 12.58 | 19.88 | ||||
| Operating Leverage | (10.05) | % | 0.80 | % | ||
| Increase in total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | 2.13 | % | 21.15 | % | ||
| Increase in noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | 8.00 | 16.46 | ||||
| Operating Leverage, Underlying (non-GAAP) | (5.87) | % | 4.69 | % | ||
| Tangible book value per common share: | ||||||
| Common shares - at period end (GAAP) | S | 466,418,055 | 492,282,158 | |||
| Common stockholders’ equity (GAAP) | $22,329 | $21,676 | ||||
| Less: Goodwill (GAAP) | 8,188 | 8,173 | ||||
| Less: Other intangible assets (GAAP) | 157 | 197 | ||||
| Add: Deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill and other intangible assets (GAAP) | 433 | 422 | ||||
| Tangible common equity | T | $14,417 | $13,728 | |||
| Tangible book value per common share | T/S | $30.91 | $27.88 | |||
| Net income per average common share - basic and diluted and net income per average common share - basic and diluted, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average common shares outstanding - basic (GAAP) | U | 475,089,384 | 475,959,815 | |||
| Average common shares outstanding - diluted (GAAP) | V | 476,693,148 | 477,803,142 | |||
| Net income per average common share - basic (GAAP) | M/U | $3.14 | $4.12 | |||
| Net income per average common share - diluted (GAAP) | M/V | 3.13 | 4.10 | |||
| Net income per average common share-basic, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N/U | 3.89 | 4.86 | |||
| Net income per average common share-diluted, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N/V | 3.88 | 4.84 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 76 |
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (dollars in millions, except per share data) | Ref. | 2023 | 2022 | |||
| Dividend payout ratio and dividend payout ratio, Underlying: | ||||||
| Cash dividends declared and paid per common share | W | $1.68 | $1.62 | |||
| Dividend payout ratio | W/(M/U) | 54 | % | 39 | % | |
| Dividend payout ratio, Underlying (non-GAAP) | W/(N/U) | 43 | 33 |
FY 2022 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000759944-23-000029.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
| Page | ||
|---|---|---|
| Introduction | 39 | |
| Financial Performance | 40 | |
| Results of Operations - 2022 compared with 2021 | 41 | |
| Net Interest Income | 41 | |
| Noninterest Income | 44 | |
| Noninterest Expense | 44 | |
| Provision for Credit Losses | 45 | |
| Income Tax Expense | 45 | |
| Business Operating Segments | 45 | |
| Results of Operations - 2021 compared with 2020 | 46 | |
| Analysis of Financial Condition | 47 | |
| Securities | 47 | |
| Loans and Leases | 48 | |
| Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonaccrual Loans and Leases | 50 | |
| Deposits | 55 | |
| Borrowed Funds | 55 | |
| Capital and Regulatory Matters | 56 | |
| Liquidity | 59 | |
| Critical Accounting Estimates | 62 | |
| Accounting and Reporting Developments | 64 | |
| Risk Governance | 65 | |
| Market Risk | 67 | |
| Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliations | 76 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 38 |
INTRODUCTION
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. is one of the nation’s oldest and largest financial institutions, with $226.7 billion in assets as of December 31, 2022. Headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island, we offer a broad range of retail and commercial banking products and services to individuals, small businesses, middle-market companies, large corporations and institutions. We help our customers reach their potential by listening to them and by understanding their needs in order to offer tailored advice, ideas and solutions. In Consumer Banking, we provide an integrated experience that includes mobile and online banking, a full-service customer contact center and the convenience of approximately 3,400 ATMs and more than 1,100 branches in 14 states and the District of Columbia. Consumer Banking products and services include a full range of banking, lending, savings, wealth management and small business offerings. In Commercial Banking, we offer a broad complement of financial products and solutions, including lending and leasing, deposit and treasury management services, foreign exchange, interest rate and commodity risk management solutions, as well as loan syndication, corporate finance, merger and acquisition, and debt and equity capital markets capabilities. More information is available at www.citizensbank.com.
On February 18, 2022, CBNA completed the acquisition of the HSBC East Coast branches and national online deposit business. The transaction extends our physical presence and adds customers in several attractive markets, accelerating our national expansion strategy. The transaction includes 66 branches in the New York City metropolitan area, 9 branches in the Mid-Atlantic/Washington D.C. area, and 5 branches in Southeast Florida.
On April 6, 2022, Citizens completed the acquisition of all outstanding shares of Investors for a combination of stock and cash. The acquisition enhances Citizens’ banking franchise, adding an attractive middle market, small business and consumer customer base while building our physical presence in the Mid-Atlantic region with the addition of 154 branches located in the greater New York City and Philadelphia metropolitan areas and across New Jersey.
On June 8, 2022, Citizens completed the acquisition of DH Capital, a private investment banking firm serving companies in the internet infrastructure, software, IT services and communications sectors. This acquisition further strengthens our growing corporate advisory capabilities.
For additional information regarding these acquisitions see Note 2.
The following MD&A is intended to assist readers in their analysis of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and supplemental financial information. It should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, as well as other information contained in this document.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This document contains non-GAAP financial measures denoted as “Underlying” results. Underlying results for any given reporting period exclude certain items that may occur in that period which management does not consider indicative of our on-going financial performance. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors because they are used by management to evaluate our operating performance and make day-to-day operating decisions. In addition, we believe our Underlying results in any given reporting period reflect our on-going financial performance in that period and, accordingly, are useful to consider in addition to our GAAP financial results. We further believe the presentation of Underlying results increases comparability of period-to-period results.
Other companies may use similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures that are calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures. Accordingly, our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by such companies. We caution investors not to place undue reliance on such non-GAAP financial measures, but to consider them with the most directly comparable GAAP measures. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our results reported under GAAP.
Non-GAAP measures are denoted throughout our MD&A by the use of the term Underlying. Where there is a reference to these metrics in that paragraph, all measures that follow are on the same basis when applicable. For more information on the computation of non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 39 |
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Key Highlights
Net income decreased $246 million, with earnings per diluted common share down $1.06 to $4.10 compared to 2021.
Results reflect notable items of $352 million or $0.74 per diluted common share, net of tax benefit, compared to $78 million or $0.18 per diluted common share, net of tax benefit, in 2021.
| Table 1: Notable Items | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, 2022 | |||||||||
| Less: notable items | |||||||||
| (in millions) | Reported results (GAAP) | Integration related costs(1) | TOP and other(2) | Provision(3) | Underlying results (non-GAAP) | ||||
| Provision (benefit) for credit losses | $474 | $— | $— | $169 | $305 | ||||
| Noninterest income | 2,009 | (31) | — | — | 2,040 | ||||
| Noninterest expense | 4,892 | 213 | 49 | — | 4,630 | ||||
| Income tax expense | 582 | (58) | (9) | (43) | 692 |
| Year Ended December 31, 2021 | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Less: notable items | |||||||||
| (in millions) | Reported results (GAAP) | Integration related costs(1) | TOP and other(2) | Provision | Underlying results (non-GAAP) | ||||
| Provision (benefit) for credit losses | ($411) | $— | $— | $— | ($411) | ||||
| Noninterest income | 2,135 | — | — | — | 2,135 | ||||
| Noninterest expense | 4,081 | 35 | 70 | — | 3,976 | ||||
| Income tax expense | 658 | (9) | (18) | — | 685 |
(1) Includes integration related costs associated with acquisitions for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, and mark-to-market losses on loans acquired from Investors classified as LHFS for the year ended December 31, 2022.
(2) Includes our TOP transformational and revenue and efficiency initiatives for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, income tax impacts related to legacy tax matters for the year ended December 31, 2022, and a pension settlement charge and compensation-related credit for the year ended December 31, 2021.
(3) Includes the initial provision for credit losses of $169 million tied to the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition. As required by purchase accounting, a fair value mark for performing loans including both credit and interest rate components is recorded in addition to the provision for credit losses expense, thus the credit exposure has been “double counted”.
•Net income available to common stockholders decreased $246 million to $2.0 billion compared to 2021.
◦On an Underlying basis, which excludes notable items, net income available to common stockholders of $2.3 billion was stable compared to 2021.
◦On an Underlying basis, earnings per diluted common share of $4.84 compared to $5.34 in 2021, driven primarily by $305 million in provision expense in 2022 versus a $411 million provision benefit in 2021.
•Total revenue increased $1.4 billion to $8.0 billion compared to 2021, driven by an increase of 33% in net interest income, including the impacts of the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition.
•The efficiency ratio of 61.0% compared to 61.4% in 2021.
◦On an Underlying basis, the efficiency ratio of 57.5% compared to 59.8% in 2021.
•ROTCE of 13.9% compared to 15.4% in 2021.
◦On an Underlying basis, ROTCE of 16.4% compared to 16.0%.
•Tangible book value per common share of $27.88 decreased 19% from 2021.
For additional information regarding our financial performance, see “—Results of Operations — 2022 compared with 2021” included in this report.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 40 |
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — 2022 compared with 2021
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is our largest source of revenue and is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets (generally loans, leases and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (generally deposits and borrowed funds). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the difference between the effective yield on our average interest-earning assets and the effective cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. These factors are influenced by the pricing and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by external factors such as local economic conditions, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FRB and market interest rates. For further discussion, refer to “—Market Risk — Non-Trading Risk,” and “—Risk Governance.”
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 41 |
| Table 2: Major Components of Net Interest Income | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | Change | ||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | AverageBalances | Income/Expense | Yields/Rates | AverageBalances | Income/Expense | Yields/Rates | AverageBalances | Yields/ Rates (bps) | ||||||||||
| Assets | ||||||||||||||||||
| Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks | $6,195 | $128 | 2.04 | % | $11,762 | $16 | 0.13 | % | ($5,567) | 191 | bps | |||||||
| Taxable investment securities | 35,639 | 840 | 2.35 | 27,574 | 487 | 1.76 | 8,065 | 59 | ||||||||||
| Non-taxable investment securities | 3 | — | 2.33 | 3 | — | 2.60 | — | (27) | ||||||||||
| Total investment securities | 35,642 | 840 | 2.35 | 27,577 | 487 | 1.76 | 8,065 | 59 | ||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | 50,002 | 1,942 | 3.83 | 43,512 | 1,399 | 3.17 | 6,490 | 66 | ||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 24,746 | 1,026 | 4.09 | 14,515 | 380 | 2.58 | 10,231 | 151 | ||||||||||
| Leases | 1,521 | 46 | 3.00 | 1,742 | 49 | 2.79 | (221) | 21 | ||||||||||
| Total commercial | 76,269 | 3,014 | 3.90 | 59,769 | 1,828 | 3.02 | 16,500 | 88 | ||||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 27,759 | 876 | 3.16 | 20,636 | 613 | 2.97 | 7,123 | 19 | ||||||||||
| Home Equity | 13,057 | 555 | 4.25 | 11,901 | 370 | 3.11 | 1,156 | 114 | ||||||||||
| Automobile | 13,729 | 507 | 3.69 | 12,972 | 506 | 3.90 | 757 | (21) | ||||||||||
| Education | 13,047 | 560 | 4.29 | 12,666 | 536 | 4.23 | 381 | 6 | ||||||||||
| Other retail | 5,483 | 456 | 8.31 | 5,607 | 400 | 7.15 | (124) | 116 | ||||||||||
| Total retail | 73,075 | 2,954 | 4.04 | 63,782 | 2,425 | 3.80 | 9,293 | 24 | ||||||||||
| Total loans and leases | 149,344 | 5,968 | 3.97 | 123,551 | 4,253 | 3.42 | 25,793 | 55 | ||||||||||
| Loans held for sale, at fair value | 1,767 | 67 | 3.77 | 3,359 | 82 | 2.45 | (1,592) | 132 | ||||||||||
| Other loans held for sale | 1,188 | 57 | 4.71 | 262 | 13 | 4.87 | 926 | (16) | ||||||||||
| Interest-earning assets | 194,136 | 7,060 | 3.61 | 166,511 | 4,851 | 2.90 | 27,625 | 71 | ||||||||||
| Noninterest-earning assets | 20,925 | 18,595 | 2,330 | |||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $215,061 | $185,106 | $29,955 | |||||||||||||||
| Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||||||||||||
| Checking with interest | $36,127 | $142 | 0.39 | % | $27,365 | $24 | 0.09 | % | $8,762 | 30 | ||||||||
| Money market | 48,410 | 320 | 0.66 | 49,148 | 78 | 0.16 | (738) | 50 | ||||||||||
| Savings | 27,524 | 100 | 0.37 | 20,276 | 19 | 0.10 | 7,248 | 27 | ||||||||||
| Term | 8,330 | 89 | 1.07 | 6,802 | 39 | 0.58 | 1,528 | 49 | ||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 120,391 | 651 | 0.54 | 103,591 | 160 | 0.15 | 16,800 | 39 | ||||||||||
| Short-term borrowed funds | 1,584 | 23 | 1.47 | 66 | 1 | 1.13 | 1,518 | 34 | ||||||||||
| Long-term borrowed funds | 12,078 | 374 | 3.07 | 7,412 | 178 | 2.39 | 4,666 | 68 | ||||||||||
| Total borrowed funds | 13,662 | 397 | 2.88 | 7,478 | 179 | 2.38 | 6,184 | 50 | ||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing liabilities | 134,053 | 1,048 | 0.78 | 111,069 | 339 | 0.30 | 22,984 | 48 | ||||||||||
| Demand deposits | 51,717 | 46,898 | 4,819 | |||||||||||||||
| Other noninterest-bearing liabilities | 5,553 | 4,105 | 1,448 | |||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | 191,323 | 162,072 | 29,251 | |||||||||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity | 23,738 | 23,034 | 704 | |||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $215,061 | $185,106 | $29,955 | |||||||||||||||
| Interest rate spread | 2.83 | % | 2.60 | % | 23 | |||||||||||||
| Net interest income and net interest margin | $6,012 | 3.10 | % | $4,512 | 2.71 | % | 39 | |||||||||||
| Net interest income and net interest margin, FTE(1) | $6,023 | 3.10 | % | $4,521 | 2.72 | % | 38 | |||||||||||
| Memo: Total deposits (interest-bearing and demand) | $172,108 | $651 | 0.38 | % | $150,489 | $160 | 0.11 | % | $21,619 | 27 |
(1) Net interest income and net interest margin is presented on a FTE basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 21%. The FTE impact is predominantly attributable to commercial and industrial loans for the periods presented.
Net interest income increased $1.5 billion, or 33%, compared to 2021, reflecting growth of 17% in interest-earning assets, driven by the impacts of the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition, and higher net interest margin.
Net interest margin on a FTE basis increased 38 basis points to 3.10% compared to 2021, reflecting higher earning-asset yields given higher market interest rates, partially offset by increased funding costs. Average interest-earning asset yields increased 71 basis points to 3.61%, while average interest-bearing liability costs increased 48 basis points to 0.78% compared to 2021.
Average interest-earning assets increased $27.6 billion, or 17%, compared to 2021. Interest earning assets increased, reflecting the impacts of the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition. Growth in commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, residential mortgage, home equity, and investments was partially offset by a decrease in cash held in interest-bearing deposits reflecting the deployment of elevated liquidity.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 42 |
Average deposits increased $21.6 billion, or 14%, compared to 2021, primarily attributable to the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition.
Average total borrowed funds increased $6.2 billion compared to 2021, given an increase in long-term and short-term FHLB borrowings driven by advances acquired from Investors and the funding of loan and security growth, partially offset by a decrease in senior debt.
| Table 3: Changes in Net Interest Income Due to Average Volume and Average Rate | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||
| 2022 Versus 2021 | |||||
| (in millions) | Average Volume(1) | Average Rate(1) | Net Change | ||
| Interest Income | |||||
| Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks | ($7) | $119 | $112 | ||
| Taxable investment securities | 142 | 211 | 353 | ||
| Total investment securities | 142 | 211 | 353 | ||
| Commercial and industrial | 203 | 340 | 543 | ||
| Commercial real estate | 265 | 381 | 646 | ||
| Leases | (6) | 3 | (3) | ||
| Total commercial | 462 | 724 | 1,186 | ||
| Residential mortgages | 212 | 51 | 263 | ||
| Home Equity | 36 | 149 | 185 | ||
| Automobile | 29 | (28) | 1 | ||
| Education | 16 | 8 | 24 | ||
| Other retail | (8) | 64 | 56 | ||
| Total retail | 285 | 244 | 529 | ||
| Total loans and leases | 747 | 968 | 1,715 | ||
| Loans held for sale, at fair value | (38) | 23 | (15) | ||
| Other loans held for sale | 46 | (2) | 44 | ||
| Total interest income | $890 | $1,319 | $2,209 | ||
| Interest Expense | |||||
| Checking with interest | $8 | $110 | $118 | ||
| Money market | (2) | 244 | 242 | ||
| Savings | 7 | 74 | 81 | ||
| Term | 9 | 41 | 50 | ||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 22 | 469 | 491 | ||
| Short-term borrowed funds | 17 | 5 | 22 | ||
| Long-term borrowed funds | 40 | 156 | 196 | ||
| Total borrowed funds | 57 | 161 | 218 | ||
| Total interest expense | 79 | 630 | 709 | ||
| Net interest income | $811 | $689 | $1,500 |
(1) Volume and rate changes have been allocated on a consistent basis using the respective percentage changes in average balances and average rates.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 43 |
Noninterest Income
| Table 4: Noninterest Income | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Service charges and fees | $420 | $409 | $11 | 3 | % | ||||||
| Capital markets fees | 368 | 428 | (60) | (14) | |||||||
| Card fees | 273 | 250 | 23 | 9 | |||||||
| Mortgage banking fees | 261 | 434 | (173) | (40) | |||||||
| Trust and investment services fees | 249 | 239 | 10 | 4 | |||||||
| Foreign exchange and derivative products | 188 | 120 | 68 | 57 | |||||||
| Letter of credit and loan fees | 159 | 156 | 3 | 2 | |||||||
| Securities gains, net | 9 | 10 | (1) | (10) | |||||||
| Other income(1) | 82 | 89 | (7) | (8) | |||||||
| Noninterest income | $2,009 | $2,135 | ($126) | (6 | %) |
(1) Includes bank-owned life insurance income and other income for all periods presented.
Noninterest income decreased $126 million, or 6%, compared to 2021, highlighted by the following significant changes.
•Mortgage banking fees declined given lower production volumes and gain-on-sale margins, partially offset by higher servicing revenue.
•Foreign exchange and derivative products revenue increased reflecting growth in client hedging activity across foreign exchange, interest rate and commodity products.
•Capital markets fees decreased reflecting lower underwriting, merger and acquisition advisory, and loan syndication fees given challenging market conditions.
•Card fees increased driven by higher debit and credit card volumes.
•Trust and investment services fees increased driven by higher annuity fees.
•Other income declined driven by $31 million of mark-to-market losses on loans acquired from Investors classified as LHFS, partially offset by higher bank-owned life insurance and leasing income.
Noninterest Expense
| Table 5: Noninterest Expense | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Salaries and employee benefits | $2,549 | $2,132 | $417 | 20 | % | ||||||
| Outside services | 700 | 595 | 105 | 18 | |||||||
| Equipment and software | 648 | 610 | 38 | 6 | |||||||
| Occupancy | 410 | 333 | 77 | 23 | |||||||
| Other operating expense | 585 | 411 | 174 | 42 | |||||||
| Noninterest expense | $4,892 | $4,081 | $811 | 20 | % |
Noninterest expense increased $811 million, or 20%, compared to 2021, driven primarily by acquisition and integration-related costs, higher salaries and employee benefits and other operating expense associated with FDIC insurance, travel and advertising costs, partially offset by the benefit of efficiency initiatives.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 44 |
Provision for Credit Losses
The provision for credit losses is the result of a detailed analysis performed to estimate our ACL. The total provision for credit losses includes the provision for loan and lease losses and the provision for unfunded commitments. Refer to “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonaccrual Loans and Leases” for more information.
The credit provision expense of $474 million for 2022 includes the “double count” for the non-PCD loan CECL provision expense of $169 million tied to the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition and compares to a credit provision benefit of $411 million for 2021. In addition to the purchase accounting impacts from the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition, the provision expense for 2022 reflected deterioration in the forecasted macroeconomic environment, including an increased risk of recession. The credit provision benefit for 2021 reflected the strong economic recovery driven by highly accommodative fiscal and monetary policies in place during that time.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense of $582 million decreased $76 million compared to 2021. The effective income tax rate of 21.9% decreased from 22.1% compared to 2021, primarily driven by an increase in benefits from tax-advantaged investments, bank-owned life insurance, and other tax credits, partially offset by impacts from the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition.
Business Operating Segments
We have two business operating segments: Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. Segment results are determined based on our management reporting system, which assigns balance sheet and statement of operations items to each of the business segments. The process is designed around our organizational and management structure. The results derived are not necessarily comparable with similar information published by other financial institutions.
Developing and applying methodologies used to allocate items among the business operating segments is a dynamic process. Accordingly, financial results may be revised periodically as management systems are enhanced, methods of evaluating performance or product lines are updated, or our organizational structure changes.
For more information regarding our business operating segments see Note 26.
The following table presents certain financial data of our business operating segments. Total business operating segment financial results differ from total consolidated financial results. These differences are reflected in Other non-segment operations.
| Table 6: Selected Financial Data for Business Operating Segments | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consumer Banking | Commercial Banking | |||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, | Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||
| (in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||
| Net interest income | $4,043 | $3,562 | $2,103 | $1,706 | ||||||
| Noninterest income | 1,063 | 1,223 | 845 | 809 | ||||||
| Total revenue | 5,106 | 4,785 | 2,948 | 2,515 | ||||||
| Noninterest expense | 3,391 | 2,987 | 1,223 | 973 | ||||||
| Profit before credit losses | 1,715 | 1,798 | 1,725 | 1,542 | ||||||
| Net charge-offs | 226 | 185 | 46 | 156 | ||||||
| Income before income tax expense | 1,489 | 1,613 | 1,679 | 1,386 | ||||||
| Income tax expense | 381 | 410 | 375 | 300 | ||||||
| Net income | $1,108 | $1,203 | $1,304 | $1,086 | ||||||
| Average Balances: | ||||||||||
| Total assets | $86,147 | $75,509 | $74,919 | $57,617 | ||||||
| Total loans and leases(1) | 80,572 | 71,126 | 70,992 | 54,734 | ||||||
| Deposits | 114,482 | 100,195 | 49,898 | 44,747 | ||||||
| Interest-earning assets | 81,338 | 72,034 | 71,276 | 55,096 |
(1) Includes LHFS.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 45 |
Consumer Banking
Net interest income increased $481 million, or 14%, compared to 2021, driven by higher net interest margin and growth in average interest-earning assets, including the impacts of the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in PPP loans and higher funding costs. Average loans increased $9.4 billion, or 13%, compared to 2021, reflecting the impacts of the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition, as well as strength in mortgage and home equity. This increase was partially offset by a decline in PPP loans and planned runoff in auto and personal unsecured installment loans. Average deposits increased $14.3 billion, or 14%, compared to 2021, reflecting the impacts of the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition.
Noninterest income decreased $160 million, or 13%, compared to 2021, driven by lower mortgage banking fees reflecting lower gain-on-sale margins and production volumes, partially offset by higher servicing revenue. This decrease was partially offset by higher card fees given higher transaction volumes, and higher trust and investment services fees given higher annuity fees.
Noninterest expense increased $404 million, or 14%, compared to 2021, driven primarily by acquisition impacts, higher salaries and employee benefits and other operating expense associated with FDIC insurance, travel and advertising costs, partially offset by the benefit of efficiency initiatives
Net charge-offs increased $41 million, or 22%, compared to 2021, reflecting the normalization of the credit cycle.
Commercial Banking
Net interest income increased $397 million, or 23%, compared to 2021, driven by higher net interest margin and growth in average interest-earning assets, including the impact of the Investors acquisition. This increase was partially offset by higher funding costs.
Noninterest income increased $36 million, or 4%, compared to 2021, driven by higher foreign exchange and derivative products revenue reflecting growth in client hedging activity across foreign exchange, interest rate and commodity products, higher service charges and fees reflecting the benefit of acquisitions, and higher card fees given higher transaction volumes. This increase was partially offset by lower capital markets fees reflecting lower underwriting, merger and acquisition advisory, and loan syndication fees given challenging market conditions.
Noninterest expense increased $250 million, or 26%, compared to 2021, driven primarily by acquisition impacts, higher salaries and employee benefits and other operating expense associated with FDIC insurance, travel and advertising costs, partially offset by the benefit of efficiency initiatives.
Net charge-offs decreased $110 million, or 71%, compared to 2021, as credit performance remained strong.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — 2021 compared with 2020
For a description of our results of operations for 2021, see the “Results of Operations — 2021 compared with 2020” section of Item 7 in our 2021 Form 10-K.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 46 |
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
Securities
| Table 7: Amortized Cost and Fair Value of AFS and HTM Securities | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | |||||||
| (in millions) | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | ||||
| U.S. Treasury and other | $3,678 | $3,486 | $11 | $11 | ||||
| State and political subdivisions | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | ||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | 21,250 | 19,062 | 24,607 | 24,442 | ||||
| Other/non-agency | 280 | 251 | 397 | 405 | ||||
| Total mortgage-backed securities | 21,530 | 19,313 | 25,004 | 24,847 | ||||
| Collateralized loan obligations | 1,248 | 1,206 | 1,208 | 1,207 | ||||
| Total debt securities available for sale, at fair value | $26,458 | $24,007 | $26,225 | $26,067 | ||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | $9,253 | $8,506 | $1,505 | $1,557 | ||||
| Total mortgage-backed securities | 9,253 | 8,506 | 1,505 | 1,557 | ||||
| Asset-backed securities | 581 | 536 | 737 | 732 | ||||
| Total debt securities held to maturity | $9,834 | $9,042 | $2,242 | $2,289 | ||||
| Total debt securities available for sale and held to maturity | $36,292 | $33,049 | $28,467 | $28,356 | ||||
| Equity securities, at cost | $1,058 | $1,058 | $624 | $624 | ||||
| Equity securities, at fair value | 153 | 153 | 109 | 109 |
Our securities portfolio is managed to maintain prudent levels of liquidity, credit quality, and market risk while achieving returns that align with our overall portfolio management strategy. The portfolio primarily includes high quality, highly liquid investments reflecting our ongoing commitment to maintain strong contingent liquidity levels and pledging capacity. As of December 31, 2022, U.S. government-guaranteed notes and GSE-issued mortgage-backed securities represent 94% of the fair value of our debt securities portfolio holdings. Holdings backed by mortgages dominate our portfolio and facilitate our ability to pledge those securities to the FHLB for collateral purposes.
The fair value of the debt securities portfolio increased $4.7 billion from December 31, 2021, driven in large part by the Investors acquisition as well as net securities purchases.
The amortized cost basis of the HTM portfolio increased $7.6 billion due to the transfer of $8.5 billion from the AFS portfolio during 2022, offset in part by paydowns. The ratio of HTM securities to total securities increased to 29% as of December 31, 2022.
We manage our securities portfolio duration and convexity risk through asset selection and securities structure, and maintain duration levels within our risk appetite in the context of the broader interest rate risk framework and limits. As of December 31, 2022, the portfolio’s average effective duration was 5.8 years compared to 4.3 years as of December 31, 2021, as higher long-term rates drove a decrease in both actual and projected securities prepayment speeds.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 47 |
| Table 8: Amortized Cost of AFS and HTM Securities by Contractual Maturity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| As of December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Distribution of Maturities(1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 Year or Less | After 1 Year Through 5 Years | After 5 Years Through 10 Years | After 10 Years | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | ||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and other | $— | — | % | $2,114 | 2.44 | % | $1,564 | 2.76 | % | $— | — | % | $3,678 | 2.58 | % | |||||||||
| State and political subdivisions | — | 5.25 | — | — | — | — | 2 | 2.60 | 2 | 2.68 | ||||||||||||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | 1 | 1.98 | 1,149 | 3.16 | 2,889 | 2.98 | 17,211 | 2.87 | 21,250 | 2.90 | ||||||||||||||
| Other/non-agency | — | — | — | — | — | — | 280 | 2.60 | 280 | 2.60 | ||||||||||||||
| Collateralized loan obligations | — | — | — | — | 24 | 5.79 | 1,224 | 5.43 | 1,248 | 5.44 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities available for sale | 1 | 2.10 | 3,263 | 2.70 | 4,477 | 2.92 | 18,717 | 3.03 | 26,458 | 2.97 | ||||||||||||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | — | — | — | — | — | — | 9,253 | 2.33 | 9,253 | 2.33 | ||||||||||||||
| Asset-backed securities | — | — | 581 | 3.80 | — | — | — | — | 581 | 3.80 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities held to maturity | — | — | 581 | 3.80 | — | — | 9,253 | 2.33 | 9,834 | 2.44 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities | $1 | 2.10 | % | $3,844 | 2.86 | % | $4,477 | 2.92 | % | $27,970 | 2.80 | % | $36,292 | 2.82 | % |
(1) Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without incurring penalties.
(2) The weighted-average yield is computed based on a constant effective interest rate over the contractual life of each security and considers the contractual
coupon, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Yields exclude the impact of related hedging derivatives.
Loans and Leases
| Table 9: Composition of Loans and Leases, Excluding LHFS | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $51,836 | $44,500 | $7,336 | 16 | % | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | 28,865 | 14,264 | 14,601 | 102 | |||||||
| Leases | 1,479 | 1,586 | (107) | (7) | |||||||
| Total commercial | 82,180 | 60,350 | 21,830 | 36 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 29,921 | 22,822 | 7,099 | 31 | |||||||
| Home equity | 14,043 | 12,015 | 2,028 | 17 | |||||||
| Automobile | 12,292 | 14,549 | (2,257) | (16) | |||||||
| Education | 12,808 | 12,997 | (189) | (1) | |||||||
| Other retail | 5,418 | 5,430 | (12) | — | |||||||
| Total retail | 74,482 | 67,813 | 6,669 | 10 | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $156,662 | $128,163 | $28,499 | 22 | % |
Total loans and leases increased $28.5 billion from $128.2 billion as of December 31, 2021, primarily driven by the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition, resulting in growth in commercial and retail of 36% and 10%, respectively.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 48 |
| Table 10: Fixed and Variable Rate Loans and Leases by Maturity | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | |||||||||
| (in millions) | 1 Year or Less | After 1 Year Through 5 Years | After 5 Years Through 15 Years | After 15 Years | Total Loans and Leases | ||||
| Fixed rate: | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $153 | $1,858 | $1,728 | $77 | $3,816 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 275 | 1,702 | 4,921 | 51 | 6,949 | ||||
| Leases | 230 | 720 | 478 | — | 1,428 | ||||
| Total commercial fixed rate | 658 | 4,280 | 7,127 | 128 | 12,193 | ||||
| Variable rate: | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | 7,499 | 34,748 | 5,693 | 80 | 48,020 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 5,111 | 11,848 | 4,777 | 180 | 21,916 | ||||
| Leases | 5 | 46 | — | — | 51 | ||||
| Total commercial variable rate(1) | 12,615 | 46,642 | 10,470 | 260 | 69,987 | ||||
| Total commercial | 13,273 | 50,922 | 17,597 | 388 | 82,180 | ||||
| Fixed rate: | |||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 1,245 | 138 | 1,640 | 17,258 | 20,281 | ||||
| Home equity | 73 | 52 | 268 | 160 | 553 | ||||
| Automobile | 440 | 7,514 | 4,338 | — | 12,292 | ||||
| Education | 192 | 1,054 | 7,061 | 3,187 | 11,494 | ||||
| Other retail | 1,139 | 1,486 | 11 | 239 | 2,875 | ||||
| Total retail fixed rate | 3,089 | 10,244 | 13,318 | 20,844 | 47,495 | ||||
| Variable rate: | |||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 1 | 6 | 161 | 9,472 | 9,640 | ||||
| Home equity | 250 | 9 | 875 | 12,356 | 13,490 | ||||
| Automobile | — | — | — | — | — | ||||
| Education | 6 | 244 | 876 | 188 | 1,314 | ||||
| Other retail | 2,541 | 2 | — | — | 2,543 | ||||
| Total retail variable rate | 2,798 | 261 | 1,912 | 22,016 | 26,987 | ||||
| Total retail | 5,887 | 10,505 | 15,230 | 42,860 | 74,482 | ||||
| Total loans and leases | $19,160 | $61,427 | $32,827 | $43,248 | $156,662 |
(1) Includes $31.3 billion of floating-rate commercial loans hedged to fixed rate to manage our exposure to the variability in interest cash flows.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 49 |
Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
The ACL is a reserve to absorb estimated future credit losses in accordance with GAAP. For additional information regarding the ACL, see “Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses” and Note 6.
The ACL of $2.2 billion at December 31, 2022 compared with an ACL of $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2021, reflecting a reserve increase of $306 million. For further information see Note 6.
| Table 11: Allocation of the ALLL | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $581 | 33 | % | $555 | 35 | % | |||
| Commercial real estate | 456 | 18 | 220 | 11 | |||||
| Leases | 23 | 1 | 46 | 1 | |||||
| Total commercial | 1,060 | 52 | 821 | 47 | |||||
| Residential mortgages | 207 | 19 | 144 | 18 | |||||
| Home equity | 89 | 9 | 82 | 9 | |||||
| Automobile | 131 | 8 | 154 | 12 | |||||
| Education | 268 | 8 | 308 | 10 | |||||
| Other retail | 228 | 4 | 249 | 4 | |||||
| Total retail | 923 | 48 | 937 | 53 | |||||
| Total loans and leases | $1,983 | 100 | % | $1,758 | 100 | % |
| Table 12: ACL and Related Coverage Ratios by Portfolio | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Loans and Leases | Allowance | Coverage | Loans and Leases | Allowance | Coverage | |||||||
| Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses | |||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $51,836 | $581 | 1.12 | % | $44,500 | $555 | 1.25 | % | |||||
| Commercial real estate | 28,865 | 456 | 1.58 | 14,264 | 220 | 1.54 | |||||||
| Leases | 1,479 | 23 | 1.59 | 1,586 | 46 | 2.92 | |||||||
| Total commercial | 82,180 | 1,060 | 1.29 | 60,350 | 821 | 1.36 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 29,921 | 207 | 0.69 | 22,822 | 144 | 0.63 | |||||||
| Home equity | 14,043 | 89 | 0.63 | 12,015 | 82 | 0.69 | |||||||
| Automobile | 12,292 | 131 | 1.07 | 14,549 | 154 | 1.05 | |||||||
| Education | 12,808 | 268 | 2.09 | 12,997 | 308 | 2.37 | |||||||
| Other retail | 5,418 | 228 | 4.21 | 5,430 | 249 | 4.59 | |||||||
| Total retail | 74,482 | 923 | 1.24 | 67,813 | 937 | 1.38 | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $156,662 | $1,983 | 1.27 | % | $128,163 | $1,758 | 1.37 | % | |||||
| Allowance for Unfunded Lending Commitments | |||||||||||||
| Commercial(1) | $207 | 1.54 | % | $153 | 1.61 | % | |||||||
| Retail(2) | 50 | 1.31 | 23 | 1.42 | |||||||||
| Total allowance for unfunded lending commitments | 257 | 176 | |||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses | $156,662 | $2,240 | 1.43 | % | $128,163 | $1,934 | 1.51 | % |
(1) Coverage ratio includes total commercial allowance for unfunded lending commitments and total commercial allowance for loan and lease losses in the numerator and total commercial loans and leases in the denominator.
(2) Coverage ratio includes total retail allowance for unfunded lending commitments and total retail allowance for loan losses in the numerator and total retail loans in the denominator.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 50 |
| Table 13: Nonaccrual Loans and Leases | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $249 | $171 | $78 | 46 | % | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | 103 | 11 | 92 | NM | |||||||
| Leases | — | 1 | (1) | (100) | |||||||
| Total commercial | 352 | 183 | 169 | 92 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages(1) | 234 | 201 | 33 | 16 | |||||||
| Home equity | 241 | 220 | 21 | 10 | |||||||
| Automobile | 56 | 55 | 1 | 2 | |||||||
| Education | 33 | 23 | 10 | 43 | |||||||
| Other retail | 28 | 20 | 8 | 40 | |||||||
| Total retail | 592 | 519 | 73 | 14 | |||||||
| Nonaccrual loans and leases | $944 | $702 | $242 | 34 | % | ||||||
| Nonaccrual loans and leases to total loans and leases | 0.60 | % | 0.55 | % | 5 | bps | |||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonaccrual loans and leases | 210 | 251 | (41 | %) | |||||||
| Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans and leases | 237 | 276 | (39 | %) |
(1) Loans fully or partially guaranteed by the FHA, VA or USDA are classified as accruing.
| Table 14: Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans and Leases | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Net Charge-Offs | Average Balance | Ratio | Net Charge-Offs | Average Balance | Ratio | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $51 | $50,002 | 0.10 | % | $124 | $43,512 | 0.28 | % | |||||
| Commercial real estate | 1 | 24,746 | — | 22 | 14,515 | 0.15 | |||||||
| Leases | — | 1,521 | (0.03) | 18 | 1,742 | 1.06 | |||||||
| Total commercial | 52 | 76,269 | 0.07 | 164 | 59,769 | 0.27 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | (1) | 27,759 | — | (3) | 20,636 | (0.01) | |||||||
| Home equity | (28) | 13,057 | (0.22) | (42) | 11,901 | (0.35) | |||||||
| Automobile | 36 | 13,729 | 0.26 | 16 | 12,972 | 0.12 | |||||||
| Education | 59 | 13,047 | 0.45 | 50 | 12,666 | 0.39 | |||||||
| Other retail | 152 | 5,483 | 2.77 | 140 | 5,607 | 2.49 | |||||||
| Total retail | 218 | 73,075 | 0.30 | 161 | 63,782 | 0.25 | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $270 | $149,344 | 0.18 | % | $325 | $123,551 | 0.26 | % |
The NCO ratio decreased 8 basis points compared to 2021.
The retail NCO ratio remained relatively flat compared to 2021. The commercial NCO ratio decreased compared to 2021, as credit performance remained strong.
Commercial Loan Asset Quality
Our commercial portfolio consists of traditional commercial and industrial loans, commercial leases and commercial real estate loans. The portfolio is predominantly focused on customers in our footprint and adjacent states in which we have a physical presence where our local delivery model provides for strong client connectivity. Additionally, we do business in certain specialized industry sectors on a national basis.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 51 |
We utilize regulatory classification ratings to monitor credit quality for commercial loans and leases. For more information on regulatory classification ratings see Note 6. The amortized cost basis of commercial loans and leases based on regulatory classification ratings is presented below:
| Table 15: Commercial Loans and Leases by Regulatory Classification | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | |||||||||
| Criticized | |||||||||
| (in millions) | Pass | Special Mention | Substandard | Doubtful | Total | ||||
| Commercial and industrial | $48,716 | $1,072 | $1,885 | $163 | $51,836 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 26,486 | 887 | 1,425 | 67 | 28,865 | ||||
| Leases | 1,448 | 21 | 10 | — | 1,479 | ||||
| Total commercial | $76,650 | $1,980 | $3,320 | $230 | $82,180 |
| December 31, 2021 | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Criticized | |||||||||
| (in millions) | Pass | Special Mention | Substandard | Doubtful | Total | ||||
| Commercial and industrial | $42,254 | $809 | $1,294 | $143 | $44,500 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 13,319 | 406 | 528 | 11 | 14,264 | ||||
| Leases | 1,512 | 49 | 24 | 1 | 1,586 | ||||
| Total commercial | $57,085 | $1,264 | $1,846 | $155 | $60,350 |
Total commercial criticized balances of $5.5 billion at December 31, 2022 increased $2.3 billion compared with December 31, 2021. Commercial criticized as a percent of total commercial of 6.7% at December 31, 2022 increased from 5.4% at December 31, 2021.
Commercial and industrial criticized balances of $3.1 billion at December 31, 2022 increased from $2.2 billion at December 31, 2021, driven by the Investors acquisition, and the impact of the macroeconomic environment and interest rates. Commercial and industrial criticized as a percent of total commercial and industrial was 6.0% at December 31, 2022 and 5.0% at December 31, 2021. Commercial and industrial criticized loans represented 57% of total criticized loans at December 31, 2022 compared to 69% at December 31, 2021.
Commercial real estate criticized balances of $2.4 billion increased from $945 million at December 31, 2021, driven by the Investors acquisition, and the impacts of interest rates and return-to-office dynamics on the Office sector. Commercial real estate criticized as a percent of total commercial real estate increased to 8.2% at December 31, 2022 from 6.6% at December 31, 2021. Commercial real estate accounted for 43% of total criticized loans at December 31, 2022, compared to 29% at December 31, 2021.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 52 |
| Table 16: Commercial Loans and Leases | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Balance | % of Total Loans and Leases | Balance | % of Total Loans and Leases | |||||
| Sector | |||||||||
| Finance and insurance | |||||||||
| Capital call facilities | $6,753 | 4 | % | $5,633 | 4 | % | |||
| Other | 5,310 | 3 | 3,668 | 3 | |||||
| Other manufacturing | 4,474 | 3 | 4,087 | 3 | |||||
| Technology | 4,367 | 3 | 4,220 | 3 | |||||
| Accommodation and food services | 3,572 | 2 | 3,438 | 3 | |||||
| Health, pharma, and social assistance | 3,056 | 2 | 2,912 | 2 | |||||
| Professional, scientific, and technical services | 3,067 | 2 | 2,665 | 2 | |||||
| Wholesale trade | 2,955 | 2 | 2,358 | 2 | |||||
| Retail trade | 2,391 | 2 | 2,237 | 2 | |||||
| Other services | 2,713 | 2 | 2,051 | 2 | |||||
| Energy and related | 2,299 | 1 | 2,017 | 2 | |||||
| Real estate and rental and leasing | 1,542 | 1 | 739 | — | |||||
| Consumer products manufacturing | 1,511 | 1 | 1,192 | 1 | |||||
| Administrative and waste management services | 1,710 | 1 | 1,396 | 1 | |||||
| Arts, entertainment, and recreation | 1,587 | 1 | 1,189 | 1 | |||||
| Automotive | 1,316 | 1 | 1,172 | 1 | |||||
| All other(1) | 3,091 | 2 | 2,739 | 2 | |||||
| Total commercial and industrial | 51,715 | 33 | 43,713 | 34 | |||||
| Property type | |||||||||
| Multi-family | 8,696 | 6 | 2,253 | 2 | |||||
| Office | 6,253 | 4 | 5,234 | 4 | |||||
| Retail | 3,208 | 2 | 1,433 | 1 | |||||
| Industrial | 3,344 | 2 | 1,753 | 1 | |||||
| Co-op | 1,824 | 1 | — | — | |||||
| Data centers | 870 | 1 | 204 | — | |||||
| Hospitality | 638 | — | 471 | — | |||||
| All other(1) | 4,032 | 2 | 2,916 | 3 | |||||
| Total commercial real estate | 28,865 | 18 | 14,264 | 11 | |||||
| Total leases | 1,479 | 1 | 1,586 | 1 | |||||
| Total commercial(2) | $82,059 | 52 | % | $59,563 | 46 | % |
(1) Includes deferred fees and costs.
(2) Excludes PPP loans of $121 million and $787 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Retail Loan Asset Quality
We utilize credit scores provided by FICO, which are generally refreshed on a quarterly basis, and payment and delinquency status to monitor credit quality for retail loans. Management believes FICO credit scores are the strongest indicator of potential credit losses over the contractual life of the loan. These scores represent current and historical national industry-wide consumer level credit performance data, which management considers to predict a borrower’s future payment performance. The largest portion of the retail portfolio is represented by borrowers located in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions. However, we do lend selectively in areas outside the footprint, primarily in automobile finance and education lending.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 53 |
| Table 17: Retail Loan Portfolio Analysis | |||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Days Past Due and Accruing | Days Past Due and Accruing | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Current | 30-59 | 60-89 | 90+ | Nonaccrual | Current | 30-59 | 60-89 | 90+ | Nonaccrual | ||||||||||||
| Residential mortgages(1) | 97.68 | % | 0.32 | % | 0.15 | % | 1.07 | % | 0.78 | % | 96.03 | % | 0.45 | % | 0.23 | % | 2.41 | % | 0.88 | % | |
| Home equity | 97.68 | 0.46 | 0.14 | — | 1.72 | 97.75 | 0.32 | 0.10 | — | 1.83 | |||||||||||
| Automobile | 97.93 | 1.24 | 0.37 | — | 0.46 | 98.45 | 0.90 | 0.27 | — | 0.38 | |||||||||||
| Education | 99.30 | 0.28 | 0.13 | 0.03 | 0.26 | 99.45 | 0.26 | 0.10 | 0.01 | 0.18 | |||||||||||
| Other retail | 97.71 | 0.81 | 0.55 | 0.41 | 0.52 | 98.18 | 0.74 | 0.42 | 0.29 | 0.37 | |||||||||||
| Total retail | 98.02 | % | 0.52 | % | 0.21 | % | 0.46 | % | 0.79 | % | 97.69 | % | 0.51 | % | 0.20 | % | 0.83 | % | 0.77 | % |
(1) 90+ days past due and accruing includes $316 million and $544 million of loans fully or partially guaranteed by the FHA, VA, and USDA at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
For more information on the aging of accruing and nonaccrual retail loans see Note 6.
| Table 18: Retail Asset Quality Metrics | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | ||||
| Average refreshed FICO for total portfolio | 770 | 768 | |||
| CLTV ratio for secured real estate(1) | 50 | % | 56 | % | |
| Nonaccrual retail loans as a percentage of total retail | 0.79 | % | 0.77 | % |
(1) The real estate secured portfolio CLTV is calculated as the mortgage and second lien loan balance divided by the most recently available value of the property.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
In the first quarter of 2020, the CARES Act and interagency guidance exempted from TDR classification COVID-related modified retail and commercial loans that met certain eligibility criteria. While relief provisions under the CARES Act expired on December 31, 2021, we generally do not consider loans that were modified before January 1, 2022 that met eligibility criteria under the CARES Act to be TDRs.
For additional information regarding TDRs see Note 6.
| Table 19: Accruing and Nonaccrual Troubled Debt Restructurings | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||
| As a % of Accruing TDRs | |||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Accruing | 30-89 Days Past Due | 90+ Days Past Due | Nonaccrual | Total | ||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $130 | 0.8 | % | — | % | $116 | $246 | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | — | — | — | 10 | 10 | ||||||||
| Total commercial | 130 | 0.8 | — | 126 | 256 | ||||||||
| Residential mortgages(1) | 575 | 3.9 | 14.9 | 73 | 648 | ||||||||
| Home equity | 154 | 0.2 | — | 78 | 232 | ||||||||
| Automobile | 6 | 0.1 | — | 9 | 15 | ||||||||
| Education | 99 | 0.4 | 0.3 | 21 | 120 | ||||||||
| Other retail | 17 | 0.2 | — | 2 | 19 | ||||||||
| Total retail | 851 | 4.8 | 15.2 | 183 | 1,034 | ||||||||
| Total | $981 | 5.6 | % | 15.2 | % | $309 | $1,290 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 54 |
| December 31, 2021 | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| As a % of Accruing TDRs | |||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Accruing | 30-89 Days Past Due | 90+ Days Past Due | Nonaccrual | Total | ||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $196 | — | % | — | % | $74 | $270 | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | 1 | — | — | 9 | 10 | ||||||||
| Total commercial | 197 | — | — | 83 | 280 | ||||||||
| Residential mortgages(1) | 295 | 2.9 | 12.0 | 42 | 337 | ||||||||
| Home equity loans | 183 | 0.6 | — | 74 | 257 | ||||||||
| Automobile | 8 | 0.2 | — | 22 | 30 | ||||||||
| Education | 112 | 0.5 | 0.1 | 11 | 123 | ||||||||
| Other retail | 20 | 0.2 | — | 2 | 22 | ||||||||
| Total retail | 618 | 4.5 | 12.1 | 151 | 769 | ||||||||
| Total | $815 | 4.5 | % | 12.1 | % | $234 | $1,049 |
(1) Includes $146 million and $98 million in 90+ days past due and accruing that are fully or partially guaranteed by the FHA, VA, and USDA at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Deposits
| Table 20: Composition of Deposits | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Demand | $49,283 | $49,443 | ($160) | — | % | ||||||
| Money market | 49,905 | 47,216 | 2,689 | 6 | |||||||
| Checking with interest | 39,721 | 30,409 | 9,312 | 31 | |||||||
| Savings | 29,805 | 22,030 | 7,775 | 35 | |||||||
| Term | 12,010 | 5,263 | 6,747 | 128 | |||||||
| Total deposits | $180,724 | $154,361 | $26,363 | 17 | % |
The increase in total deposits as of December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 is driven by $25.4 billion of period-end balances from the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition.
Total estimated uninsured deposits are $88.9 billion and $77.9 billion as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
| Table 21: Term Deposits in Excess of the FDIC Insurance Limit by Remaining Maturity | |
|---|---|
| (in millions) | December 31, 2022 |
| Three months or less | $879 |
| After three months through six months | 33 |
| After six months through twelve months | 234 |
| After twelve months | 100 |
| Total term deposits(1) | $1,246 |
(1) Includes term deposits per account in excess of $250,000.
Borrowed Funds
Total borrowed funds of $15.9 billion as of December 31, 2022 increased $8.9 billion compared to December 31, 2021, primarily driven by FHLB advances acquired from Investors as part of the acquisition. For more information regarding our borrowed funds see “—Liquidity” and Note 13.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 55 |
CAPITAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS
As a BHC and FHC, we are subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB. Our banking subsidiary, CBNA, is a national banking association primarily regulated by the OCC. Our regulation and supervision continues to evolve as the legal and regulatory frameworks governing our operations continue to change. For more information, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1.
Capital Adequacy Process
Our assessment of capital adequacy begins with our Board-approved risk appetite and risk management framework. This framework provides for the identification, measurement and management of material risks. Capital requirements are determined for actual and forecasted risk portfolios using applicable regulatory capital methodologies. The assessment also considers the possible impacts of approved and proposed changes to regulatory capital requirements. Key analytical frameworks, including scenario analysis and stress testing, supplement our base line forecast to help inform a range of potential outcomes. A governance framework supports our capital planning process, including capital management policies and procedures that document capital adequacy metrics and limits, as well as our Capital Contingency Plan and the active engagement of both the legal-entity boards and senior management in oversight and decision-making.
Forward-looking assessments of capital adequacy feed development of a single capital plan covering us and our banking subsidiary that is periodically submitted to the FRB. We prepare this plan in full compliance with the FRB’s Capital Plan Rule and we participate annually in the FRB’s horizontal capital review, which is the FRB’s assessment of specific capital planning areas, as part of their normal supervisory process.
Under the FRB’s Tailoring Rules, Category IV firms, such as us, are subject to biennial supervisory stress testing and are exempt from company-run stress testing and related disclosure requirements. The FRB supervises Category IV firms on an ongoing basis, including evaluation of the capital adequacy and capital planning processes during off-cycle years. Annually, the FRB requires us to submit a capital plan approved by our Board of Directors or one of its committees. We submitted our 2022 Capital Plan to the FRB on April 4, 2022, and must submit our 2023 Capital Plan by April 5, 2023. We expect the FRB to provide us with our preliminary SCB requirement in June 2023 and our final SCB requirement by August 31, 2023. The final SCB requirement will become effective on October 1, 2023 and will remain in effect until September 30, 2024. For more information, see the “Tailoring of Prudential Requirements” section in Item 1.
Under the SCB framework, the FRB will not object to capital plans on quantitative grounds and each firm is required to maintain capital ratios above the sum of its minimum and SCB requirements to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments.
For Category IV firms, like us, the SCB will be re-calibrated with each biennial supervisory stress test and updated annually to reflect our planned common stock dividends. On August 4, 2022, the FRB announced, based on the results of the 2022 CCAR supervisory stress tests, that our SCB will remain at 3.4% through September 30, 2023. To incorporate the effects of the Investors acquisition on our capital requirements, the FRB will require that we participate in the 2023 CCAR supervisory stress test.
Regulations relating to capital planning, regulatory reporting, stress testing and capital buffer requirements applicable to firms like us are presently subject to rule-making and potential further guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. We will continue to evaluate the impact of these and any other prudential regulatory changes, including their potential resultant changes in our regulatory and compliance costs and expenses.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 56 |
Regulatory Capital Ratios and Capital Composition
Under the current U.S. Basel III capital framework, we and our banking subsidiary, CBNA, must meet the following specific minimum requirements: CET1 capital ratio of 4.5%, tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, total capital ratio of 8.0% and tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. As a BHC, our SCB of 3.4% is imposed on top of the three minimum risk-based capital ratios listed above and a CCB of 2.5% is imposed on top of the three minimum risk-based capital ratios listed above for CBNA.
Under the U.S. Basel III rules, the CET1 deduction threshold for MSRs, certain deferred tax assets and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions is 25%. As of December 31, 2022, we did not meet the threshold for these additional capital deductions. MSRs or certain deferred tax assets not deducted from CET1 capital are assigned a 250% risk weight and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions not deducted from CET1 capital are assigned an exposure category risk weight.
In reaction to the COVID disruption, the federal banking regulators adopted a final rule relative to regulatory capital treatment of the ACL under CECL. This rule allowed electing banking organizations to delay the estimated impact of CECL on regulatory capital for a two-year period ending December 31, 2021, followed by a three-year transition period ending December 31, 2024. The three-year transition period will phase-in the reversal of the aggregate amount of the capital benefit provided during the initial two-year delay. On December 31, 2021, the aggregate amount of capital benefit was $384 million. The reduction in the capital benefit in 2022 was $96 million, or approximately 6 basis points.
The table below presents our actual regulatory capital ratios under the U.S. Basel III Standardized rules:
| Table 22: Regulatory Capital Ratios Under the U.S. Basel III Standardized Rules | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | Required Minimum Capital Ratios(1) | |||||||||
| (in millions, except ratio data) | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||
| CET1 capital | $18,574 | 10.0 | % | $15,656 | 9.9 | % | 7.9 | % | |||
| Tier 1 capital | 20,588 | 11.1 | 17,670 | 11.1 | 9.4 | ||||||
| Total capital | 23,755 | 12.8 | 20,244 | 12.7 | 11.4 | ||||||
| Tier 1 leverage | 20,588 | 9.3 | 17,670 | 9.7 | 4.0 | ||||||
| Risk-weighted assets | 185,224 | 158,831 | |||||||||
| Quarterly adjusted average assets(2) | 220,779 | 181,800 |
(1) Represents minimum requirement under the current capital framework plus the SCB of 3.4%. The SCB is not applicable to the Tier 1 leverage ratio.
(2) Represents total average assets less certain amounts deducted from Tier 1 capital.
At December 31, 2022, our CET1 ratio increased, given the common stock issued in connection with the Investors acquisition and net income, partially offset by a $26.4 billion increase in RWA, higher goodwill and intangibles related to the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition, dividends and a decrease in the modified CECL transition amount as we entered the first year of the CECL three-year transition period. The Tier 1 capital ratio was flat compared to 2021. The total capital ratio increased due to the changes in the CET1 capital ratio described above, combined with a net increase in subordinated debt and AACL related to the Investors acquisition, partially offset by a reduction in the modified AACL transition amount. At December 31, 2022, our CET1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital ratios were approximately 210 basis points, 170 basis points and 140 basis points, respectively, above their required minimums.
Both the Company and CBNA are subject to the standardized approach for determining RWA. At December 31, 2022, the Company’s RWA totaled $185.2 billion, up $26.4 billion from December 31, 2021, largely driven by the Investors acquisition.
As of December 31, 2022, the tier 1 leverage ratio was 9.3%, down from 9.7% at December 31, 2021, driven by an increase in quarterly adjusted average assets of $39.0 billion, partially offset by higher tier 1 capital.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 57 |
| Table 23: Capital Composition Under the U.S. Basel III Capital Framework | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | ||
| Total common stockholders’ equity | $21,676 | $21,406 | ||
| Exclusions: | ||||
| Modified CECL transitional amount | 288 | 384 | ||
| Net unrealized (gains)/losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: | ||||
| Debt and equity securities | 2,771 | 156 | ||
| Derivatives | 1,416 | 160 | ||
| Unamortized net periodic benefit costs | 373 | 349 | ||
| Deductions: | ||||
| Goodwill, net of deferred tax liability | (7,780) | (6,733) | ||
| Other intangible assets, net of deferred tax liability | (170) | (66) | ||
| Deferred tax assets that arise from tax loss and credit carryforwards | — | — | ||
| Total common equity tier 1 capital | 18,574 | 15,656 | ||
| Qualifying preferred stock | 2,014 | 2,014 | ||
| Total tier 1 capital | 20,588 | 17,670 | ||
| Qualifying subordinated debt(1) | 1,427 | 1,138 | ||
| Allowance for credit losses | 2,240 | 1,934 | ||
| Exclusions from tier 2 capital: | ||||
| Modified AACL transitional amount | (374) | (498) | ||
| Allowance on PCD assets | (126) | — | ||
| Adjusted allowance for credit losses | $1,740 | $1,436 | ||
| Total capital | $23,755 | $20,244 |
(1) As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the amount of non-qualifying subordinated debt excluded from regulatory capital was $367 million and $420 million, respectively. See Note 13 for more details on our outstanding subordinated debt.
Capital Transactions
We completed the following capital transactions during 2022:
•Repurchased $150 million of our outstanding common stock as part of our Board approved plan;
•Issued $400 million of 5.641% fixed-rate reset subordinated notes in the second quarter;
•Declared and paid quarterly common stock dividends of $0.39 per share in the first and second quarter and $0.42 in the third and fourth quarter, aggregating to $779 million; and
•Declared and paid preferred stock dividends aggregating to $113 million.
For additional detail regarding our common and preferred stock dividends see Note 17.
In June 2022, our Board of Directors increased our common share repurchase authorization to $1.0 billion, which was an increase of $545 million above the $455 million of capacity remaining under the prior $750 million January 2021 authorization. As of December 31, 2022 we had $850 million available for future share repurchases under this authorization. In July 2022, our Board of Directors approved a three-cent increase in our quarterly common stock dividend to $0.42 per share. All future capital distributions are subject to consideration and approval by our Board of Directors prior to execution. The timing and amount of future dividends and share repurchases will depend on various factors, including our capital position, financial performance, capital impacts of strategic initiatives, market conditions, receipt of required regulatory approvals and other regulatory considerations.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 58 |
Banking Subsidiary’s Capital
| Table 24: CBNA's Capital Ratios Under the U.S. Basel III Standardized Rules | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | ||||||||
| (in millions, except ratio data) | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||
| CET1 capital | $20,669 | 11.2 | % | $17,039 | 10.7 | % | |||
| Tier 1 capital | 20,669 | 11.2 | 17,039 | 10.7 | |||||
| Total capital | 23,534 | 12.7 | 19,600 | 12.4 | |||||
| Tier 1 leverage | 20,669 | 9.4 | 17,039 | 9.4 | |||||
| Risk-weighted assets | 184,781 | 158,550 | |||||||
| Quarterly adjusted average assets(1) | 220,182 | 181,268 |
(1) Represents total average assets less certain amounts deducted from Tier 1 capital.
CBNA’s CET1 and tier 1 capital totaled $20.7 billion at December 31, 2022, up $3.6 billion from $17.0 billion at December 31, 2021. This increase related to a capital contribution from the Parent Company in connection with the Investors acquisition as well as CBNA’s net income, partially offset by higher goodwill and intangibles related to the HSBC transaction and Investors acquisition, a dividend payment to the Parent Company and a decrease in the modified CECL transition amount as we entered the first year of the CECL three-year transition period. Total capital was $23.5 billion at December 31, 2022, an increase of $3.9 billion from $19.6 billion at December 31, 2021, driven by the change in CET1 capital and an increase in AACL related to the Investors acquisition, partially offset by a reduction in the modified AACL transition amount.
CBNA’s RWA totaled $184.8 billion at December 31, 2022, up $26.2 billion from December 31, 2021, largely driven by the Investors acquisition.
As of December 31, 2022, CBNA’s tier 1 leverage ratio remained flat at 9.4% as the increase in quarterly adjusted average assets was offset by higher tier 1 capital.
LIQUIDITY
We define liquidity as our ability to meet our cash-flow and collateral obligations in a timely manner, at a reasonable cost. An institution, such as us, must maintain operating liquidity to meet expected daily and forecasted cash-flow requirements, as well as contingent liquidity to meet unexpected (stress scenario) funding requirements. Reflecting the importance of meeting all unexpected and stress-scenario funding requirements, we identify and manage contingent liquidity, consisting of cash balances at the FRB, unencumbered high-quality liquid securities and unused FHLB borrowing capacity. Separately, we also identify and manage asset liquidity as a subset of contingent liquidity, consisting of cash balances at the FRB and unencumbered high-quality liquid securities. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity fundamental to our health and strength. We manage liquidity at the consolidated enterprise level and at each material legal entity, including at the Parent Company and CBNA level.
Parent Company Liquidity
Our Parent Company’s primary sources of cash are dividends and interest received from CBNA resulting from investing in bank equity and subordinated debt as well as externally issued preferred stock, senior debt and subordinated debt. Uses of cash include the routine cash flow requirements as a bank holding company, including periodic share repurchases and payments of dividends, interest and expenses; the needs of subsidiaries, including CBNA for additional equity and, as required, its need for debt financing; and the support for extraordinary funding requirements when necessary. To the extent the Parent Company has relied on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Parent Company issued $400 million of 5.641% fixed-rate reset subordinated notes.
During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Parent Company declared dividends on common stock of $779 million and $670 million, respectively, and declared dividends on preferred stock of $113 million.
During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Parent Company repurchased $153 million and $295 million, respectively, of its outstanding common stock.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 59 |
Our Parent Company’s cash and cash equivalents represent a source of liquidity that can be used to meet various needs and totaled $1.6 billion and $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Parent Company’s double-leverage ratio (the combined equity investment in Parent Company subsidiaries divided by Parent Company equity) is a measure of reliance on equity cash flows from subsidiaries to fund Parent Company obligations. The Parent Company’s double-leverage ratio was 101.2% and 98.5% as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
CBNA Liquidity
As CBNA’s primary business involves taking deposits and making loans, a key role of liquidity management is to ensure that customers have timely access to funds from deposits and for loans. Liquidity management also involves maintaining sufficient liquidity to repay wholesale borrowings, pay operating expenses and support extraordinary funding requirements when necessary. In the ordinary course of business the liquidity of CBNA is managed by matching sources and uses of cash. The primary sources of bank liquidity include deposits from our consumer and commercial customers; payments of principal and interest on loans and debt securities; and wholesale borrowings, as needed, and as described under “—Liquidity Risk Management and Governance.” The primary uses of bank liquidity include withdrawals and maturities of deposits; payment of interest on deposits; funding of loans and related commitments; and funding of securities purchases. To the extent that CBNA has relied on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest. For further information on CBNA’s outstanding debt see Note 13.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, CBNA completed the following transactions:
•Issued $650 million of 4.119% fixed-to-floating rate senior notes;
•Issued $800 million of 4.575% fixed-to-floating rate senior notes;
•Issued $600 million of 6.064% fixed-to-floating rate senior notes; and
•Redeemed $1.0 billion and $750 million of senior notes due February and May 2022, respectively.
Liquidity Risk
We define liquidity risk as the risk that an entity will be unable to meet its payment obligations in a timely manner, at a reasonable cost. Liquidity risk can arise due to contingent liquidity risk and/or funding liquidity risk.
Contingent liquidity risk is the risk that market conditions may reduce an entity’s ability to liquidate, pledge and/or finance certain assets and thereby substantially reduce the liquidity value of such assets. Drivers of contingent liquidity risk include general market disruptions as well as specific issues regarding the credit quality and/or valuation of a security or loan, issuer or borrower and/or asset class.
Funding liquidity risk is the risk that market conditions and/or entity-specific events may reduce an entity’s ability to raise funds from depositors and/or wholesale market counterparties. Drivers of funding liquidity risk may be idiosyncratic or systemic, reflecting impediments to operations and/or damaged market confidence.
Factors Affecting Liquidity
Given the composition of assets and borrowing sources, contingent liquidity risk at CBNA would be materially affected by events such as deterioration of financing markets for high-quality securities (e.g., mortgage-backed securities and other instruments issued by the GNMA, FNMA and the FHLMC), by any inability of the FHLBs to provide collateralized advances and/or by a refusal of the FRB to act as a lender of last resort in systemic stress.
Similarly, given the structure of its balance sheet, the funding liquidity risk of CBNA would be materially affected by an adverse idiosyncratic event (e.g., a major loss, causing a perceived or actual deterioration in its financial condition), an adverse systemic event (e.g., default or bankruptcy of a significant capital markets participant), or a combination of both. Consequently, and despite ongoing exposure to a variety of idiosyncratic and systemic events, we view our contingent liquidity risk and our funding liquidity risk to be relatively low.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 60 |
An additional variable affecting our access to unsecured wholesale market funds and to large denomination (i.e., uninsured) customer deposits is the credit ratings assigned by such agencies as Moody’s, Standard and Poor’s, and Fitch.
| Table 25: Credit Ratings | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | |||||
| Moody’s | Standard and Poor’s | Fitch | |||
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc.: | |||||
| Long-term issuer | NR | BBB+ | BBB+ | ||
| Short-term issuer | NR | A-2 | F1 | ||
| Subordinated debt | NR | BBB | BBB | ||
| Preferred Stock | NR | BB+ | BB | ||
| Citizens Bank, National Association: | |||||
| Long-term issuer | Baa1 | A- | BBB+ | ||
| Short-term issuer | NR | A-2 | F1 | ||
| Long-term deposits | A1 | NR | A- | ||
| Short-term deposits | P-1 | NR | F1 |
NR = Not Rated
Changes in our public credit ratings could affect both the cost and availability of our wholesale funding. As a result, and in order to maintain a conservative funding profile, CBNA continues to minimize reliance on unsecured wholesale funding. At December 31, 2022, our wholesale funding consisted primarily of term debt issued by the Parent Company and CBNA, and collateralized advances from the FHLB.
Existing and evolving regulatory liquidity requirements represent another key driver of systemic liquidity conditions and liquidity management practices. The FRB, OCC, and FDIC regularly evaluate our liquidity as part of the overall supervisory process. In addition, we are subject to existing and evolving regulatory liquidity requirements, some of which are subject to further rulemaking, guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. For further discussion, see the “Regulation and Supervision — Tailoring of Prudential Requirements” and “—Liquidity Requirements” sections in Item 1.
Liquidity Risk Management and Governance
Liquidity risk is measured and managed by the Funding and Liquidity unit within our Treasury group in accordance with policy guidelines promulgated by our Board and the Asset Liability Committee. In managing liquidity risk, the Funding and Liquidity unit delivers regular and comprehensive reporting, including current levels versus threshold limits for a broad set of liquidity metrics and early warning indicators, explanatory commentary relating to emerging risk trends and, as appropriate, recommended remedial strategies.
Our Funding and Liquidity unit’s primary goals are to deliver and maintain prudent levels of operating liquidity to support expected and projected funding requirements, contingent liquidity to support unexpected funding requirements resulting from idiosyncratic, systemic, and combination stress events, and regulatory liquidity requirements in a timely manner from stable and cost-efficient funding sources. We seek to accomplish these goals by funding loans with stable deposits, by prudently controlling dependence on wholesale funding, particularly short-term unsecured funding, and by maintaining ample available liquidity, including a contingent liquidity buffer of unencumbered high-quality loans and securities. As of December 31, 2022:
•Organically generated deposits continue to be our primary source of funding, resulting in a consolidated period-end loans-to-deposits ratio, excluding LHFS, of 86.7%;
•Our total available liquidity, comprised of contingent liquidity and available discount window capacity, was approximately $72.3 billion;
•Contingent liquidity was $48.1 billion, consisting of unencumbered high-quality liquid securities of $27.6 billion, unused FHLB capacity of $11.5 billion, and our cash balances at the FRB of $9.0 billion; and
•Available discount window capacity was $24.2 billion, defined as available total borrowing capacity from the FRB based on identified collateral, which is primarily secured by non-mortgage commercial and retail loans. Use of this borrowing capacity would be considered only during exigent circumstances.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 61 |
For a summary of our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, see the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in Item 8.
The Funding and Liquidity unit monitors a variety of liquidity and funding metrics and early warning indicators and metrics, including specific risk thresholds limits. These monitoring tools are broadly classified as follows:
•Current liquidity sources and capacities, including cash balances at the FRB, free and liquid securities, and secured FHLB borrowing capacity;
•Liquidity stress sources, including idiosyncratic, systemic and combined stresses, in addition to evolving regulatory requirements; and
•Current and prospective exposures, including secured and unsecured wholesale funding, and spot and cumulative cash-flow gaps across a variety of horizons.
Further, certain of these metrics are monitored individually for CBNA and for our consolidated enterprise on a daily basis, including cash position, unencumbered securities, asset liquidity and available FHLB borrowing capacity. In order to identify emerging trends and risks and inform funding decisions, specific metrics are also forecasted over a one-year horizon.
Contractual Obligations
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contractual obligations that may require future cash payments, including customer deposit maturities and withdrawals, debt service, lease obligations and other cash commitments. For more information regarding these obligations, see Notes 9, 12 and 13.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We engage in a variety of activities that are not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets that are generally referred to as “off-balance sheet arrangements.” For more information on these types of activities, see Note 19.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to establish accounting policies and make estimates that affect amounts reported in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
An accounting estimate requires assumptions and judgments about uncertain matters that could have a material effect on our audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Estimates are made using facts and circumstances known at a point in time. Changes in those facts and circumstances could produce results substantially different from those estimates. Our most significant accounting policies and estimates and their related application are discussed below. See Note 1 for further discussion of our significant accounting policies.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The ACL increased from $1.9 billion at December 31, 2021 to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2022.
Our ACL as of December 31, 2022 accounts for an economic forecast over our two-year reasonable and supportable period with peak unemployment of approximately 6%, peak-to-trough GDP decline of approximately 1.4%, and collateral value peak-to-trough declines of approximately 13% in home and approximately 16% in used auto and truck. This forecast incorporates the increased risk of a moderate recession beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022 and persisting for four consecutive quarters. This compares to our December 31, 2021 forecast which reflected 2022 real GDP growth of 2.8% and an average unemployment rate of 6%, and 2023 real GDP growth of 2.1% and average unemployment rate of 4.3%.
Our determination of the ACL is sensitive to changes in forecasted macroeconomic conditions during the reasonable and supportable period. To illustrate the sensitivity, we applied a more pessimistic scenario than that described above which assumes that monetary tightening triggers a deeper real GDP contraction across our two-year reasonable and supportable forecast period, resulting in a 1.7% peak-to-trough decline in real GDP. Excluding consideration of qualitative adjustments, this scenario would result in a quantitative lifetime loss estimate of approximately 1.17x our modeled period-end ACL, or an increase of approximately $300 million. This analysis relates only to the modeled credit loss estimate and not to the overall period-end ACL, which includes qualitative adjustments.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 62 |
Because several quantitative and qualitative factors are considered in determining the ACL, this sensitivity analysis does not necessarily reflect the nature and extent of future changes in the ACL or even what the ACL would be under these economic circumstances. The sensitivity is intended to provide insights into the impact of adverse changes in the macroeconomic environment and the corresponding impact to modeled loss estimates. The hypothetical determination does not incorporate the impact of management judgment or other qualitative factors that could be applied in the actual estimation of the ACL and does not imply any expectation of future deterioration in our loss rates.
It remains difficult to estimate how changes in economic forecasts might affect our ACL because such forecasts consider a wide variety of variables and inputs, and changes in the variables and inputs may not occur at the same time or in the same direction, and such changes may have differing impacts by product types. The variables and inputs may be idiosyncratically affected by risks to the economy, including changing monetary and fiscal policies and their impact on inflationary trends, as well as continuing supply-chain challenges. Changes in one or multiple of the key macroeconomic variables may have a material impact to our estimation of expected credit losses.
For additional information regarding the ACL, see Note 1 and Note 6.
Fair Value
We asses the fair value of assets and liabilities by applying various valuation methodologies which often involve a significant degree of judgment, particularly when active markets do not exist for the items being valued. Quoted market prices are used to estimate the fair value of certain assets, such as trading assets, most investment securities, and residential real estate loans held for sale. Assumptions are used to estimate the fair value of items for which an observable active market does not exist. Examples of these items include loans, deposits, borrowings, goodwill, core deposit and other intangible assets, other assets and liabilities obtained or assumed in business combinations, capitalized servicing assets, pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, estimated residual values of property associated with leases, and certain derivative and other financial instruments.
Assumptions management uses to estimate the fair value of items for which an observable active market does not exist include discount rates, rates of return on assets, repayment rates, cash flows, default rates, costs of servicing and liquidation values. The use of different assumptions could produce significantly different estimates of fair value, which could have material positive or negative effects on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or disclosures of fair value information.
In addition to valuation, we must assess whether there are any declines in value below the carrying value of assets that require recognition of a loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Examples include certain investments, capitalized servicing assets, goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets, among others.
For additional information regarding our fair value measurements, see Notes 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 14, 15 and 20 in Item 8.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 63 |
ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING DEVELOPMENTS
Accounting standards issued but not adopted as of December 31, 2022
| Pronouncement | Summary of Guidance | Effects on Financial Statements |
|---|---|---|
| Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures Issued March 2022 | •Eliminates the separate recognition and measurement guidance for TDRs. •Requires evaluation of all modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to determine whether the modification results in a new loan or continuation of an existing loan. •Requires expected credit losses measured under a discounted cash flow method to be determined using an effective interest rate based on the modified (not original) contractual terms of the loan. •Enhances disclosures by creditors for modifications of receivables from borrowers experiencing financial difficulty in the form of principal forgiveness, an interest rate reduction, an other-than-insignificant payment delay or a term extension. •Requires disclosure of current period gross charge-offs by vintage year for loans and net investments in leases. •Transition is prospective, with an option to adopt the recognition and measurement guidance for TDRs on a modified retrospective basis, resulting in a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings in the period of adoption. | •Required effective date: January 1, 2023, with early adoption permitted. We did not early adopt this Pronouncement. •Adoption is not expected to have a material financial impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, but is expected to have a meaningful impact on our required disclosures in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. |
| Derivatives and Hedging - Fair Value Hedging - Portfolio Layer Method Issued March 2022 | •Replaces the ‘last-of-layer’ method. •Allows the designation of multiple layers in a closed portfolio of financial assets. •Permits hedging of non-prepayable as well as prepayable assets. •Prohibits the consideration of basis adjustments when measuring expected credit losses of assets in the closed portfolio or determining whether an AFS security is impaired. •The guidance on hedging multiple layers in a closed portfolio is applied prospectively. The guidance on the accounting for fair value basis adjustments is applied on a modified retrospective basis. | •Required effective date: January 1, 2023, with early adoption permitted. We did not early adopt this Pronouncement. •Adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 64 |
RISK GOVERNANCE
We are committed to maintaining a strong, integrated and proactive approach to the management of all risks to which we are exposed in pursuit of our business objectives. A key aspect of our Board’s responsibility as the main decision making body is setting our risk appetite to ensure that the levels of risk that we are willing to accept in the attainment of our strategic business and financial objectives are clearly understood.
To enable our Board to carry out its objectives, it has delegated authority for risk management activities, as well as governance and oversight of those activities, to a number of Board and executive management level risk committees. The Executive Risk Committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for oversight of risk across the enterprise and actively considers our inherent material risks, analyzes our overall risk profile and seeks confirmation that the risks are being appropriately identified, assessed and mitigated. Reporting to the Executive Risk Committee are the following committees covering specific areas of risk: Compliance and Operational Risk, Model Risk, Credit Policy, Asset Liability, Business Initiatives Review, and Conduct and Ethics.
Risk Framework
Our risk management framework is embedded in our business through a “Three Lines of Defense” model which defines responsibilities and accountabilities for risk management activities.
First Line of Defense
The business lines (including their associated support functions) are the first line of defense and are accountable for identifying, assessing, managing, and controlling the risks associated with the products and services they provide. The business lines are responsible for performing regular risk assessments to identify and assess the material risks that arise in their area of responsibility, complying with relevant risk policies, testing and certifying the adequacy and effectiveness of their operational and financial reporting controls on a regular basis, establishing and documenting operating procedures and establishing and owning a governance structure for identifying and managing risk.
Second Line of Defense
The second line of defense includes independent monitoring and control functions accountable for developing and ensuring implementation of risk and control frameworks and related policies. This centralized risk function is appropriately independent from the business and is accountable for overseeing and challenging our business lines on the effective management of their risks, including credit, market, operational, regulatory, reputational, interest rate, liquidity and strategic risks.
Third Line of Defense
Our Internal Audit function is the third line of defense providing independent assurance with a view of the effectiveness of our internal controls, governance practices, and culture so that risk is managed appropriately for the size, complexity, and risk profile of the organization. Internal Audit has complete and unrestricted access to any and all of our records, physical properties and personnel. Internal Audit issues a report following each internal review and provides an audit opinion to the Board’s Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.
Credit Review reports to the Chief Audit Executive and provides the legal-entity boards, senior management and other stakeholders with independent assurance on the quality of credit portfolios and adherence to agreed Credit Risk Appetite and Credit Policies and processes. In line with its procedures and regulatory expectations, the Credit Review function undertakes a program of portfolio testing, assessing and reporting through four Risk Pillars of Asset Quality, Rating and Data Integrity, Risk Management and Credit Risk Appetite.
Risk Appetite
Risk appetite is a strategic business and risk management tool. We define our risk appetite as the maximum limit of acceptable risk beyond which we could be unable to achieve our strategic objectives and capital adequacy obligations.
Our principal non-market risks include credit, operational, regulatory, reputational, liquidity and strategic risks. We are also subject to certain market risks which include potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Market risk in our business arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including hedging of interest rates, foreign exchange risk and non-trading activities within capital markets. We have established
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 65 |
enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report on market risk. We actively manage both trading and non-trading market risks. See “—Market Risk” for further information. Our risk appetite is reviewed and approved annually by the Board Risk Committee.
Credit Risk
Overview
Credit risk represents the potential for loss arising from a customer, counterparty, or issuer failing to perform in accordance with the contractual terms of the obligation. While the majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, we do engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, and trading activities. Given the financial impact of credit risk on our earnings and balance sheet, the assessment, approval and management of credit risk represents a major part of our overall risk-management responsibility.
Objective
The independent Credit Risk Function is responsible for reviewing and approving credit risk appetite across all lines of business and credit products, approving larger and higher risk credit transactions, monitoring portfolio performance, identifying problem credit exposures, and ensuring remedial management.
Organizational Structure
Management and oversight of credit risk is the responsibility of both the business line and the second line of defense. The second line of defense, the independent Credit Risk Function, is led by the Chief Credit Officer who oversees all of our credit risk. The Chief Credit Officer reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Credit Officer, acting in a manner consistent with Board policies, has responsibility for, among other things, the governance process around policies, procedures, risk acceptance criteria, credit risk appetite, limits and authority delegation. The Chief Credit Officer and team also have responsibility for credit approvals for larger and higher risk transactions and oversight of line of business credit risk activities. Reporting to the Chief Credit Officer are the heads of the second line of defense credit functions specializing in: Consumer Banking, Commercial Banking, Citizens Restructuring Management, Portfolio and Corporate Reporting, ALLL Analytics, Current Expected Credit Loss, and Credit Policy and Administration. Each team under these leaders is composed of highly experienced credit professionals.
Governance
The primary mechanisms used to govern our credit risk function are our consumer and commercial credit policies. These policies outline the minimum acceptable lending standards that align with our desired risk appetite. Material changes in our business model and strategies that identify a need to change our risk appetite or highlight a risk not previously contemplated are identified by the individual committees and presented to the Credit Policy Committee, Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee for approval, as appropriate.
Key Management Processes
We employ a comprehensive and integrated risk control program to proactively identify, measure, monitor, and mitigate existing and emerging credit risks across the credit life cycle (origination, account management/portfolio management, and loss mitigation and recovery).
Consumer
On the Consumer Banking side of credit risk, our teams use models to evaluate consumer loans across the life cycle of the loan. Starting at origination, credit scoring models are used to forecast the probability of default of an applicant. When approving customers for a new loan or extension of an existing credit line, credit scores are used in conjunction with other credit risk variables such as affordability, length of term, collateral value, collateral type, and lien subordination.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 66 |
To ensure proper oversight of the underwriting teams, lending authority is granted by the second line of defense credit risk function to each underwriter. The amount of delegated authority depends on the experience of the individual. We periodically evaluate the performance of each underwriter and annually reauthorize their delegated authority. Only senior members of the second line of defense credit risk team are authorized to approve significant exceptions to credit policies. It is not uncommon to make exceptions to established policies when compensating factors are present. There are exception limits which, when reached, trigger a comprehensive analysis.
Once an account is established, credit scores and collateral values are refreshed at regular intervals to allow for proactive identification of increasing or decreasing levels of credit risk. Our approach to managing credit risk is highly analytical and, where appropriate, is automated to ensure consistency and efficiency.
Commercial
On the Commercial Banking side of credit risk, risk management begins with defined credit products and policies and is separated into commercial and industrial loans, CRE and leases. Within commercial and industrial loans and leases there are separate verticals established for certain specialty products (e.g., asset-based lending, leasing, franchise finance, health care, technology and mid-corporate). A “specialty vertical” is a stand-alone team of industry or product specialists. Substantially all activity that falls under the ambit of the defined industry or product is managed through a specialty vertical when one exists. CRE also operates as a specialty vertical.
Commercial transactions are subject to individual analysis and approval at origination and, with few exceptions, are subject to a formal annual review requirement. The underwriting process includes the establishment and approval of credit grades that confirm the PD and LGD. All material transactions then require the approval of both a business line approver and an independent credit approver with the requisite level of delegated authority. The approval level of a particular credit facility is determined by the size of the credit relationship as well as the PD. The checks and balances in the credit process and the independence of the credit approver function are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, facilitate the early recognition of credit problems when they occur, and to provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. All authority to grant credit is delegated through the independent Credit Risk function and is closely monitored and updated regularly.
The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, transaction structure, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. In addition to the credit analysis conducted during the approval process at origination and annual review, our Credit Review group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality of the portfolio and new originations. This group conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans and validate risk ratings, as well as test the consistency of the credit processes and the effectiveness of credit risk management.
The maximum level of credit exposure to individual credit borrowers is limited by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower or related group of borrowers. Concentration risk is managed through limits on industry asset class and loan quality factors. We focus predominantly on extending credit to commercial customers with existing or expandable relationships within our primary markets, although we do engage in lending opportunities outside our primary markets if we believe that the associated risks are acceptable and aligned with strategic initiatives.
Substantially all loans categorized as Classified are managed by a specialized group of credit professionals.
MARKET RISK
Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Modest market risk arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including the hedging of interest rate and foreign exchange risk. As described below, more material market risk arises from our non-trading banking activities, such as the origination of loans and deposit-gathering. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. We actively manage market risk for both non-trading and trading activities.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 67 |
Non-Trading Risk
Our non-trading banking activities expose us to market risk. This market risk is composed of interest rate risk, as we have no commodity risk and de minimis direct currency and equity risk. We also have market risk related to capital markets loan originations, as well as the valuation of our MSRs.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk emerges from the balance sheet after the aggregation of our assets, liabilities and equity. We refer to this non-trading risk embedded in the balance sheet as “structural interest rate risk” or “interest rate risk in the banking book.”
A major source of structural interest rate risk is a difference in the repricing of assets relative to liabilities and equity. There are differences in the timing and drivers of rate changes reflecting the maturity and/or repricing of assets and liabilities. For example, the rate earned on a commercial loan may reprice monthly with changes in the benchmark rate, while the rate paid on debt or certificates of deposit may be fixed for a longer period. There may also be differences in the drivers of rate changes. Loans may be tied to a specific index rate such as LIBOR or Prime, while deposits may be only loosely correlated with LIBOR and dependent upon competitive demand. Due to these basis differences, net interest income is sensitive to changes in spreads between certain indices or repricing rates.
Another important source of structural interest rate risk relates to the potential exercise of explicit or embedded options. For example, most consumer loans can be prepaid without penalty and most consumer deposits can be withdrawn without penalty. The exercise of such options by customers can exacerbate the timing differences discussed above.
A primary source of our structural interest rate risk relates to faster repricing of floating-rate loans relative to core deposit funding. This source of asset sensitivity is more biased toward the short end of the yield curve.
The secondary source of our interest rate risk is driven by longer term rates comprising the rollover or reinvestment risk on fixed-rate loans, as well as prepayment risk on mortgage-related loans and securities funded by non-rate sensitive deposits and equity.
The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control exposure to interest rate risk within policy limits approved by our Board. These limits and guidelines reflect our tolerance for interest rate risk over both short-term and long-term horizons. To ensure that exposure to interest rate risk is managed within our risk appetite, we must measure the exposure and hedge it, as necessary. The Treasury Asset and Liability Management team is responsible for measuring, monitoring and reporting on our structural interest rate risk position. These exposures are reported on a monthly basis to the Asset Liability Committee and at Board meetings.
We measure structural interest rate risk through a variety of metrics intended to quantify both short-term and long-term exposures. The primary method we use to quantify interest rate risk is simulation analysis in which we model net interest income from assets, liabilities and hedge derivative positions under various interest rate scenarios over a three-year horizon. Exposure to interest rate risk is reflected in the variation of forecasted net interest income across the scenarios.
Key assumptions in this simulation analysis relate to the behavior of interest rates and spreads, the changes in product balances and the behavior of loan and deposit clients in different rate environments. The repricing characteristics and balance fluctuations of deposits with indeterminate (i.e., non-contractual) maturities, as well as the pace of mortgage prepayments are the most significant behavioral assumptions. For projections of deposit rates, the bank utilizes product level models that consider the specific product characteristics and composition of the deposit portfolio along with current and forward-looking market dynamics. Similarly, the bank employs dynamic prepayment and mortgage rate models to project prepayment behaviors specific to each of our product offerings. These models have been developed based on internal performance data over prior interest rate cycles and are calibrated to our experience and outlook for rates across a diverse set of market environments. We assess our models and assumptions periodically by running sensitivity analyses to determine the impact of changes to inputs or assumptions on our risk results. The results of these analyses are reported to the Asset Liability Committee.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 68 |
Since we cannot predict the future path of interest rates, we use simulation analysis to project net interest income under various interest rate scenarios including a “most likely” (implied forward) scenario, as well as a variety of extreme and unlikely scenarios. These scenarios may assume gradual ramping of the overall level of interest rates, immediate shocks to the level of rates and various yield curve twists in which movements in short- or long-term rates predominate. Generally, projected net interest income in any interest rate scenario is compared to net interest income in a base case where market forward rates are realized.
The table below reports net interest income exposures against a variety of interest rate scenarios. Our policies involve measuring exposures as a percentage change in net interest income over the next year due to either instantaneous or gradual parallel changes in rates relative to the market implied forward yield curve. As the following table illustrates, our balance sheet is asset-sensitive; net interest income would benefit from an increase in interest rates, while exposure to a decline in interest rates is within limits established and monitored by senior management. While an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates is included in this analysis, we believe that any actual shift in interest rates would be more gradual and, therefore, have a more modest impact.
The table below presents the sensitivity of net interest income to various parallel yield curve shifts from the market implied forward yield curve:
| Table 26: Sensitivity of Net Interest Income | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Estimated % Change in Net Interest Income over 12 Months | |||||
| December 31, | |||||
| Basis points | 2022 | 2021 | |||
| Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates | |||||
| +200 | 4.8 | % | 19.4 | % | |
| +100 | 2.4 | 10.2 | |||
| -100 | (2.5) | (8.5) | |||
| -200 | (5.6) | (8.5) | |||
| Gradual Change in Interest Rates | |||||
| +200 | 2.7 | % | 10.1 | % | |
| +100 | 1.4 | 5.2 | |||
| -100 | (1.4) | (6.0) | |||
| -200 | (3.0) | (7.7) |
We continue to manage asset sensitivity within the scope of our policy, changing market conditions and changes in our balance sheet. Asset sensitivity against a 200-basis point gradual increase in rates was 2.7% on December 31, 2022, compared with 10.1% on December 31, 2021. The change reflects rising base net interest income, including the impact of the Investors acquisition, and our ongoing hedge activity, which locks in higher forward rates and reduces our exposure to evolving downside risks. This reduction in asset sensitivity is partially offset by growth and a mix shift towards a higher proportion of floating rate consumer and commercial lending. Current levels of asset sensitivity will continue to provide upside benefit to net interest income as we progress through a period of expected higher short-term policy rates from the FRB. Changes in interest rates can also affect risk management activities, which impact the repricing sensitivity or beta of the deposit base as well as the cash flows on assets that allow for early payoff without a penalty. The risk position is managed within our risk limits, and long-term view of interest rates through occasional adjustments to securities investments, interest rate swaps and mix of funding.
We use a valuation measure of exposure to structural interest rate risk, EVE, as a supplement to net interest income simulations. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure over a long-term horizon. EVE measures the extent to which the economic value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. The change in value is expressed as a percentage of regulatory capital.
We use interest rate contracts to manage the interest rate exposure to the variability in the interest cash flows on our floating-rate assets and floating-rate wholesale funding, and to hedge market risk on fixed-rate capital markets debt issuances.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 69 |
| Table 27: Interest Rate Derivative Contracts Used to Manage Non-Trading Interest Rate Exposure | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||
| Weighted Average | Weighted Average | ||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Notional Amount | Maturity (Years) | Receive Rate | Pay Rate | Notional Amount | Maturity (Years) | Receive Rate | Pay Rate | |||||||||
| Swaps - conventional ALM(1) | |||||||||||||||||
| Cash flow - receive fixed/pay variable | |||||||||||||||||
| Active | $15,750 | 3.9 | 1.9 | % | 4.4 | % | $16,250 | 3.7 | 1.0 | % | 0.1 | % | |||||
| Forward-starting(2) | 15,500 | 3.5 | 3.0 | 4.5 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||
| Cash flow - pay fixed/receive variable | — | — | — | — | 3,000 | 2.5 | 0.1 | 1.7 | |||||||||
| Fair value - receive fixed/pay variable | 1,000 | 1.6 | 2.7 | 4.7 | 2,200 | 1.3 | 2.5 | 0.2 | |||||||||
| Fair value - pay fixed/receive variable | — | — | — | — | 2,000 | 2.7 | 0.1 | 1.5 | |||||||||
| Total | 32,250 | 23,450 | |||||||||||||||
| Forward-starting cash flow - basis swaps(3)(4) | 7,000 | 3.3 | 4.4 | 4.4 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||
| Total swaps | $39,250 | $23,450 | |||||||||||||||
| Options | |||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate collars(5)(6) | $1,500 | 2.8 | 2.6 | 3.9 | $— | — | — | — |
(1) We use interest rate contracts as part of our ALM strategy to manage exposure to the variability in the interest cash flows on our floating-rate commercial loans and wholesale funding, as well as the variability in the fair value of AFS securities.
(2) As of December 31, 2022, start dates range from the first quarter of 2023 to the third quarter of 2024.
(3) As of December 31, 2022, start dates range from the third quarter of 2023 to the third quarter of 2024.
(4) Receive and pay rates represent SOFR and 1-month term SOFR, respectively.
(5) Represents forward-starting interest rate collars with effective dates ranging from the fourth quarter of 2023 to the second quarter of 2024.
(6) Receive and pay rates represent the minimum interest rate received for interest rate floors and the maximum interest rate paid for interest rate caps, respectively.
| Table 28: Pre-Tax Gains (Losses) Recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income on Cash Flow Hedges | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||
| (in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | ||
| Amount of pre-tax net gains (losses) recognized in OCI | ($1,806) | ($66) | ||
| Amount of pre-tax net gains (losses) reclassified from OCI into interest income | (111) | 183 | ||
| Amount of pre-tax net gains (losses) reclassified from OCI into interest expense | (4) | (48) |
Using the interest rate curve at December 31, 2022 with respect to cash flow hedge strategies, we estimate that approximately $704 million in pre-tax net losses will be reclassified from AOCI to net interest income over the next 12 months. This amount could differ from amounts recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations and the addition of other hedges after December 31, 2022.
LIBOR Transition
Many of our lending products, securities, derivatives, and other financial transactions utilize the LIBOR benchmark rate, requiring us to develop plans for its discontinuance. In 2018, we formed a LIBOR Transition Program (“the Program”) designed to guide the organization through the planned discontinuation of LIBOR. The Program, with direction and oversight from our Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for developing, maintaining and executing against a coordinated strategy to ensure a timely and orderly transition from LIBOR. The Program is structured to address various initiatives including program governance, transition management, communications, exposure management, new alternative reference rate product delivery, risk management, contract remediation, operations and technology readiness, and regulation impacts. On a quarterly basis we track and review the risks associated with the LIBOR transition with a focus on the identification of mitigation actions.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 70 |
The ARRC recommended that banks be systemically and operationally capable of supporting transactions in alternative reference rates, such as SOFR, by the end of September 2020. Guided by this milestone, we are systemically and operationally prepared to support alternative reference rate transactions. On March 5, 2021, the FCA formally announced the future cessation or loss of representation of the LIBOR benchmark settings currently published by the ICE Benchmark Administration. Further, the FCA stated that the 1-week and 2-month U.S. Dollar LIBOR rates will cease as of December 31, 2021 and all other U.S. Dollar LIBOR tenors will cease as of June 30, 2023. With the FRB, OCC, and FDIC (collectively, the agencies) supporting this announcement, the Program adjusted LIBOR transition activities and timelines accordingly. The agencies urged market participants to stop entering into new U.S. Dollar LIBOR contracts as soon as practicable, but no later than the end of 2021. We moved new originations to alternative reference rates over the course of 2021 in anticipation of this deadline. However, our plans for legacy contract remediation now extend through mid-2023 given the FCA announcement. More broadly, program governance remains robust, and progress has been made in the above-outlined initiatives as management continues to closely monitor industry and regulatory developments pertaining to the transition.
Upon commencement of the Program, we conducted an impact assessment to identify all areas that were likely to be impacted by the LIBOR transition. The impact assessment identified where LIBOR-related products, systems, models, policies and procedures existed. We used the assessment results to develop a robust transition roadmap and an implementation plan, which continues to evolve, based on market and regulatory developments. Key LIBOR transition efforts over the course of 2022 included, but are not limited to, the following:
•Upgraded standard form provisions and issued implementation guidance to require the use of reference rate fallback language in any new and existing LIBOR contracts in connection with contract amendments made in the ordinary course of business;
•Offered new product issuances with alternative reference rates;
•Launched remediation of existing LIBOR loans and derivatives to alternative reference rates;
•Completed operational readiness of systems, models and applications to handle all potential alternative reference rates;
•Analyzed existing fallback language in legacy contracts to devise a strategy for those requiring remediation;
•Continued to develop and enhance internet and intranet sites for the LIBOR transition; and
•Participated in industry and ARRC working groups to ascertain market developments and assess the impact to us and our customers.
Capital Markets
A key component of our capital markets activities is the underwriting and distribution of corporate credit facilities to partially finance merger and acquisition transactions for our clients. We have a rigorous risk management process around these activities, including a limit structure capping our underwriting risk, potential loss, and sub-limits for specific asset classes. Further, the ability to approve underwriting exposure is delegated only to senior level individuals in the credit risk management and capital markets organizations with each transaction adjudicated in the Loan Underwriting Approval Committee.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
We have market risk associated with the value of residential MSRs, which are impacted by various types of inherent risks, including duration, basis, convexity, volatility and yield curve.
As part of our overall risk management strategy relative to the fair market value of the MSRs we enter into various free-standing derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate futures and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities to economically hedge the changes in fair value. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the fair value of our MSRs was $1.5 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively, and the total notional amount of related derivative contracts was $12.9 billion and $11.8 billion, respectively. Gains and losses on MSRs and the related derivatives used for hedging are included in mortgage banking fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
As with our traded market risk-based activities, earnings at risk excludes the impact of MSRs. MSRs are captured under our single price risk management framework that is used for calculating a management value at risk that is consistent with the definition used by banking regulators.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 71 |
Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk primarily through client facilitation activities including derivatives and foreign exchange products, as well as underwriting and market making activities. Exposure is created as a result of changes in interest rates and related basis spreads and volatility, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on a select range of interest rates, foreign exchange, commodities, equity securities, corporate bonds and secondary loan instruments.These securities underwriting and trading activities are conducted through CBNA, CCMI, and JMP.
Client facilitation activities consist primarily of interest rate derivatives, financially settled commodity derivatives and foreign exchange contracts where we enter into offsetting trades with a separate counterparty or exchange to manage our market risk exposure. In addition to the aforementioned activities, we operate trading desks covering secondary loans, corporate bonds, and equity securities; all with the objective to meet secondary liquidity needs of our issuing clients’ transactions and investor clients. We do not engage in any trading activities with the intent to benefit from short-term price differences.
We record these rate and commodity derivatives and foreign exchange contracts as derivative assets and liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Trading assets and liabilities are carried at fair value with income earned related to these activities included in net interest income. Changes in the fair value of trading assets and liabilities are reflected in other income, a component of noninterest income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Market Risk Governance
The market risk limit setting process is established in-line with the formal enterprise risk appetite process and policy. This appetite reflects the strategic and enterprise level articulation of opportunities for creating franchise value set to the boundaries of how much market risk to assume. Dealing authorities represent the key control tool in the management of market risk that allows the cascading of the risk appetite throughout the enterprise. A dealing authority sets the operational scope and tolerances within which a business and/or trading desk is permitted to operate, which is reviewed annually at a minimum. Dealing authorities are structured to accommodate client facing trades and hedges needed to manage the risk profile. Primary responsibility for keeping within established tolerances resides with the business. Key risk indicators, including VaR, open foreign currency positions and single name risk, are monitored daily and reported against tolerances consistent with our risk appetite and business strategy to relevant business line management and risk counterparts.
Market Risk Measurement
We use VaR as a statistical measure for estimating potential exposure of our traded market risk in normal market conditions. Our VaR framework for risk management and regulatory reporting is the same. Risk management VaR is based on a one day holding period to a 99% confidence level, whereas regulatory VaR is based on a ten-day holding period to the same confidence level. In addition to VaR, non-statistical measurements for measuring risk are employed, such as sensitivity analysis, market value and stress testing.
Our market risk platform and associated market risk and valuation models capture correlation effects across all our “covered positions” and allow for aggregation of market risk across products, risk types, business lines and legal entities. We measure, monitor and report market risk for both management and regulatory capital purposes.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 72 |
VaR Overview
The market risk measurement model is based on historical simulation. The VaR measure estimates the extent of any fair value losses on trading positions that may occur due to broad market movements (General VaR) such as changes in the level of interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. It is calculated on the basis that current positions remain broadly unaltered over the course of a given holding period. It is assumed that markets are sufficiently liquid to allow the business to close its positions, if required, within this holding period. VaR’s benefit is that it captures the historic correlations of a portfolio. Based on the composition of our “covered positions,” we also use a standardized add-on approach for the loan trading and high yield bond desks’ Specific Risk capital, which estimates the extent of any losses that may occur from factors other than broad market movements. The General VaR approach is expressed in terms of a confidence level over the past 500 trading days. The internal VaR measure (used as the basis of the main VaR trading limits) is a 99% confidence level with a one day holding period, meaning that a loss greater than the VaR is expected to occur, on average, on only one day in 100 trading days (i.e., 1% of the time). Theoretically, there should be a loss event greater than VaR two to three times per year. The regulatory measure of VaR is done at a 99% confidence level with a ten-day holding period. The historical market data applied to calculate the VaR is updated on a two-business day lag. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” below for details of our ten-day VaR metrics for the quarters ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, including high, low, average and period end VaR for interest rate and foreign exchange rate risks, as well as total VaR.
Market Risk Regulatory Capital
The U.S. banking regulators’ “Market Risk Rule” covers the calculation of market risk capital. Under this rule all our client facing trades and associated hedges maintain a net low risk and qualify as “covered positions.” The internal management VaR measure is calculated based on the same population of trades that is utilized for regulatory VaR.
| Table 29: Results of Modeled and Non-Modeled Measures for Regulatory Capital Calculations | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2022 | For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2021 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Market Risk Category | Period End | Average | High | Low | Period End | Average | High | Low | |||||||||||||||
| Interest Rate | $3 | $2 | $3 | $1 | $2 | $1 | $2 | $— | |||||||||||||||
| Foreign Exchange Currency Rate | — | — | — | — | — | 1 | 2 | — | |||||||||||||||
| Credit Spread | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 7 | 10 | 3 | |||||||||||||||
| Commodity | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| General VaR | 5 | 3 | 5 | 2 | 6 | 8 | 10 | 5 | |||||||||||||||
| Specific Risk VaR | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total VaR | $5 | $3 | $5 | $2 | $6 | $8 | $10 | $5 | |||||||||||||||
| Stressed General VaR | $12 | $10 | $15 | $6 | $8 | $9 | $12 | $6 | |||||||||||||||
| Stressed Specific Risk VaR | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total Stressed VaR | $12 | $10 | $15 | $6 | $8 | $9 | $12 | $6 | |||||||||||||||
| Market Risk Regulatory Capital | $39 | $50 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Specific Risk Not Modeled Add-on | 20 | 20 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| de Minimis Exposure Add-on | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Total Market Risk Regulatory Capital | $59 | $70 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Market Risk-Weighted Assets | $739 | $877 |
Stressed VaR
SVaR is an extension of VaR as it uses a longer historical look-back horizon that is fixed from January 3, 2005. This is done not only to identify headline risks from more volatile periods, but also to provide a counterbalance to VaR, which may be low during periods of low volatility. The holding period for profit and loss determination is ten days. In addition to risk management purposes, SVaR is also a component of market risk regulatory capital. We calculate SVaR daily under its own dynamic window regime. In a dynamic window regime values of the ten-day, 99% VaR are calculated over all possible 260-day periods that can be obtained from the complete historical data set. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” above for details of SVaR metrics, including high, low, average and period end SVaR for the combined portfolio.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 73 |
Sensitivity Analysis
Sensitivity analysis is the measure of exposure to a single risk factor, such as a one basis point change in rates or credit spread. We conduct and monitor sensitivity on interest rates, basis spreads, foreign exchange exposures, option prices and credit spreads. Since VaR is based on previous moves in market risk factors over recent periods, it may not be an accurate predictor of future market moves. Sensitivity analysis complements VaR as it provides an indication of risk relative to each factor irrespective of historical market moves and is an effective tool in evaluating the appropriateness of hedging strategies and concentrations.
Stress Testing
Conducting a stress test of a portfolio consists of running risk models with the inclusion of key variables that simulate various historical or hypothetical scenarios. For historical stress tests, profit and loss results are simulated for selected time periods corresponding to the most volatile underlying returns, while hypothetical stress tests aim to consider concentration risk, illiquidity under stressed market conditions and risk arising from our trading activities that may not be fully captured by our other risk measurement methodologies. Hypothetical scenarios also assume that market moves happen simultaneously and no repositioning or hedging activity takes place to mitigate losses as market events unfold. We generate stress tests of our trading positions daily. For example, we currently include a stress test that simulates a “Lehman-type” crisis scenario by taking the worst 20-trading day peak to trough moves for the various risk factors that go into VaR from that period, and assumes they occurred simultaneously.
VaR Model Review and Validation
Market risk measurement models used are independently reviewed and subject to ongoing performance analysis by the model owners. The independent review and validation focuses on model methodology, market data, and performance. Independent review of market risk measurement models is the responsibility of Citizens’ Model Risk Management and Validation team. Aspects covered include challenging the assumptions used, the quantitative techniques employed and the theoretical justification underpinning them, and an assessment of the soundness of the required data over time. The quantitative impact of the major underlying modeling assumptions is estimated (e.g., through developing alternative models), if possible. Results of such reviews are shared with our banking regulators. The market risk models may be periodically enhanced due to changes in market price levels and price action regime behavior. The Market Risk Management and Validation team will conduct internal validation before a new or changed model element is implemented and before a change is made to market data mapping.
VaR Backtesting
Backtesting is one form of validation of the VaR model and is run daily. The Market Risk Rule requires a comparison of our internal VaR measure to the actual net trading revenue (excluding fees, commissions, reserves, intra-day trading and net interest income) for each day over the preceding year (the most recent 250 business days). Any observed loss in excess of the VaR number is taken as an exception. The level of exceptions determines the multiplication factor used to derive the VaR and SVaR-based capital requirement for regulatory reporting purposes, when applicable. We perform sub-portfolio backtesting as required under the Market Risk Rule, using models approved by our banking regulators for interest rate, credit spread and foreign exchange positions.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 74 |
The following graph shows our daily net trading revenue and total internal, modeled VaR for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Daily VaR Backtesting
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 75 |
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RECONCILIATIONS
For more information on the computation of non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Introduction — Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” included in this Report. The following tables present computations of non-GAAP financial measures representing our “Underlying” results used in the MD&A:
Table 30: Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Measures
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions, except share, per share and ratio data) | Ref. | 2022 | 2021 | |||
| Noninterest income, Underlying: | ||||||
| Noninterest income (GAAP) | A | $2,009 | $2,135 | |||
| Less: Notable items | (31) | — | ||||
| Noninterest income, Underlying (non-GAAP) | B | $2,040 | $2,135 | |||
| Total revenue, Underlying: | ||||||
| Total revenue (GAAP) | C | $8,021 | $6,647 | |||
| Less: Notable items | (31) | — | ||||
| Total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | D | $8,052 | $6,647 | |||
| Noninterest expense, Underlying: | ||||||
| Noninterest expense (GAAP) | E | $4,892 | $4,081 | |||
| Less: Notable items | 262 | 105 | ||||
| Noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | F | $4,630 | $3,976 | |||
| Pre-provision profit: | ||||||
| Total revenue (GAAP) | C | $8,021 | $6,647 | |||
| Less: Noninterest expense (GAAP) | E | 4,892 | 4,081 | |||
| Pre-provision profit (GAAP) | $3,129 | $2,566 | ||||
| Pre-provision profit, Underlying: | ||||||
| Total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | D | $8,052 | $6,647 | |||
| Less: Noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | F | 4,630 | 3,976 | |||
| Pre-provision profit, Underlying (non-GAAP) | $3,422 | $2,671 | ||||
| Provision (benefit) for credit losses, Underlying: | ||||||
| Provision (benefit) for credit losses (GAAP) | $474 | ($411) | ||||
| Less: Notable items | 169 | — | ||||
| Provision (benefit) for credit losses, Underlying (non-GAAP) | $305 | ($411) | ||||
| Income before income tax expense, Underlying: | ||||||
| Income before income tax expense (GAAP) | G | $2,655 | $2,977 | |||
| Less: Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) related to notable items | (462) | (105) | ||||
| Income before income tax expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | H | $3,117 | $3,082 | |||
| Income tax expense and effective income tax rate, Underlying: | ||||||
| Income tax expense (GAAP) | I | $582 | $658 | |||
| Less: Income tax expense (benefit) related to notable items | (110) | (27) | ||||
| Income tax expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | J | $692 | $685 | |||
| Effective income tax rate (GAAP) | I/G | 21.93 | % | 22.10 | % | |
| Effective income tax rate, Underlying (non-GAAP) | J/H | 22.19 | 22.21 | |||
| Net income, Underlying: | ||||||
| Net income (GAAP) | K | $2,073 | $2,319 | |||
| Add: Notable items, net of income tax benefit | 352 | 78 | ||||
| Net income, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L | $2,425 | $2,397 | |||
| Net income available to common stockholders, Underlying: | ||||||
| Net income available to common stockholders (GAAP) | M | $1,960 | $2,206 | |||
| Add: Notable items, net of income tax benefit | 352 | 78 | ||||
| Net income available to common stockholders, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N | $2,312 | $2,284 | |||
| Return on average common equity and return on average common equity, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average common equity (GAAP) | O | $21,724 | $21,025 | |||
| Return on average common equity | M/O | 9.02 | % | 10.49 | % | |
| Return on average common equity, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N/O | 10.64 | 10.86 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 76 |
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions, except share, per share and ratio data) | Ref. | 2022 | 2021 | |||
| Return on average tangible common equity and return on average tangible common equity, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average common equity (GAAP) | O | $21,724 | $21,025 | |||
| Less: Average goodwill (GAAP) | 7,872 | 7,062 | ||||
| Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP) | 181 | 54 | ||||
| Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill and other intangible assets (GAAP) | 413 | 381 | ||||
| Average tangible common equity | P | $14,084 | $14,290 | |||
| Return on average tangible common equity | M/P | 13.91 | % | 15.44 | % | |
| Return on average tangible common equity, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N/P | 16.41 | 15.98 | |||
| Return on average total assets and return on average total assets, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average total assets (GAAP) | Q | $215,061 | $185,106 | |||
| Return on average total assets | K/Q | 0.96 | % | 1.25 | % | |
| Return on average total assets, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L/Q | 1.13 | 1.30 | |||
| Return on average total tangible assets and return on average total tangible assets, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average total assets (GAAP) | Q | $215,061 | $185,106 | |||
| Less: Average goodwill (GAAP) | 7,872 | 7,062 | ||||
| Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP) | 181 | 54 | ||||
| Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill and other intangible assets (GAAP) | 413 | 381 | ||||
| Average tangible assets | R | $207,421 | $178,371 | |||
| Return on average total tangible assets | K/R | 1.00 | % | 1.30 | % | |
| Return on average total tangible assets, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L/R | 1.17 | 1.34 | |||
| Efficiency ratio and efficiency ratio, Underlying: | ||||||
| Efficiency ratio | E/C | 60.99 | % | 61.40 | % | |
| Efficiency ratio, Underlying (non-GAAP) | F/D | 57.51 | 59.82 | |||
| Noninterest income as a % of total revenue, Underlying: | ||||||
| Noninterest income as a % of total revenue | A/C | 25.04 | % | 32.11 | % | |
| Noninterest income as a % of total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | B/D | 25.33 | 32.11 | |||
| Operating leverage and operating leverage, Underlying: | ||||||
| Increase (decrease) in total revenue | 20.68 | % | (3.74 | %) | ||
| Increase in noninterest expense | 19.88 | 2.25 | ||||
| Operating Leverage | 0.80 | % | (5.99) | % | ||
| Increase (decrease) in total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | 21.15 | % | (3.74) | % | ||
| Increase in noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | 16.46 | 2.85 | ||||
| Operating Leverage, Underlying (non-GAAP) | 4.69 | % | (6.59) | % | ||
| Tangible book value per common share: | ||||||
| Common shares - at period end (GAAP) | S | 492,282,158 | 422,137,197 | |||
| Common stockholders’ equity (GAAP) | $21,676 | $21,406 | ||||
| Less: Goodwill (GAAP) | 8,173 | 7,116 | ||||
| Less: Other intangible assets (GAAP) | 197 | 64 | ||||
| Add: Deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill and other intangible assets (GAAP) | 422 | 383 | ||||
| Tangible common equity | T | $13,728 | $14,609 | |||
| Tangible book value per common share | T/S | $27.88 | $34.61 | |||
| Net income per average common share - basic and diluted and net income per average common share - basic and diluted, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average common shares outstanding - basic (GAAP) | U | 475,959,815 | 425,669,451 | |||
| Average common shares outstanding - diluted (GAAP) | V | 477,803,142 | 427,435,818 | |||
| Net income per average common share - basic (GAAP) | M/U | $4.12 | $5.18 | |||
| Net income per average common share - diluted (GAAP) | M/V | 4.10 | 5.16 | |||
| Net income per average common share-basic, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N/U | 4.86 | 5.37 | |||
| Net income per average common share-diluted, Underlying (non-GAAP) | N/V | 4.84 | 5.34 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 77 |
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions, except share, per share and ratio data) | Ref. | 2022 | 2021 | |||
| Dividend payout ratio and dividend payout ratio, Underlying: | ||||||
| Cash dividends declared and paid per common share | W | $1.62 | $1.56 | |||
| Dividend payout ratio | W/(M/U) | 39 | % | 30 | % | |
| Dividend payout ratio, Underlying (non-GAAP) | W/(N/U) | 33 | 29 |
FY 2021 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000759944-22-000025.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
| Page | ||
|---|---|---|
| Introduction | 38 | |
| Financial Performance | 39 | |
| Results of Operations - 2021 compared with 2020 | 41 | |
| Net Interest Income | 41 | |
| Noninterest Income | 44 | |
| Noninterest Expense | 44 | |
| Provision for Credit Losses | 44 | |
| Income Tax Expense | 45 | |
| Business Operating Segments | 45 | |
| Results of Operations - 2020 compared with 2019 | 46 | |
| Analysis of Financial Condition | 47 | |
| Securities | 47 | |
| Loans and Leases | 48 | |
| Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonaccrual Loans and Leases | 50 | |
| Deposits | 55 | |
| Borrowed Funds | 56 | |
| Capital and Regulatory Matters | 58 | |
| Liquidity | 62 | |
| Critical Accounting Estimates | 65 | |
| Risk Governance | 67 | |
| Market Risk | 69 | |
| Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliations | 77 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 37 |
INTRODUCTION
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. is one of the nation’s oldest and largest financial institutions with $188.4 billion in assets as of December 31, 2021. Headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island, we offer a broad range of retail and commercial banking products and services to individuals, small businesses, middle-market companies, large corporations, and institutions. We help our customers reach their potential by listening to them and by understanding their needs to offer tailored advice, ideas and solutions. In Consumer Banking, we provide an integrated experience that includes mobile and online banking, a 24/7 customer contact center, the convenience of approximately 3,000 ATMs and approximately 900 branches in 11 states in the New England, Mid-Atlantic, and Midwest regions. Consumer Banking products and services include a full range of banking, lending, savings, wealth management and small business offerings. In Commercial Banking, we offer a broad complement of financial products and solutions, including lending and leasing, deposit and treasury management services, foreign exchange, interest rate and commodity risk management solutions, as well as loan syndication, corporate finance, mergers and acquisitions, and debt and equity capital markets capabilities. More information is available at www.citizensbank.com.
On May 26, 2021, CBNA entered into an agreement to acquire 80 East Coast branches and the national online deposit business from HSBC. The HSBC branch acquisition provides an attractive entry into important metro markets and supports our national expansion strategy. The acquisition closed on February 18, 2022.
On July 28, 2021 Citizens entered into a definitive agreement and a plan of merger under which we will acquire all of the outstanding shares of Investors for a combination of stock and cash. The acquisition of Investors enhances Citizens’ banking franchise, adding an attractive middle market, small business and consumer customer base while building our physical presence in the northeast with the addition of 154 branches located in the greater New York City and Philadelphia metropolitan areas and across New Jersey. The merger is expected to close in early second quarter 2022, subject to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.
For more information regarding these pending acquisitions, see Note 2 in Item 8.
The following MD&A is intended to assist readers in their analysis of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and supplemental financial information. It should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, as well as other information contained in this document.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This document contains non-GAAP financial measures denoted as “Underlying,” “excluding PPP loans”, as well as other results excluding the impact of certain items. Underlying results for any given reporting period exclude certain items that may occur in that period which management does not consider indicative of our on-going financial performance. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors because they are used by management to evaluate our operating performance and make day-to-day operating decisions. In addition, we believe our Underlying results or results excluding the impact of certain items in any given reporting period reflect our on-going financial performance and increase comparability of period-to-period results, and, accordingly, are useful to consider in addition to our GAAP financial results.
Other companies may use similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures that are calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures. Accordingly, our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by such companies. We caution investors not to place undue reliance on such non-GAAP financial measures, but to consider them with the most directly comparable GAAP measures. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our results reported under GAAP.
Non-GAAP measures are denoted throughout our MD&A by the use of the term Underlying or identified as excluding the impact of certain items. Where there is a reference to these metrics in that paragraph, all measures that follow are on the same basis when applicable. For more information on the computation of non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 38 |
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Key Highlights
Net income of $2.3 billion increased 119% from 2020, with earnings per diluted common share of $5.16, up 132% from $2.22 per diluted common share for 2020. ROTCE of 15.4% increased from 6.9% in 2020. Improved results primarily reflect the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns during 2020, resulting in a significant ACL reserve build during 2020.
In 2021, results reflect $78 million of expenses, net of tax benefit, or $0.18 per diluted common share, from notable items compared to $83 million of expenses, net of tax benefit, or $0.19 per diluted common share, from notable items in 2020.
| Table 1: Notable Items | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, 2021 | |||||||
| (in millions) | Noninterest expense | Income tax expense | Net Income | ||||
| Reported results (GAAP) | $4,081 | $658 | $2,319 | ||||
| Less: Notable items | |||||||
| Total integration costs | 35 | (9) | (26) | ||||
| Other notable items(1) | 70 | (18) | (52) | ||||
| Total notable items | 105 | (27) | (78) | ||||
| Underlying results (non-GAAP) | $3,976 | $685 | $2,397 |
(1) Other notable items include a pension settlement charge and a compensation-related credit as well as our TOP 6 transformational and revenue and efficiency initiatives.
| Year Ended December 31, 2020 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | Noninterest expense | Income tax expense | Net Income | ||||
| Reported results (GAAP) | $3,991 | $241 | $1,057 | ||||
| Less: Notable items | |||||||
| Total integration costs | 10 | (2) | (8) | ||||
| Other notable items(1) | 115 | (40) | (75) | ||||
| Total notable items | 125 | (42) | (83) | ||||
| Underlying results (non-GAAP) | $3,866 | $283 | $1,140 |
1) Other notable items include noninterest expense of $115 million related to our TOP 6 transformational and revenue and efficiency initiatives and an income tax benefit of $11 million related to an operational restructure and legacy tax matters.
•Net income available to common stockholders of $2.2 billion increased $1.3 billion, or 132%, compared to $950 million in 2020.
◦On an Underlying basis, which excludes notable items, 2021 net income available to common stockholders of $2.3 billion compared with $1.0 billion in 2020.
◦On an Underlying basis, earnings per diluted common share of $5.34 compared to $2.41 in 2020.
•Total revenue of $6.6 billion decreased $258 million, or 4%, from 2020, driven by declines of 8% and 2% in noninterest income and net interest income, respectively.
◦Net interest income of $4.5 billion decreased 2% given a lower net interest margin, partially offset by 5% growth in interest-earning assets.
◦Net interest margin of 2.71% decreased 17 basis points from 2.88% in 2020, reflecting the impact of a lower rate environment, lower interest-earning asset yields and elevated cash balances, partly offset by improved funding mix and deposit pricing, and the benefit of accelerated PPP loan forgiveness.
–Net interest margin on a FTE basis of 2.72% decreased 17 basis points, compared to 2.89% in 2020.
–Average loans and leases of $123.6 billion decreased $1.0 billion, or 1%, from $124.5 billion in 2020, driven by a $3.3 billion decrease in commercial reflecting line of credit repayments and net payoffs, partially offset by an increase in PPP loans. The decrease in commercial was partially offset by a $2.3 billion increase in retail given growth in education, residential
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 39 |
mortgage and automobile, partially offset by planned run-off of personal unsecured installment loans and a decrease in home equity.
–Period-end loans increased $5.1 billion, or 4%, from 2020, reflecting 9% growth in retail and a 1% decline in commercial.
–Average deposits of $150.5 billion increased $11.7 billion, or 8%, from $138.7 billion in 2020, reflecting an increase in demand deposits, money market accounts, savings and checking with interest, partially offset by a decrease in term deposits.
–Period-end deposit growth of $7.2 billion, or 5%, from 2020, reflecting elevated liquidity tied to government stimulus associated with the COVID-19 disruption.
◦Noninterest income of $2.1 billion decreased $184 million, or 8%, from 2020, driven by a decline in mortgage banking fees partially offset by improved capital markets fees, trust and investment services fees, letter of credit and loan fees, card fees and service charges and fees.
•Noninterest expense of $4.1 billion was stable compared to 2020.
◦On an Underlying basis, noninterest expense increased 3% from 2020, reflecting higher salaries and employee benefits, outside services and equipment and software, partially offset by a decrease in other operating expense.
•The efficiency ratio of 61.4% compared to 57.8% in 2020, and ROTCE of 15.4% compared to 6.9%.
◦On an Underlying basis, the efficiency ratio of 59.8% compared to 56.0% in 2020 and ROTCE of 16.0% compared to 7.5%.
•Credit provision benefit of $411 million compares with a $1.6 billion credit provision expense in 2020, reflecting strong credit performance across the retail and commercial loan portfolios and improvement in the economy.
•Tangible book value per common share of $34.61 increased 6% from 2020. Diluted average common shares outstanding was stable over the same period.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 40 |
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — 2021 compared with 2020
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is our largest source of revenue and is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets (generally loans, leases and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (generally deposits and borrowed funds). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the difference between the effective yield on our average interest-earning assets and the effective cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. These factors are influenced by the pricing and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by external factors such as local economic conditions, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FRB and market interest rates. For further discussion, refer to “—Market Risk — Non-Trading Risk,” and “—Risk Governance.”
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 41 |
| Table 2: Major Components of Net Interest Income | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||
| 2021 | 2020 | Change | ||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | AverageBalances | Income/Expense | Yields/Rates | AverageBalances | Income/Expense | Yields/Rates | AverageBalances | Yields/ Rates (bps) | ||||||||||
| Assets | ||||||||||||||||||
| Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks | $11,762 | $16 | 0.13 | % | $6,175 | $11 | 0.18 | % | $5,587 | (5) | bps | |||||||
| Taxable investment securities | 27,574 | 487 | 1.76 | 25,160 | 519 | 2.06 | 2,414 | (30) | ||||||||||
| Non-taxable investment securities | 3 | — | 2.60 | 4 | — | 2.60 | (1) | — | ||||||||||
| Total investment securities | 27,577 | 487 | 1.76 | 25,164 | 519 | 2.06 | 2,413 | (30) | ||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | 43,512 | 1,399 | 3.17 | 46,255 | 1,582 | 3.36 | (2,743) | (19) | ||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 14,515 | 380 | 2.58 | 14,452 | 438 | 2.98 | 63 | (40) | ||||||||||
| Leases | 1,742 | 49 | 2.79 | 2,365 | 64 | 2.71 | (623) | 8 | ||||||||||
| Total commercial | 59,769 | 1,828 | 3.02 | 63,072 | 2,084 | 3.25 | (3,303) | (23) | ||||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 20,636 | 613 | 2.97 | 19,178 | 618 | 3.22 | 1,458 | (25) | ||||||||||
| Home Equity | 11,901 | 370 | 3.11 | 12,607 | 461 | 3.66 | (706) | (55) | ||||||||||
| Automobile | 12,972 | 506 | 3.90 | 12,064 | 517 | 4.29 | 908 | (39) | ||||||||||
| Education | 12,666 | 536 | 4.23 | 11,165 | 560 | 5.02 | 1,501 | (79) | ||||||||||
| Other retail | 5,607 | 400 | 7.15 | 6,458 | 479 | 7.41 | (851) | (26) | ||||||||||
| Total retail | 63,782 | 2,425 | 3.80 | 61,472 | 2,635 | 4.29 | 2,310 | (49) | ||||||||||
| Total loans and leases | 123,551 | 4,253 | 3.42 | 124,544 | 4,719 | 3.76 | (993) | (34) | ||||||||||
| Loans held for sale, at fair value | 3,359 | 82 | 2.45 | 2,772 | 75 | 2.72 | 587 | (27) | ||||||||||
| Other loans held for sale | 262 | 13 | 4.87 | 620 | 33 | 5.22 | (358) | (35) | ||||||||||
| Interest-earning assets | 166,511 | 4,851 | 2.90 | 159,275 | 5,357 | 3.35 | 7,236 | (45) | ||||||||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses | (2,104) | (2,218) | 114 | |||||||||||||||
| Goodwill | 7,062 | 7,049 | 13 | |||||||||||||||
| Other noninterest-earning assets | 13,637 | 12,336 | 1,301 | |||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $185,106 | $176,442 | $8,664 | |||||||||||||||
| Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||||||||||||
| Checking with interest | $27,365 | $24 | 0.09 | % | $26,002 | $64 | 0.24 | % | $1,363 | (15) | ||||||||
| Money market accounts | 49,148 | 78 | 0.16 | 44,732 | 192 | 0.43 | 4,416 | (27) | ||||||||||
| Regular savings | 20,276 | 19 | 0.10 | 16,144 | 50 | 0.31 | 4,132 | (21) | ||||||||||
| Term deposits | 6,802 | 39 | 0.58 | 14,309 | 203 | 1.42 | (7,507) | (84) | ||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 103,591 | 160 | 0.15 | 101,187 | 509 | 0.50 | 2,404 | (35) | ||||||||||
| Short-term borrowed funds | 66 | 1 | 1.13 | 334 | 2 | 0.52 | (268) | 61 | ||||||||||
| Long-term borrowed funds | 7,412 | 178 | 2.39 | 10,853 | 260 | 2.39 | (3,441) | — | ||||||||||
| Total borrowed funds | 7,478 | 179 | 2.38 | 11,187 | 262 | 2.33 | (3,709) | 5 | ||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing liabilities | 111,069 | 339 | 0.30 | 112,374 | 771 | 0.69 | (1,305) | (39) | ||||||||||
| Demand deposits | 46,898 | 37,553 | 9,345 | |||||||||||||||
| Other liabilities | 4,105 | 4,280 | (175) | |||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | 162,072 | 154,207 | 7,865 | |||||||||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity | 23,034 | 22,235 | 799 | |||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $185,106 | $176,442 | $8,664 | |||||||||||||||
| Interest rate spread | 2.60 | % | 2.66 | % | (6) | |||||||||||||
| Net interest income and net interest margin | $4,512 | 2.71 | % | $4,586 | 2.88 | % | (17) | |||||||||||
| Net interest income and net interest margin, FTE(1) | $4,521 | 2.72 | % | $4,599 | 2.89 | % | (17) | |||||||||||
| Memo: Total deposits (interest-bearing and demand) | $150,489 | $160 | 0.11 | % | $138,740 | $509 | 0.37 | % | $11,749 | (26) | bps |
(1) Net interest income and net interest margin is presented on FTE basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 21%. The FTE impact is predominantly attributable to commercial and industrial loans for the periods presented.
Net interest income of $4.5 billion decreased $74 million, reflecting a 17 basis point decrease in net interest margin given the lower rate and challenging yield curve environment, partially offset by 5% average interest-earning asset growth, improvements in funding mix and deposit pricing and a higher benefit from PPP loan forgiveness.
Net interest margin on a FTE basis of 2.72% decreased 17 basis points compared to 2.89% in 2020, primarily reflecting the impact of lower interest rates and elevated cash balances given strong deposit flows, partially offset by improved funding mix and deposit pricing and the benefit of PPP forgiveness. Average interest-earning asset yields of 2.90% decreased 45 basis points from 3.35% in 2020, while average interest-bearing liability costs of 0.30% decreased 39 basis points from 0.69% in 2020.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 42 |
Average interest-earning assets of $166.5 billion increased $7.2 billion, or 5%, from 2020, primarily driven by an $8.0 billion increase in total investment securities and interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks, and a $2.3 billion increase in average retail loans, partially offset by a $3.3 billion decrease in average commercial loans. Retail loan growth was driven by education, residential mortgage and automobile, partially offset by other retail and home equity. Commercial decreases were driven by commercial and industrial loans and leases.
Average deposits of $150.5 billion increased $11.7 billion from 2020, as a result of elevated liquidity tied to government stimulus associated with the COVID-19 disruption. Growth in demand deposits, money market accounts, savings, and checking with interest, were partially offset by a decrease in term deposits. Total interest-bearing deposit costs of $160 million decreased $349 million, or 69%, from $509 million in 2020, primarily due to the lower rate environment and strong pricing discipline.
Average total borrowed funds of $7.5 billion decreased $3.7 billion from 2020 reflecting the pay down of senior debt and short-term borrowings given strong customer deposit inflows. Total borrowed funds costs of $179 million decreased $83 million from 2020. Total borrowed funds cost of 2.38% increased 5 basis points from 2.33% in 2020.
| Table 3: Changes in Net Interest Income Due to Average Volume and Average Rate | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||
| 2021 Versus 2020 | |||||
| (in millions) | Average Volume(1) | Average Rate(1) | Net Change | ||
| Interest Income | |||||
| Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks | $10 | ($5) | $5 | ||
| Taxable investment securities | 50 | (82) | (32) | ||
| Total investment securities | 50 | (82) | (32) | ||
| Commercial and industrial | (93) | (90) | (183) | ||
| Commercial real estate | 2 | (60) | (58) | ||
| Leases | (16) | 1 | (15) | ||
| Total commercial | (107) | (149) | (256) | ||
| Residential mortgages | 46 | (51) | (5) | ||
| Home Equity | (26) | (65) | (91) | ||
| Automobile | 40 | (51) | (11) | ||
| Education | 76 | (100) | (24) | ||
| Other retail | (64) | (15) | (79) | ||
| Total retail | 72 | (282) | (210) | ||
| Total loans and leases | (35) | (431) | (466) | ||
| Loans held for sale, at fair value | 16 | (9) | 7 | ||
| Other loans held for sale | (19) | (1) | (20) | ||
| Total interest income | $22 | ($528) | ($506) | ||
| Interest Expense | |||||
| Checking with interest | $3 | ($43) | ($40) | ||
| Money market accounts | 20 | (134) | (114) | ||
| Regular savings | 12 | (43) | (31) | ||
| Term deposits | (107) | (57) | (164) | ||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | (72) | (277) | (349) | ||
| Short-term borrowed funds | (1) | — | (1) | ||
| Long-term borrowed funds | (64) | (18) | (82) | ||
| Total borrowed funds | (65) | (18) | (83) | ||
| Total interest expense | (137) | (295) | (432) | ||
| Net interest income | $159 | ($233) | ($74) |
(1) Volume and rate changes have been allocated on a consistent basis using the respective percentage changes in average balances and average rates.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 43 |
Noninterest Income
| Table 4: Noninterest Income | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Capital markets fees | $428 | $250 | $178 | 71 | % | ||||||
| Service charges and fees | 409 | 403 | 6 | 1 | |||||||
| Mortgage banking fees | 434 | 915 | (481) | (53) | |||||||
| Card fees | 250 | 217 | 33 | 15 | |||||||
| Trust and investment services fees | 239 | 203 | 36 | 18 | |||||||
| Letter of credit and loan fees | 156 | 140 | 16 | 11 | |||||||
| Foreign exchange and interest rate products | 120 | 120 | — | — | |||||||
| Securities gains, net | 10 | 4 | 6 | 150 | |||||||
| Other income(1) | 89 | 67 | 22 | 33 | |||||||
| Noninterest income | $2,135 | $2,319 | ($184) | (8 | %) |
(1) Includes bank-owned life insurance income and other income for all periods presented.
Noninterest income of $2.1 billion decreased $184 million, or 8%, from 2020, reflecting lower mortgage banking fees partially offset by improved capital markets fees, trust and investment services fees, letter of credit and loan fees, card fees and service charge and fees.
•Capital markets fees increased driven by loan syndication, underwriting, and mergers and acquisitions advisory fees, notably to record levels in the fourth quarter of 2021.
•Trust and investment services fees increased driven by an increase in assets under management from higher equity market levels and strong inflows.
•Letter of credit and loan fees increased reflecting higher commitment fees.
•Card fees and service charges and fees increased largely tied to economic recovery.
•Mortgage banking fees decreased reflecting increased industry capacity and heightened competition resulting in lower gain-on-sale margins.
Noninterest Expense
| Table 5: Noninterest Expense | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Salaries and employee benefits | $2,132 | $2,123 | $9 | 0 | % | ||||||
| Equipment and software | 610 | 565 | 45 | 8 | |||||||
| Outside services | 595 | 553 | 42 | 8 | |||||||
| Occupancy | 333 | 331 | 2 | 1 | |||||||
| Other operating expense | 411 | 419 | (8) | (2) | |||||||
| Noninterest expense | $4,081 | $3,991 | $90 | 2 | % |
Noninterest expense of $4.1 billion increased $90 million, or 2%, compared to 2020, reflecting higher equipment and software given continued investment in technology and outside services tied to growth initiatives.
Provision for Credit Losses
The provision for credit losses is the result of a detailed analysis performed to estimate our ACL. The total provision for credit losses includes the provision for loan and lease losses and the provision for unfunded commitments. Refer to “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonaccrual Loans and Leases” for more information.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 44 |
The credit provision benefit of $411 million reflects strong credit performance and an improving macroeconomic outlook. Net charge-offs of $325 million decreased $368 million from 2020, driven by decreases in commercial and retail of $261 million and $107 million, respectively. The decrease in commercial reflected the economic recovery following the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns, whereas the decrease in retail was due to U.S. Government stimulus programs and strong collateral values in residential real estate and automobile. The combination of the credit provision benefit and net charge-offs resulted in a reduction in our ACL of $736 million in 2021.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense of $658 million increased $417 million from $241 million in 2020. The 2021 effective tax rate of 22.1% increased from 18.5% in 2020, driven by the decreased benefit of tax-advantaged investments on higher pre-tax income. An Underlying effective tax rate of 22.2% in 2021 compared to 19.9% in 2020.
Business Operating Segments
We have two business operating segments: Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. Segment results are derived by specifically attributing managed assets, liabilities, capital and related revenues, provision for credit losses, which at the segment level is equal to net charge-offs, and other expenses. The residual difference between the consolidated provision for credit losses and the business operating segments’ net charge-offs is reflected in Other.
Non-segment operations includes assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses, expenses and income tax expense not attributed to our Consumer or Commercial Banking segments as well as treasury and community development. In addition, Other includes goodwill not directly allocated to a business operating segment and any associated goodwill impairment charges. For impairment testing purposes, we allocate all goodwill to our Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units.
Our capital levels are evaluated and managed centrally; however, capital is allocated on a risk-adjusted basis to the business operating segments to support evaluation of business performance. Because funding and asset liability management is a central function, funds transfer-pricing (“FTP”) methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost of funds used, or credit for the funds provided, to all business operating segment assets, liabilities and capital, respectively, using a matched-funding concept. The residual effect on net interest income of asset/liability management, including the residual net interest income related to the FTP process, is included in Other. We periodically evaluate and refine our methodologies used to measure financial performance of our business operating segments.
Noninterest income and expense are directly attributed to each business operating segment, including fees, service charges, salaries and benefits, and other direct revenues and costs and are respectively accounted for in a manner similar to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Occupancy costs are allocated based on utilization of facilities by each business operating segment. Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally managed operations or business operating segments that directly support another business operating segment’s operations are charged to the applicable business operating segment based on its utilization of those services.
Income tax expense is assessed to each business operating segment at a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Other.
Developing and applying methodologies used to allocate items among the business operating segments is a dynamic process. Accordingly, financial results may be revised periodically as management systems are enhanced, methods of evaluating performance or product lines are updated, or our organizational structure changes.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 45 |
The following table presents certain financial data of our business operating segments. Total business operating segment financial results differ from total consolidated net income. These differences are reflected in Other non-segment operations. See Note 26 in Item 8 for further information.
| Table 6: Selected Financial Data for Business Operating Segments | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| As of and for the Year Ended December 31, | As of and for the Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||
| 2021 | 2020 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Consumer Banking | Commercial Banking | ||||||||
| Net interest income | $3,562 | $3,311 | $1,706 | $1,643 | ||||||
| Noninterest income | 1,223 | 1,655 | 809 | 595 | ||||||
| Total revenue | 4,785 | 4,966 | 2,515 | 2,238 | ||||||
| Noninterest expense | 2,987 | 2,964 | 973 | 860 | ||||||
| Profit before provision for credit losses | 1,798 | 2,002 | 1,542 | 1,378 | ||||||
| Net charge-offs | 185 | 288 | 156 | 398 | ||||||
| Income before income tax expense | 1,613 | 1,714 | 1,386 | 980 | ||||||
| Income tax expense | 410 | 429 | 300 | 206 | ||||||
| Net income | $1,203 | $1,285 | $1,086 | $774 | ||||||
| Average Balances: | ||||||||||
| Total assets | $75,509 | $72,022 | $57,617 | $60,839 | ||||||
| Total loans and leases(1)(2) | 71,126 | 68,237 | 54,734 | 57,935 | ||||||
| Deposits | 100,195 | 91,541 | 44,747 | 40,417 | ||||||
| Interest-earning assets | 72,034 | 68,535 | 55,096 | 58,334 |
(1) Includes LHFS.
(2) The majority of PPP loans are reflected in Consumer Banking in accordance with how they are managed.
Consumer Banking
Net interest income increased $251 million, or 8%, from 2020, driven by the benefit of a $2.9 billion increase in average loans led by residential mortgages, automobile and education, as well as the impact of the PPP loan program. Additionally, higher deposit volumes were offset by improved funding mix and deposit pricing. Noninterest income decreased $432 million, or 26%, from 2020, driven by a decrease in mortgage banking fees attributable to increased industry capacity and heightened competition resulting in lower gain-on-sale margins, partially offset by higher card fees driven by higher debit and credit card volumes given the economic recovery and trust and investment services fees reflecting an increase in assets under management from higher equity market levels and strong net inflows. Noninterest expense increased $23 million, or 1%, from 2020, reflecting higher outside services tied to growth initiatives. Net charge-offs of $185 million decreased $103 million, or 36%, driven by the impact of U.S. Government stimulus programs and forbearance, as well as strong collateral values in residential real estate and automobile.
Commercial Banking
Net interest income of $1.7 billion increased $63 million, or 4%, from 2020, as the $3.2 billion decrease in average loans was offset by improved funding mix and deposit pricing on higher deposit volumes. Noninterest income of $809 million increased $214 million, or 36%, from $595 million in 2020, driven by a record increase in capital markets fees reflecting higher mergers and acquisitions advisory and loan syndication fees. Noninterest expense of $973 million increased $113 million, from $860 million in 2020, driven by higher salaries and employee benefits reflecting revenue-based compensation. Net charge-offs of $156 million decreased $242 million from 2020, reflecting improving economic conditions following the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — 2020 compared with 2019
For a description of our results of operations for 2020, see the “Results of Operations — 2020 compared with 2019” section of Item 7 in our 2020 Form 10-K.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 46 |
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
Securities
| Table 7: Amortized Cost and Fair Value of AFS and HTM Securities | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | |||||||
| (in millions) | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | ||||
| U.S. Treasury and other | $11 | $11 | $11 | $11 | ||||
| State and political subdivisions | 2 | 2 | 3 | 3 | ||||
| Mortgage-backed securities, at fair value: | ||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | 24,607 | 24,442 | 21,954 | 22,506 | ||||
| Other/non-agency | 397 | 405 | 396 | 422 | ||||
| Total mortgage-backed securities, at fair value | 25,004 | 24,847 | 22,350 | 22,928 | ||||
| Collateralized loan obligations, at fair value | 1,208 | 1,207 | — | — | ||||
| Total debt securities available for sale, at fair value | $26,225 | $26,067 | $22,364 | $22,942 | ||||
| Mortgage-backed securities, at cost: | ||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | $1,505 | $1,557 | $2,342 | $2,464 | ||||
| Total mortgage-backed securities, at cost | $1,505 | $1,557 | $2,342 | $2,464 | ||||
| Asset-backed securities, at cost | $737 | $732 | $893 | $893 | ||||
| Total debt securities held to maturity | $2,242 | $2,289 | $3,235 | $3,357 | ||||
| Total debt securities available for sale and held to maturity | $28,467 | $28,356 | $25,599 | $26,299 | ||||
| Equity securities, at fair value | $109 | $109 | $66 | $66 | ||||
| Equity securities, at cost | 624 | 624 | 604 | 604 |
Our securities portfolio is managed to maintain prudent levels of liquidity, credit quality and market risk while achieving returns that align with our overall portfolio management strategy. The portfolio primarily includes high quality, highly liquid investments reflecting our ongoing commitment to maintain strong contingent liquidity levels and pledging capacity. U.S. government-guaranteed notes and GSE-issued mortgage-backed securities represent 92% of the fair value of our debt securities portfolio holdings at December 31, 2021. Holdings backed by mortgages dominate our portfolio and facilitate our ability to pledge those securities to the FHLB for collateral purposes.
The fair value of the AFS debt securities portfolio of $26.1 billion at December 31, 2021 increased $3.1 billion from $22.9 billion at December 31, 2020, including $3.9 billion in portfolio growth, offset by a $736 million reduction in unrealized gains driven by a steepening yield curve. The fair value of the HTM debt securities portfolio decreased $1.1 billion largely reflecting portfolio runoff.
As of December 31, 2021, the portfolio’s average effective duration was 4.3 years compared with 2.7 years as of December 31, 2020, as higher long-term rates drove a decrease in both actual and projected securities prepayment speeds. We manage our securities portfolio duration and convexity risk through asset selection and securities structure, and maintain duration levels within our risk appetite in the context of the broader interest rate risk framework and limits.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 47 |
| Table 8: Amortized Cost of AFS and HTM Securities by Contractual Maturity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| As of December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Distribution of Maturities(1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 Year or Less | After 1 Year Through 5 Years | After 5 Years Through 10 Years | After 10 Years | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | Amount | Yield(2) | ||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and other | $11 | 0.34 | % | $— | — | % | $— | — | % | $— | — | % | $11 | 0.34 | % | |||||||||
| State and political subdivisions | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2 | 2.60 | 2 | 2.60 | ||||||||||||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | 7 | 2.91 | 66 | 2.08 | 1,914 | 2.27 | 22,620 | 2.40 | 24,607 | 2.39 | ||||||||||||||
| Other/non-agency | — | — | — | — | — | — | 397 | 2.81 | 397 | 2.81 | ||||||||||||||
| Collateralized loan obligations | — | — | — | — | 24 | 1.46 | 1,184 | 1.55 | 1,208 | 1.55 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities available for sale | 18 | 1.33 | 66 | 2.08 | 1,938 | 2.26 | 24,203 | 2.37 | 26,225 | 2.36 | ||||||||||||||
| Mortgage-backed securities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities | — | — | — | — | — | — | 1,505 | 2.28 | 1,505 | 2.28 | ||||||||||||||
| Asset-backed securities | — | — | — | — | 737 | 2.94 | — | — | 737 | 2.94 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities held to maturity | — | — | — | — | 737 | 2.94 | 1,505 | 2.28 | 2,242 | 2.49 | ||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities | $18 | 1.33 | % | $66 | 2.08 | % | $2,675 | 2.44 | % | $25,708 | 2.36 | % | $28,467 | 2.37 | % |
(1) Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without incurring penalties.
(2) The weighted-average yield is computed based on a constant effective interest rate over the contractual life of each security and considers the contractual
coupon, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Yields exclude the impact of related hedging derivatives.
Loans and Leases
| Table 9: Composition of Loans and Leases, Excluding LHFS | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | Changes from 2021-2020 | ||||||||||
| (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | $ | % | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial(1) | $44,500 | $44,173 | $327 | 1 | % | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | 14,264 | 14,652 | (388) | (3) | |||||||
| Leases | 1,586 | 1,968 | (382) | (19) | |||||||
| Total commercial | 60,350 | 60,793 | (443) | (1) | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 22,822 | 19,539 | 3,283 | 17 | |||||||
| Home equity | 12,015 | 12,149 | (134) | (1) | |||||||
| Automobile | 14,549 | 12,153 | 2,396 | 20 | |||||||
| Education | 12,997 | 12,308 | 689 | 6 | |||||||
| Other retail | 5,430 | 6,148 | (718) | (12) | |||||||
| Total retail | 67,813 | 62,297 | 5,516 | 9 | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $128,163 | $123,090 | $5,073 | 4 | % |
(1) Includes PPP loans fully guaranteed by the SBA of $787 million and $4.2 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Total loans and leases increased $5.1 billion, or 4%, from $123.1 billion as of December 31, 2020, reflecting a $5.5 billion increase in retail driven by growth in mortgage and automobile, and a $443 million decrease in commercial as underlying growth was more than offset by a $3.4 billion decrease in PPP loans.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 48 |
| Table 10: Fixed and Variable Rate Loans and Leases by Maturity | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | |||||||||
| (in millions) | 1 Year or Less | After 1 Year Through 5 Years | After 5 Years Through 15 Years | After 15 Years | Total Loans and Leases | ||||
| Fixed rate: | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $289 | $2,156 | $760 | $38 | $3,243 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 20 | 189 | 166 | 9 | 384 | ||||
| Leases | 128 | 899 | 521 | — | 1,548 | ||||
| Total commercial fixed rate | 437 | 3,244 | 1,447 | 47 | 5,175 | ||||
| Variable rate: | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | 6,483 | 30,020 | 4,746 | 8 | 41,257 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 3,514 | 9,690 | 675 | 1 | 13,880 | ||||
| Leases | 14 | 21 | 3 | — | 38 | ||||
| Total commercial variable rate(1) | 10,011 | 39,731 | 5,424 | 9 | 55,175 | ||||
| Total commercial | 10,448 | 42,975 | 6,871 | 56 | 60,350 | ||||
| Fixed rate: | |||||||||
| Residential mortgages | 783 | 50 | 1,043 | 13,070 | 14,946 | ||||
| Home equity | 85 | 77 | 276 | 186 | 624 | ||||
| Automobile | 517 | 7,105 | 6,927 | — | 14,549 | ||||
| Education | 247 | 1,160 | 7,569 | 3,067 | 12,043 | ||||
| Other retail | 858 | 2,471 | 45 | 34 | 3,408 | ||||
| Total retail fixed rate | 2,490 | 10,863 | 15,860 | 16,357 | 45,570 | ||||
| Variable rate: | |||||||||
| Residential mortgages | — | 6 | 107 | 7,763 | 7,876 | ||||
| Home equity | 169 | 7 | 940 | 10,275 | 11,391 | ||||
| Automobile | — | — | — | — | — | ||||
| Education | 3 | 155 | 624 | 172 | 954 | ||||
| Other retail | 2,017 | 4 | 1 | — | 2,022 | ||||
| Total retail variable rate | 2,189 | 172 | 1,672 | 18,210 | 22,243 | ||||
| Total retail | 4,679 | 11,035 | 17,532 | 34,567 | 67,813 | ||||
| Total loans and leases | $15,127 | $54,010 | $24,403 | $34,623 | $128,163 |
(1) Includes $16.3 billion of floating-rate commercial loans hedged to fixed rate to manage our exposure to the variability in interest cash flows.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 49 |
Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
The ACL is created through charges to the provision for credit losses in order to provide appropriate reserves to absorb estimated future credit losses in accordance with GAAP. For additional information regarding the ACL, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” and Note 6 in Item 8.
The ACL of $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2021 compared with the ACL of $2.7 billion as of December 31, 2020, reflecting a reserve release of $736 million. For further information, see Note 6.
| Table 11: Allocation of the ALLL | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $555 | 35 | % | $821 | 36 | % | |||
| Commercial real estate | 220 | 11 | 360 | 12 | |||||
| Leases | 46 | 1 | 52 | 1 | |||||
| Total commercial | 821 | 47 | 1,233 | 49 | |||||
| Residential mortgages | 144 | 18 | 141 | 16 | |||||
| Home equity | 82 | 9 | 134 | 10 | |||||
| Automobile | 154 | 12 | 200 | 10 | |||||
| Education | 308 | 10 | 361 | 10 | |||||
| Other retail | 249 | 4 | 374 | 5 | |||||
| Total retail | 937 | 53 | 1,210 | 51 | |||||
| Total loans and leases | $1,758 | 100 | % | $2,443 | 100 | % |
| Table 12: ACL and Related Coverage Ratios by Portfolio | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||||
| 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||
| (in millions) | Loans and Leases | Allowance | Coverage | Loans and Leases | Allowance | Coverage | |||||||
| Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses | |||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $44,500 | $555 | 1.25 | % | $44,173 | $821 | 1.86 | % | |||||
| Commercial real estate | 14,264 | 220 | 1.54 | 14,652 | 360 | 2.46 | |||||||
| Leases | 1,586 | 46 | 2.92 | 1,968 | 52 | 2.67 | |||||||
| Total commercial | 60,350 | 821 | 1.36 | 60,793 | 1,233 | 2.03 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | 22,822 | 144 | 0.63 | 19,539 | 141 | 0.72 | |||||||
| Home equity | 12,015 | 82 | 0.69 | 12,149 | 134 | 1.10 | |||||||
| Automobile | 14,549 | 154 | 1.05 | 12,153 | 200 | 1.65 | |||||||
| Education | 12,997 | 308 | 2.37 | 12,308 | 361 | 2.93 | |||||||
| Other retail | 5,430 | 249 | 4.59 | 6,148 | 374 | 6.07 | |||||||
| Total retail loans | 67,813 | 937 | 1.38 | 62,297 | 1,210 | 1.94 | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $128,163 | $1,758 | 1.37 | % | $123,090 | $2,443 | 1.98 | % | |||||
| Allowance for Unfunded Lending Commitments | |||||||||||||
| Commercial(1) | $153 | 1.61 | % | $186 | 2.33 | % | |||||||
| Retail(2) | 23 | 1.42 | 41 | 2.01 | |||||||||
| Total allowance for unfunded lending commitments | 176 | 227 | |||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses(3) | $128,163 | $1,934 | 1.51 | % | $123,090 | $2,670 | 2.17 | % |
(1) Coverage ratio includes total commercial allowance for unfunded lending commitments and total commercial allowance for loan and lease losses in the numerator and total commercial loans and leases in the denominator.
(2) Coverage ratio includes total retail allowance for unfunded lending commitments and total retail allowance for loan losses in the numerator and total retail loans in the denominator.
(3) Excluding the impact of PPP loans, the ACL Coverage Ratio would have been 1.52% and 2.24% for December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. For more information on the computation of non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Introduction — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 50 |
| Table 13: Nonaccrual Loans and Leases | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $171 | $280 | ($109) | (39 | %) | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | 11 | 176 | (165) | (94) | |||||||
| Leases | 1 | 2 | (1) | (50) | |||||||
| Total commercial | 183 | 458 | (275) | (60) | |||||||
| Residential mortgages(1) | 201 | 167 | 34 | 20 | |||||||
| Home equity | 220 | 276 | (56) | (20) | |||||||
| Automobile | 55 | 72 | (17) | (24) | |||||||
| Education | 23 | 18 | 5 | 28 | |||||||
| Other retail | 20 | 28 | (8) | (29) | |||||||
| Total retail | 519 | 561 | (42) | (7) | |||||||
| Nonaccrual loans and leases | $702 | $1,019 | ($317) | (31 | %) | ||||||
| Nonaccrual loans and leases to total loans and leases | 0.55 | % | 0.83 | % | (28 | bps) | |||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonaccrual loans and leases | 251 | 240 | 11 | % | |||||||
| Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans and leases | 276 | 262 | 14 | % |
(1) Loans fully or partially guaranteed by the FHA, VA or USDA are classified as accruing.
Nonaccrual loans and leases of $702 million as of December 31, 2021 decreased $317 million from December 31, 2020, reflecting a $42 million decrease in retail and a $275 million decrease in commercial. As of December 31, 2021, total commercial nonaccrual loans and leases were 0.3% of the commercial portfolio and decreased from 0.8% at December 31, 2020. Commercial nonaccrual loans and leases decreased through loan sale activity, repayments and charge-offs.
| Table 14: Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans and Leases | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||||
| 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Net Charge-Offs | Average Balance | Ratio | Net Charge-Offs | Average Balance | Ratio | |||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $124 | $43,512 | 0.28 | % | $236 | $46,255 | 0.51 | % | |||||
| Commercial real estate | 22 | 14,515 | 0.15 | 111 | 14,452 | 0.77 | |||||||
| Leases | 18 | 1,742 | 1.06 | 78 | 2,365 | 3.32 | |||||||
| Total commercial | 164 | 59,769 | 0.27 | 425 | 63,072 | 0.67 | |||||||
| Residential mortgages | (3) | 20,636 | (0.01) | 1 | 19,178 | 0.01 | |||||||
| Home equity | (42) | 11,901 | (0.35) | (13) | 12,607 | (0.11) | |||||||
| Automobile | 16 | 12,972 | 0.12 | 63 | 12,064 | 0.52 | |||||||
| Education | 50 | 12,666 | 0.39 | 35 | 11,165 | 0.31 | |||||||
| Other retail | 140 | 5,607 | 2.49 | 182 | 6,458 | 2.82 | |||||||
| Total retail | 161 | 63,782 | 0.25 | 268 | 61,472 | 0.44 | |||||||
| Total loans and leases | $325 | $123,551 | 0.26 | % | $693 | $124,544 | 0.56 | % |
NCOs of $325 million decreased $368 million, or 53%, from $693 million in 2020, driven by decreases in commercial and retail of $261 million and $107 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2021, annualized NCOs as a percentage of total average loans and leases of 0.26% decreased 30 basis points compared to 0.56% in 2020.
The decline in retail NCOs is primarily due to U.S. Government stimulus programs and forbearance, as well as strong collateral values in residential real estate and automobile. The decrease in commercial NCOs reflects the economic recovery following the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns. We continue to assess risks to the recovery, including potential for continuing impacts from COVID-19 variants, challenges in the global supply chain and recent inflationary trends, as well as potential impacts from ending monetary and fiscal stimulus programs. We have maintained a variety of measures to identify and monitor areas of potential risk, including direct outreach to commercial clients and close monitoring of retail credit metrics.
Commercial Loan Asset Quality
Our commercial portfolio consists of traditional commercial and industrial loans, commercial leases and commercial real estate loans. The portfolio is predominantly focused on customers in our footprint and adjacent
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 51 |
states in which we have a physical presence where our local delivery model provides for strong client connectivity. Additionally, we also do business in certain specialized industry sectors on a national basis.
For commercial, we utilize regulatory classification ratings to monitor credit quality. For more information on regulatory classification ratings, see Note 6 in Item 8. The recorded investment in commercial based on regulatory classification ratings is presented below:
| Table 15: Commercial Loans and Leases by Regulatory Classification | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | |||||||||
| Criticized | |||||||||
| (in millions) | Pass | Special Mention | Substandard | Doubtful | Total | ||||
| Commercial and industrial(1) | $42,254 | $809 | $1,294 | $143 | $44,500 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 13,319 | 406 | 528 | 11 | 14,264 | ||||
| Leases | 1,512 | 49 | 24 | 1 | 1,586 | ||||
| Total commercial | $57,085 | $1,264 | $1,846 | $155 | $60,350 |
| December 31, 2020 | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Criticized | |||||||||
| (in millions) | Pass | Special Mention | Substandard | Doubtful | Total | ||||
| Commercial and industrial(1) | $40,878 | $1,583 | $1,464 | $248 | $44,173 | ||||
| Commercial real estate | 13,356 | 804 | 416 | 76 | 14,652 | ||||
| Leases | 1,922 | 33 | 12 | 1 | 1,968 | ||||
| Total commercial | $56,156 | $2,420 | $1,892 | $325 | $60,793 |
(1) Includes $787 million and $4.2 billion of PPP loans designated as pass that are fully guaranteed by the SBA as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Total commercial criticized balances of $3.3 billion as of December 31, 2021 decreased $1.4 billion compared with December 31, 2020. Commercial criticized as a percent of total commercial of 5.4% at December 31, 2021 decreased from 7.6% at December 31, 2020.
Commercial and industrial criticized balances of $2.2 billion, or 5.0% of the total commercial and industrial loan portfolio as of December 31, 2021, decreased from $3.3 billion, or 7.5%, as of December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily driven by repayments and net charge-offs. Commercial and industrial criticized loans represented 69% of total criticized loans as of December 31, 2021 compared to 71% as of December 31, 2020.
Commercial real estate criticized balances of $945 million, or 6.6% of the commercial real estate portfolio as of December 31, 2021, decreased from $1.3 billion, or 8.8%, as of December 31, 2020. The decrease was due to repayments and the migration to Pass for a few borrowers. Commercial real estate accounted for 29% of total criticized loans as of December 31, 2021 compared to 28% as of December 31, 2020.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 52 |
| Table 16: Commercial Loans and Leases by Industry Sector | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Balance | % of Total Loans | Balance | % of Total Loans | |||||
| Finance and insurance | $9,301 | 7 | % | $6,473 | 5 | % | |||
| Health, pharma, and social assistance | 2,912 | 2 | 3,253 | 3 | |||||
| Accommodation and food services | 3,438 | 3 | 3,159 | 3 | |||||
| Professional, scientific, and technical services | 2,665 | 2 | 2,804 | 2 | |||||
| Other manufacturing | 4,087 | 3 | 3,686 | 3 | |||||
| Technology | 4,220 | 3 | 3,546 | 3 | |||||
| Retail trade | 2,237 | 2 | 2,312 | 2 | |||||
| Energy and related | 2,017 | 2 | 2,237 | 2 | |||||
| Wholesale trade | 2,358 | 2 | 1,976 | 2 | |||||
| Arts, entertainment, and recreation | 1,189 | 1 | 1,383 | 1 | |||||
| Other services | 2,051 | 2 | 1,360 | 1 | |||||
| Administrative and waste management services | 1,396 | 1 | 1,327 | 1 | |||||
| Transportation and warehousing | 1,147 | 1 | 1,169 | 1 | |||||
| Consumer products manufacturing | 1,192 | 1 | 1,078 | 1 | |||||
| Automotive | 1,172 | 1 | 1,057 | 1 | |||||
| Educational services | 573 | — | 844 | — | |||||
| Chemicals | 896 | 1 | 736 | — | |||||
| Real estate and rental and leasing | 739 | — | 734 | — | |||||
| All other(2) | 123 | — | 884 | 1 | |||||
| Total commercial and industrial | 43,713 | 34 | 40,018 | 32 | |||||
| Real estate and rental and leasing | 12,773 | 10 | 13,167 | 11 | |||||
| Accommodation and food services | 605 | — | 749 | 1 | |||||
| Finance and insurance | 624 | 1 | 498 | — | |||||
| All other(2) | 262 | — | 238 | — | |||||
| Total commercial real estate | 14,264 | 11 | 14,652 | 12 | |||||
| Total leases | 1,586 | 1 | 1,968 | 2 | |||||
| Total commercial(1)(3) | $59,563 | 46 | % | $56,638 | 46 | % |
(1) During 2021, our industry sectors were re-aligned to better reflect sector management and associated risks. Prior period has been adjusted to conform with the current period presentation.
(2) Deferred fees and costs are reported in All other.
(3) Excludes PPP loans of $787 million and $4.2 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Retail Loan Asset Quality
For retail loans, we utilize credit scores provided by FICO which are generally refreshed on a quarterly basis and the loan’s payment and delinquency status to monitor credit quality. Management believes FICO credit scores are considered the strongest indicator of credit losses over the contractual life of the loan as the scores are based on current and historical national industry-wide consumer level credit performance data, and assist management in predicting the borrower’s future payment performance. The largest portion of the retail portfolio is represented by borrowers located in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions, although we have continued to lend selectively in areas outside the footprint primarily in auto finance and education lending.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 53 |
| Table 17: Retail Loan Portfolio Analysis | |||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Days Past Due and Accruing | Days Past Due and Accruing | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Current | 30-59 | 60-89 | 90+ | Nonaccrual(2) | Current | 30-59 | 60-89 | 90+ | Nonaccrual(2) | ||||||||||||
| Residential mortgages(1) | 96.03 | % | 0.45 | % | 0.23 | % | 2.41 | % | 0.88 | % | 98.64 | % | 0.28 | % | 0.08 | % | 0.15 | % | 0.85 | % | |
| Home equity | 97.75 | 0.32 | 0.10 | — | 1.83 | 97.13 | 0.44 | 0.16 | — | 2.27 | |||||||||||
| Automobile | 98.45 | 0.90 | 0.27 | — | 0.38 | 97.68 | 1.29 | 0.44 | — | 0.59 | |||||||||||
| Education | 99.45 | 0.26 | 0.10 | 0.01 | 0.18 | 99.48 | 0.25 | 0.10 | 0.02 | 0.15 | |||||||||||
| Other retail | 98.18 | 0.74 | 0.42 | 0.29 | 0.37 | 98.32 | 0.63 | 0.46 | 0.13 | 0.46 | |||||||||||
| Total retail | 97.69 | % | 0.51 | % | 0.20 | % | 0.83 | % | 0.77 | % | 98.29 | % | 0.54 | % | 0.21 | % | 0.06 | % | 0.90 | % |
(1) 90+ days past due and accruing includes $544 million and $21 million of loans fully or partially guaranteed by the FHA, VA, and USDA at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
(2) Beginning in 2021, nonaccrual loans and leases are no longer aged relative to their delinquency status. Prior period has been adjusted to conform with the current period presentation.
For more information on the aging of accruing and nonaccrual retail loans, see Note 6 in Item 8.
| Table 18: Retail Asset Quality Metrics | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | ||||
| Average refreshed FICO for total portfolio | 768 | 771 | |||
| CLTV ratio for secured real estate(1) | 56 | % | 60 | % | |
| Nonaccrual retail loans as a percentage of total retail | 0.77 | % | 0.90 | % |
(1) The real estate secured portfolio CLTV is calculated as the mortgage and second lien loan balance divided by the most recently available value of the property.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
TDR is the classification given to a loan that has been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial hardship that we would not otherwise make. TDRs typically result from our loss mitigation efforts and are undertaken in order to improve the likelihood of recovery and continuity of the relationship. Our loan modifications are handled on a case-by-case basis and are negotiated to achieve mutually agreeable terms that maximize loan collectability and meet our borrower’s financial needs. The types of concessions include interest rate reductions, term extensions, principal forgiveness and other modifications to the structure of the loan that fall outside our lending policy. Depending on the specific facts and circumstances of the customer, restructuring can involve loans moving to nonaccrual, remaining on nonaccrual, or remaining on accrual status.
In the first quarter of 2020, we adopted the CARES Act and interagency guidance issued by the bank regulatory agencies which provide that COVID-19-related modifications to retail and commercial loans that met certain eligibility criteria are exempt from classification as a TDR. We generally do not consider payment deferrals and forbearance plans established due to the COVID-19 pandemic and under the CARES Act to be TDRs. Relief provisions granted under the CARES Act, including the TDR classification exemption for certain eligible loans, expired on December 31, 2021, and therefore any subsequent COVID-19-related loan modifications will likely be classified as TDRs.
TDRs generally return to accrual status once repayment capacity and appropriate payment history can be established. TDRs are individually evaluated for impairment and loans, once classified as TDRs, remain classified as TDRs until paid off, sold or refinanced at market terms. For additional information regarding TDRs, see Note 6 in Item 8.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 54 |
| Table 19: Accruing and Nonaccrual Troubled Debt Restructurings | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | |||||||||||||
| As a % of Accruing TDRs | |||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Accruing | 30-89 Days Past Due | 90+ Days Past Due | Nonaccrual | Total | ||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $196 | — | % | — | % | $74 | $270 | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | 1 | — | — | 9 | 10 | ||||||||
| Total commercial | 197 | — | — | 83 | 280 | ||||||||
| Residential mortgages(1) | 295 | 2.9 | 12.0 | 42 | 337 | ||||||||
| Home equity | 183 | 0.6 | — | 74 | 257 | ||||||||
| Automobile | 8 | 0.2 | — | 22 | 30 | ||||||||
| Education | 112 | 0.5 | 0.1 | 11 | 123 | ||||||||
| Other retail | 20 | 0.2 | — | 2 | 22 | ||||||||
| Total retail | 618 | 4.5 | 12.1 | 151 | 769 | ||||||||
| Total | $815 | 4.5 | % | 12.1 | % | $234 | $1,049 |
| December 31, 2020 | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| As a % of Accruing TDRs | |||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Accruing | 30-89 Days Past Due | 90+ Days Past Due | Nonaccrual | Total | ||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $134 | 0.1 | % | — | % | $97 | $231 | ||||||
| Commercial real estate | 26 | — | — | — | 26 | ||||||||
| Total commercial | 160 | 0.1 | — | 97 | 257 | ||||||||
| Residential mortgages(1) | 172 | 2.1 | 2.0 | 43 | 215 | ||||||||
| Home equity loans | 221 | 1.0 | — | 83 | 304 | ||||||||
| Automobile | 13 | 0.4 | — | 33 | 46 | ||||||||
| Education | 116 | 0.5 | 0.3 | 10 | 126 | ||||||||
| Other retail | 25 | 0.2 | — | 2 | 27 | ||||||||
| Total retail | 547 | 4.2 | 2.3 | 171 | 718 | ||||||||
| Total | $707 | 4.3 | % | 2.3 | % | $268 | $975 |
(1) Includes $98 million and $14 million in 90+ days past due and accruing that are fully or partially guaranteed by the FHA, VA, and USDA at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Deposits
| Table 20: Composition of Deposits | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Demand | $49,443 | $43,831 | $5,612 | 13 | % | ||||||
| Money market accounts | 47,216 | 48,569 | (1,353) | (3) | |||||||
| Checking with interest | 30,409 | 27,204 | 3,205 | 12 | |||||||
| Regular savings | 22,030 | 18,044 | 3,986 | 22 | |||||||
| Term deposits | 5,263 | 9,516 | (4,253) | (45) | |||||||
| Total deposits | $154,361 | $147,164 | $7,197 | 5 | % |
Total deposits as of December 31, 2021, increased $7.2 billion, or 5%, driven by growth in demand, checking with interest and savings, partially offset by a decrease in money market accounts and terms deposits. Citizens Access®, our national digital platform, attracted $4.4 billion of deposits through December 31, 2021, down from $5.9 billion as of December 31, 2020.
Total estimated uninsured deposits, including demand, checking with interest, savings, money market accounts and term deposits, are $77.9 billion and $73.4 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 55 |
| Table 21: Term Deposits in Excess of the FDIC Insurance Limit by Remaining Maturity | |
|---|---|
| (in millions) | December 31, 2021 |
| Three months or less | $1,054 |
| After three months through six months | 57 |
| After six months through twelve months | 49 |
| After twelve months | 32 |
| Total term deposits(1) | $1,192 |
(1) Includes term deposits per account in excess of $250,000.
Borrowed Funds
| Table 22: Summary of Short-Term Borrowed Funds | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | Change | Percent | |||||||
| Securities sold under agreements to repurchase | $1 | $231 | ($230) | (100 | %) | ||||||
| Other short-term borrowed funds | 73 | 12 | 61 | NM | |||||||
| Total short-term borrowed funds | $74 | $243 | ($169) | (70 | %) |
Our advances, lines of credit and letters of credit from the FHLB are collateralized primarily by residential mortgages and home equity products at least sufficient to satisfy the collateral maintenance level established by the FHLB. The utilized borrowing capacity for FHLB advances and letters of credit was $2.3 billion and $3.2 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our remaining available FHLB borrowing capacity was $15.9 billion and $13.9 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We can also borrow from the FRB discount window to meet short-term liquidity requirements. Collateral, including certain loans, is pledged to support this borrowing capacity. At December 31, 2021, our unused secured borrowing capacity was approximately $63.0 billion, which includes unencumbered securities, FHLB borrowing capacity, and FRB discount window capacity.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 56 |
| Table 23: Summary of Long-Term Borrowed Funds | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, | ||||
| (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | ||
| Parent Company: | ||||
| 2.375% fixed-rate senior unsecured debt, due July 2021(1) | $— | $350 | ||
| 4.150% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due September 2022(2)(3) | 168 | 182 | ||
| 3.750% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due July 2024(2)(3) | 90 | 159 | ||
| 4.023% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due October 2024(2)(3) | 17 | 25 | ||
| 4.350% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due August 2025(2)(3) | 133 | 193 | ||
| 4.300% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due December 2025(2)(3) | 336 | 450 | ||
| 2.850% fixed-rate senior unsecured notes, due July 2026 | 498 | 497 | ||
| 2.500% fixed-rate senior unsecured notes, due February 2030 | 298 | 297 | ||
| 3.250% fixed-rate senior unsecured notes, due April 2030 | 745 | 745 | ||
| 3.750% fixed-rate reset subordinated debt, due February 2031(2) | 69 | — | ||
| 4.300% fixed-rate reset subordinated debt, due February 2031(2) | 135 | — | ||
| 4.350% fixed-rate reset subordinated debt, due February 2031(2) | 60 | — | ||
| 2.638% fixed-rate subordinated debt, due September 2032(3) | 550 | 543 | ||
| CBNA’s Global Note Program: | ||||
| 2.550% senior unsecured notes, due May 2021 | — | 1,003 | ||
| 3.250% senior unsecured notes, due February 2022 | 700 | 716 | ||
| 0.845% floating-rate senior unsecured notes, due February 2022(4) | 300 | 299 | ||
| 0.932% floating-rate senior unsecured notes, due May 2022(4) | 250 | 250 | ||
| 2.650% senior unsecured notes, due May 2022 | 503 | 510 | ||
| 3.700% senior unsecured notes, due March 2023 | 512 | 527 | ||
| 1.170% floating-rate senior unsecured notes, due March 2023(4) | 250 | 249 | ||
| 2.250% senior unsecured notes, due April 2025 | 746 | 746 | ||
| 3.750% senior unsecured notes, due February 2026 | 524 | 551 | ||
| Additional Borrowings by CBNA and Other Subsidiaries: | ||||
| Federal Home Loan Bank advances, 0.852% weighted average rate, due through 2041 | 19 | 19 | ||
| Other | 29 | 35 | ||
| Total long-term borrowed funds | $6,932 | $8,346 |
(1) Notes were redeemed on June 28, 2021.
(2) December 31, 2021 balances reflect the February 2021 completion of $265 million in private exchange offers for five series of outstanding subordinated notes whereby participants received newly issued 3.750%, 4.300%, and 4.350% fixed-rate reset subordinated notes due 2031 which are redeemable by the Company five years prior to their maturity. See “Capital and Regulatory Matters-Regulatory Capital Ratios and Capital Composition” for additional information.
(3) December 31, 2020 balances reflect the September 2020 completion of (i) $621 million in private exchange offers for five series of outstanding subordinated notes whereby participants received a combination of the Company’s newly issued 2.638% fixed-rate subordinated notes due 2032 and an additional cash payment and (ii) $11 million in related cash tender offers whereby validly tendered and accepted subordinated notes were purchased by Citizens and subsequently cancelled.
(4) Rate disclosed reflects the floating rate as of December 31, 2021, or final floating rate as applicable.
Long-term borrowed funds of $6.9 billion as of December 31, 2021 decreased $1.4 billion from December 31, 2020, as strong deposit flows allowed for significantly lower levels of borrowings.
The Parent Company’s long-term borrowed funds as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 included principal balances of $3.2 billion and $3.5 billion, respectively, and unamortized deferred issuance costs and/or discounts of $80 million and $90 million, respectively. CBNA and other subsidiaries’ long-term borrowed funds as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 included principal balances of $3.8 billion and $4.8 billion, respectively, with unamortized deferred issuance costs and/or discounts of $7 million and $11 million, respectively, and hedging basis adjustments of $42 million and $112 million, respectively. See Note 14 in Item 8 for further information about our hedging of certain long-term borrowed funds.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 57 |
CAPITAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS
As a bank holding company and a financial holding company, we are subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB. Our banking subsidiary, CBNA, is a national banking association whose primary federal regulator is the OCC. Our regulation and supervision continues to evolve as the legal and regulatory frameworks governing our operations continue to change. For more information, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1.
Tailoring of Prudential Requirements
Under the FRB’s Tailoring Rules, Category IV firms, such as us, are subject to biennial supervisory stress testing and are exempt from company-run stress testing and related disclosure requirements. The FRB supervises Category IV firms on an ongoing basis, including evaluation of the capital adequacy and capital planning processes during off-cycle years. Annually, the FRB requires us to submit a capital plan approved by our board of directors or one of its committees. On April 2, 2021, we submitted our 2021 Capital Plan to the FRB under the FRB’s 2021 CCAR process. For more information, see the “Tailoring of Prudential Requirements” section in Item 1.
Under the FRB’s Capital Plan Rule, a firm must update and resubmit its capital plan prior to the next annual submission date under certain circumstances, which includes a material change in the firm’s risk profile, financial condition or corporate structure since its last capital plan submission. On July 28, 2021, we announced an agreement to acquire Investors, requiring us to resubmit our capital plan to the FRB. We submitted our updated capital plan on September 15, 2021.
Under the stress capital buffer (“SCB”) framework, the FRB will not object to capital plans on quantitative grounds and each firm is required to maintain capital ratios above the sum of its minimum and SCB requirements to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments.
Effective April 5, 2021, the FRB adopted a final rule to make conforming changes to its Capital Plan Rule and stress capital buffer and capital planning requirements to be consistent with the Tailoring Rules framework. Under the final rule, for Category IV firms, like us, the SCB will be re-calibrated with each biennial supervisory stress test and updated annually to reflect our planned common stock dividends. In addition, Category IV firms may elect to participate in the supervisory stress test and receive an updated SCB requirement in a year in which they are not subject to the supervisory stress test. We did not elect to participate in the 2021 supervisory stress test and on August 5, 2021, the FRB announced that our SCB will remain unchanged at 3.4% from October 1, 2021 through September 30, 2022.
In light of the heightened uncertainty related to the COVID-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns, the FRB took certain actions to preserve capital at banks beginning in the third quarter of 2020 through the second quarter of 2021. Beginning July 1, 2021, the FRB lifted all temporary restrictions on capital distributions and authorized firms, like us, that are on a two-year cycle and not subject to supervisory stress testing in 2021 to make capital distributions that are consistent with the regulatory capital rules, including normal restrictions under the FRB stress capital buffer framework. In addition, we temporarily suspended share repurchases in connection with entering into the agreement to acquire Investors. We resumed share repurchases after the Investors shareholder vote on November 19, 2021. In January 2021, our board of directors authorized us to repurchase up to $750 million of our common stock, of which $455 million is available as of December 31, 2021. All future capital distributions are subject to consideration and approval by our board of directors prior to execution. The timing and amount of future dividends and share repurchases will depend on various factors, including our capital position, financial performance, risk-weighted assets, capital impacts of strategic initiatives, market conditions and regulatory considerations.
Regulations relating to capital planning, regulatory reporting, stress testing and capital buffer requirements applicable to firms like us are presently subject to rule-making and potential further guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. We will continue to evaluate the impact of these and any other prudential regulatory changes, including their potential resultant changes in our regulatory and compliance costs and expenses.
For more information, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section in Item 1.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 58 |
Capital Framework
Under the current U.S. Basel III capital framework, we and our banking subsidiary, CBNA, must meet the following specific minimum requirements: CET1 capital ratio of 4.5%, tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, total capital ratio of 8.0% and tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. As a bank holding company, our SCB of 3.4% is imposed on top of the three minimum risk-based capital ratios listed above and a CCB of 2.5% is imposed on top of the three minimum risk-based capital ratios listed above for our banking subsidiary.
Under the U.S. Basel III rules, the CET1 deduction threshold for MSRs, certain deferred tax assets and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions is 25%. As of December 31, 2021, we did not meet the threshold for these additional capital deductions. MSRs or certain deferred tax assets not deducted from CET1 capital are assigned a 250% risk weight and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions not deducted from CET1 capital are assigned an exposure category risk weight.
In reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic, the FRB and the other federal banking regulators adopted a final rule relative to regulatory capital treatment of ACL under CECL. This rule allowed electing banking organizations to delay the estimated impact of CECL on regulatory capital for a two-year period ending January 1, 2022, followed by a three-year transition period ending January 1, 2025 to phase-in the aggregate amount of the capital benefit provided during the initial two-year delay. As of December 31, 2021, the aggregate capital benefit provided during the initial two-year delay was $384 million.
| Table 24: Regulatory Capital Ratios Under the U.S. Basel III Standardized Rules | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Required Minimum plus Required Buffer for Non-Leverage Ratios(1)(2) | ||||||
| (in millions, except ratio data) | Amount | Ratio | ||||
| December 31, 2021 | ||||||
| CET1 capital | $15,656 | 9.9 | % | 7.9 | % | |
| Tier 1 capital | 17,670 | 11.1 | 9.4 | |||
| Total capital | 20,244 | 12.7 | 11.4 | |||
| Tier 1 leverage | 17,670 | 9.7 | 4.0 | |||
| Risk-weighted assets | 158,831 | |||||
| Quarterly adjusted average assets | 181,800 | |||||
| December 31, 2020 | ||||||
| CET1 capital | $14,607 | 10.0 | % | 7.9 | % | |
| Tier 1 capital | 16,572 | 11.3 | 9.4 | |||
| Total capital | 19,602 | 13.4 | 11.4 | |||
| Tier 1 leverage | 16,572 | 9.4 | 4.0 | |||
| Risk-weighted assets | 146,781 | |||||
| Quarterly adjusted average assets | 175,370 |
(1) Required “Minimum Capital ratio” for 2021 and 2020 are: Common equity tier 1 capital of 4.5%; Tier 1 capital of 6.0%; Total capital of 8.0%; and Tier 1 leverage of 4.0%.
(2) “Minimum Capital ratios” include a stress capital buffer of 3.4%; N/A to Tier 1 leverage.
At December 31, 2021, our CET1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital ratios were 9.9%, 11.1% and 12.7%, respectively, as compared with 10.0%, 11.3% and 13.4%, respectively, as of December 31, 2020. The CET1 capital ratio decreased as $12.1 billion of risk-weighted asset (“RWA”) growth, and the impact of dividends and common share repurchases as described in “—Capital Transactions” below, a decrease in the modified CECL transitional amount and increases in goodwill and intangibles as a result of acquisitions were mostly offset by net income for the year ended December 31, 2021. The tier 1 capital ratio decreased due to the changes in CET1 capital described above and the redemption of Series A Preferred Stock offset by the issuance of Series G Preferred Stock described in “—Capital Transactions” below. The total capital ratio decreased due to the changes in CET1 and tier 1 capital described above combined with the net change in AACL and a decrease in qualifying subordinated debt resulting from haircut provisions partially offset by the subordinated debt exchange offer in the first quarter of 2021, as described in “—Capital Transactions” below. At December 31, 2021, our CET1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital ratios were approximately 200 basis points, 170 basis points and 130 basis points, respectively, above their regulatory minimums plus our SCB. All ratios remained well above the U.S. Basel III minimums.
Regulatory Capital Ratios and Capital Composition
CET1 capital under U.S. Basel III Standardized rules totaled $15.7 billion at December 31, 2021, an increase from $14.6 billion at December 31, 2020, driven by net income for the year ended December 31, 2021
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 59 |
offset by dividends, common share repurchases, a decrease in the modified CECL transitional amount and increases in goodwill and intangibles as a result of acquisitions. Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2021 totaled $17.7 billion, reflecting a $1.1 billion increase from $16.6 billion at December 31, 2020, driven by the changes in CET1 capital and the issuance of Series G Preferred Stock, partially offset by the redemption of Series A Preferred Stock. Total capital of $20.2 billion at December 31, 2021 increased $642 million from December 31, 2020, driven by the changes in CET1 and tier 1 capital, partially offset by the net change in AACL and a decrease in qualifying subordinated debt.
RWA totaled $158.8 billion at December 31, 2021, based on U.S. Basel III Standardized rules, up $12.1 billion from December 31, 2020. This increase was driven by higher commercial loans, automobile loans, commercial commitments, bank-owned life insurance, residential mortgages, agency securities, MSRs, education loans and other retail commitments. These RWA increases were partially offset by lower derivative valuations and other retail loans.
As of December 31, 2021, the tier 1 leverage ratio was 9.7%, up from 9.4% at December 31, 2020 driven by higher tier one capital, partially offset by the $6.4 billion increase in quarterly adjusted average assets.
| Table 25: Capital Composition Under the U.S. Basel III Capital Framework | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | ||
| Total common stockholders’ equity | $21,406 | $20,708 | ||
| Exclusions: | ||||
| Modified CECL transitional amount | 384 | 568 | ||
| Net unrealized (gains)/losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: | ||||
| Debt and equity securities | 156 | (380) | ||
| Derivatives | 160 | 11 | ||
| Unamortized net periodic benefit costs | 349 | 429 | ||
| Deductions: | ||||
| Goodwill | (7,116) | (7,050) | ||
| Deferred tax liability associated with goodwill | 383 | 379 | ||
| Other intangible assets | (66) | (58) | ||
| Total common equity tier 1 | 15,656 | 14,607 | ||
| Qualifying preferred stock | 2,014 | 1,965 | ||
| Total tier 1 capital | 17,670 | 16,572 | ||
| Qualifying subordinated debt(1) | 1,138 | 1,204 | ||
| Allowance for credit losses | 1,934 | 2,670 | ||
| Exclusions from tier 2 capital: | ||||
| Modified AACL transitional amount | (498) | (682) | ||
| Excess allowance for credit losses(2) | — | (162) | ||
| Adjusted allowance for credit losses | $1,436 | $1,826 | ||
| Total capital | $20,244 | $19,602 |
(1) As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the amount of non-qualifying subordinated debt excluded from regulatory capital was $420 million and $348 million, respectively.
(2) Excess allowance represents the amount excluded from tier 2 capital that is in excess of 1.25% of risk weighted assets, excluding market risk.
On February 11, 2021, we completed $265 million in private exchange offers for five series of outstanding subordinated notes. Exchange offer participants received newly-issued fixed-rate reset subordinated notes due 2031 which are redeemable by us five years prior to their maturity. These subordinated debt exchange offers will benefit our tier 2 and total capital going forward by increasing the amount of subordinated debt eligible for inclusion in tier 2 capital without increasing the aggregate principal amount of subordinated debt outstanding. See Note 13 for more details on our outstanding subordinated debt.
Capital Adequacy Process
Our assessment of capital adequacy begins with our board-approved risk appetite and risk management framework. This framework provides for the identification, measurement and management of material risks. Capital requirements are determined for actual and forecasted risk portfolios using applicable regulatory capital methodologies. The assessment also considers the possible impacts of approved and proposed changes to regulatory capital requirements. Key analytical frameworks, including stress testing, which enable the assessment of capital adequacy versus unexpected loss under a variety of stress scenarios, supplement our base
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 60 |
line forecast. A governance framework supports our capital planning process, including capital management policies and procedures that document capital adequacy metrics and limits, as well as our Capital Contingency Plan and the active engagement of both the legal-entity boards and senior management in oversight and decision-making.
Forward-looking assessments of capital adequacy feed development of a single capital plan covering us and our banking subsidiary that is periodically submitted to the FRB. We prepare this plan in full compliance with the FRB’s Capital Plan Rule and we participate annually in the FRB’s horizontal capital review, which is the FRB’s assessment of specific capital planning areas as part of their normal supervisory process.
Capital Transactions
We completed the following capital actions during 2021:
•Repurchased $95 million of our outstanding common stock in the first quarter and $200 million of our outstanding common stock in the fourth quarter;
•Redeemed all outstanding shares of 5.500% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock in the third quarter;
•Issued 300,000 shares of 4.000% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual Series G Preferred Stock at an aggregate offering price of $300 million in the second quarter;
•Completed $265 million of subordinated debt private exchange offers in the first quarter;
•Declared and paid quarterly common stock dividends of $0.39 per share for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2021, aggregating to $670 million;
•Declared a quarterly dividend of $10.49 per share in the first quarter of 2021 and $10.50 per share in the second quarter of 2021 on the 5.500% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock, aggregating to $5 million;
•Declared semi-annual dividends of $30.00 per share in the second and fourth quarters of 2021 on the 6.000% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series B Preferred Stock, aggregating to $18 million;
•Declared quarterly dividends of $15.94 per share on the 6.375% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series C Preferred Stock, aggregating to $19 million;
•Declared quarterly dividends of $15.88 per share on the 6.350% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series D Preferred Stock, aggregating to $18 million;
•Declared quarterly dividends of $12.50 per share on the 5.000% fixed-rate non-cumulative perpetual Series E Preferred Stock, aggregating to $23 million;
•Declared quarterly dividends of $14.13 per share on the 5.650% fixed-rate non-cumulative perpetual Series F Preferred Stock, aggregating to $23 million; and
•Declared quarterly dividends of $12.78 per share in the third quarter of 2021 and $10.00 per share in the fourth quarter of 2021 on the 4.000% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual Series G Preferred Stock, aggregating to $7 million.
Banking Subsidiary’s Capital
| Table 26: CBNA's Capital Ratios Under the U.S. Basel III Standardized Rules | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions, except ratio data) | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||
| CET1 capital | $17,039 | 10.7 | % | $16,032 | 10.9 | % | |||
| Tier 1 capital | 17,039 | 10.7 | 16,032 | 10.9 | |||||
| Total capital | 19,600 | 12.4 | 18,980 | 13.0 | |||||
| Tier 1 leverage | 17,039 | 9.4 | 16,032 | 9.2 | |||||
| Risk-weighted assets | 158,550 | 146,558 | |||||||
| Quarterly adjusted average assets | 181,268 | 174,954 |
CBNA’s CET1 and tier 1 capital totaled $17.0 billion at December 31, 2021, up $1.0 billion from $16.0 billion at December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by net income for the year ended December 31,
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 61 |
2021, partially offset by dividend payments to the Parent Company and a decrease in the modified CECL transitional amount. Total capital was $19.6 billion at December 31, 2021, an increase of $620 million from $19.0 billion at December 31, 2020, driven by the change in CET1 capital, partially offset by the net change in AACL.
CBNA’s RWA totaled $158.6 billion at December 31, 2021, up $12.0 billion from December 31, 2020. This increase was driven by higher commercial loans, automobile loans, commercial commitments, bank-owned life insurance, residential mortgages, agency securities, MSRs, education loans and other retail commitments. These RWA increases were partially offset by lower derivative valuations and other retail loans.
As of December 31, 2021, the CBNA tier 1 leverage ratio increased to 9.4% from 9.2% at December 31, 2020, driven by higher tier one capital, partially offset by the $6.3 billion increase in quarterly adjusted average assets.
LIQUIDITY
Liquidity is defined as our ability to meet our cash-flow and collateral obligations in a timely manner, at a reasonable cost. An institution must maintain operating liquidity to meet its expected daily and forecasted cash-flow requirements, as well as contingent liquidity to meet unexpected (stress scenario) funding requirements. Reflecting the importance of meeting all unexpected and stress-scenario funding requirements, we identify and manage contingent liquidity, consisting of cash balances at the FRB, unencumbered high-quality liquid securities and unused FHLB borrowing capacity. Separately, we also identify and manage asset liquidity as a subset of contingent liquidity, consisting of cash balances at the FRB and unencumbered high-quality liquid securities. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity fundamental to our health and strength. We manage liquidity at the consolidated enterprise level and at each material legal entity, including at the Parent Company and CBNA level.
Parent Company Liquidity
Our Parent Company’s primary sources of cash are dividends and interest received from CBNA as a result of investing in bank equity and subordinated debt as well as externally issued preferred stock, senior and subordinated debt. Uses of cash include the routine cash flow requirements as a bank holding company, including periodic share repurchases and payments of dividends, interest and expenses; the needs of subsidiaries, including CBNA for additional equity and, as required, its need for debt financing; and the support for extraordinary funding requirements when necessary. To the extent the Parent Company has relied on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest.
During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Parent Company completed the following transactions:
•Redeemed all outstanding shares of 5.50% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock;
•Issued 300,000 shares of 4.00% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual Series G Preferred Stock at an aggregate offering price of $300 million; and
•Redeemed $350 million of 2.375% fixed-rate senior unsecured debt due July 2021.
For further information on outstanding debt and preferred stock, see Note 13 and Note 17 in Item 8.
During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Parent Company declared dividends on common stock of $670 million and $672 million, respectively, and declared dividends on preferred stock of $113 million and $107 million, respectively. In addition, the Parent Company repurchased $295 million and $270 million of its outstanding common stock, respectively.
Our Parent Company’s cash and cash equivalents represent a source of liquidity that can be used to meet various needs and totaled $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2021 compared with $2.7 billion as of December 31, 2020. The Parent Company’s double-leverage ratio (the combined equity investment in Parent Company subsidiaries divided by Parent Company equity) is a measure of reliance on equity cash flows from subsidiaries to fund Parent Company obligations. At December 31, 2021, the Parent Company’s double-leverage ratio was 98.5%.
CBNA Liquidity
As CBNA’s primary business involves taking deposits and making loans, a key role of liquidity management is to ensure that customers have timely access to funds from deposits and for loans. Liquidity management also involves maintaining sufficient liquidity to repay wholesale borrowings, pay operating expenses and support extraordinary funding requirements when necessary. In the ordinary course of business, the liquidity of CBNA is
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 62 |
managed by matching sources and uses of cash. The primary sources of bank liquidity include deposits from our consumer and commercial customers; payments of principal and interest on loans and debt securities; and wholesale borrowings, as needed, and as described under “—Liquidity Risk Management and Governance.” The primary uses of bank liquidity include withdrawals and maturities of deposits; payment of interest on deposits; funding of loans and related commitments; and funding of securities purchases. To the extent that CBNA has relied on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest. For further information on CBNA’s outstanding debt, see Note 13 in Item 8.
On January 14, 2022, CBNA redeemed $1.0 billion of senior notes due February 2022.
Liquidity Risk
We define liquidity risk as the risk that an entity will be unable to meet its payment obligations in a timely manner, at a reasonable cost. Liquidity risk can arise due to contingent liquidity risk and/or funding liquidity risk.
Contingent liquidity risk is the risk that market conditions may reduce an entity’s ability to liquidate, pledge and/or finance certain assets and thereby substantially reduce the liquidity value of such assets. Drivers of contingent liquidity risk include general market disruptions as well as specific issues regarding the credit quality and/or valuation of a security or loan, issuer or borrower and/or asset class.
Funding liquidity risk is the risk that market conditions and/or entity-specific events may reduce an entity’s ability to raise funds from depositors and/or wholesale market counterparties. Drivers of funding liquidity risk may be idiosyncratic or systemic, reflecting impediments to operations and/or damaged market confidence.
Factors Affecting Liquidity
Given the composition of assets and borrowing sources, contingent liquidity risk at CBNA would be materially affected by events such as deterioration of financing markets for high-quality securities (e.g., mortgage-backed securities and other instruments issued by the GNMA, FNMA and the FHLMC), by any inability of the FHLBs to provide collateralized advances and/or by a refusal of the FRB to act as a lender of last resort in systemic stress.
Similarly, given the structure of its balance sheet, the funding liquidity risk of CBNA would be materially affected by an adverse idiosyncratic event (e.g., a major loss, causing a perceived or actual deterioration in its financial condition), an adverse systemic event (e.g., default or bankruptcy of a significant capital markets participant), or a combination of both. Consequently, and despite ongoing exposure to a variety of idiosyncratic and systemic events, we view our contingent liquidity risk and our funding liquidity risk to be relatively modest.
An additional variable affecting our access to unsecured wholesale market funds and to large denomination (i.e., uninsured) customer deposits is the credit ratings assigned by such agencies as Moody’s, Standard and Poor’s, and Fitch.
| Table 27: Credit Ratings | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | |||||
| Moody’s | Standard and Poor’s | Fitch | |||
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc.: | |||||
| Long-term issuer | NR | BBB+ | BBB+ | ||
| Short-term issuer | NR | A-2 | F1 | ||
| Subordinated debt | NR | BBB | BBB | ||
| Preferred Stock | NR | BB+ | BB | ||
| Citizens Bank, National Association: | |||||
| Long-term issuer | Baa1 | A- | BBB+ | ||
| Short-term issuer | NR | A-2 | F1 | ||
| Long-term deposits | A1 | NR | A- | ||
| Short-term deposits | P-1 | NR | F1 |
NR = Not Rated
Changes in our public credit ratings could affect both the cost and availability of our wholesale funding. As a result, and in order to maintain a conservative funding profile, CBNA continues to minimize reliance on
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 63 |
unsecured wholesale funding. At December 31, 2021, our wholesale funding consisted primarily of term debt issued by the Parent Company and CBNA.
Existing and evolving regulatory liquidity requirements represent another key driver of systemic liquidity conditions and liquidity management practices. The FRB, the OCC, and the FDIC regularly evaluate our liquidity as part of the overall supervisory process. In addition, we are subject to existing and evolving regulatory liquidity requirements, some of which are subject to further rulemaking, guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. For further discussion, see the “Regulation and Supervision — Tailoring of Prudential Requirements” and “—Liquidity Requirements” sections in Item 1.
Liquidity Risk Management and Governance
Liquidity risk is measured and managed by the Funding and Liquidity unit within our Treasury unit in accordance with policy guidelines promulgated by our Board and the Asset Liability Committee. In managing liquidity risk, the Funding and Liquidity unit delivers regular and comprehensive reporting, including current levels versus threshold limits for a broad set of liquidity metrics and early warning indicators, explanatory commentary relating to emerging risk trends and, as appropriate, recommended remedial strategies.
Our Funding and Liquidity unit’s primary goals are to deliver and maintain prudent levels of operating liquidity to support expected and projected funding requirements, contingent liquidity to support unexpected funding requirements resulting from idiosyncratic, systemic and combination stress events, and regulatory liquidity requirements in a timely manner from stable and cost-efficient funding sources. We seek to accomplish this goal by funding loans with stable deposits; by prudently controlling dependence on wholesale funding, particularly short-term unsecured funding; and by maintaining ample available liquidity, including a contingent liquidity buffer of unencumbered high-quality loans and securities. As of December 31, 2021:
•Organically generated deposits continue to be our primary source of funding, resulting in a consolidated year-end loans-to-deposits ratio, excluding LHFS, of 83.0%;
•Our cash position, which is defined as our cash balances at the FRB, totaled $7.9 billion;
•Our total available liquidity, comprised of contingent liquidity and available discount window capacity, was approximately $70.9 billion;
•Contingent liquidity was $45.1 billion, consisting of unencumbered high-quality liquid securities of $21.3 billion, unused FHLB capacity of $15.9 billion, and our cash balances at the FRB of $7.9 billion. Asset liquidity, a component of contingent liquidity, was $29.2 billion, consisting of our cash balances at the FRB of $7.9 billion and unencumbered high-quality liquid securities of $21.3 billion;
•Available discount window capacity, defined as available total borrowing capacity from the FRB based on identified collateral, is secured by non-mortgage commercial and retail loans and totaled $25.8 billion. Use of this borrowing capacity would be considered only during exigent circumstances; and
•For a summary of our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, see the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in Item 8.
The Funding and Liquidity unit monitors a variety of liquidity and funding metrics and early warning indicators and metrics, including specific risk thresholds limits. These monitoring tools are broadly classified as follows:
•Current liquidity sources and capacities, including cash balances at the FRB, free and liquid securities, and secured FHLB borrowing capacity;
•Liquidity stress sources, including idiosyncratic, systemic and combined stresses, in addition to evolving regulatory requirements; and
•Current and prospective exposures, including secured and unsecured wholesale funding, and spot and cumulative cash-flow gaps across a variety of horizons.
Further, certain of these metrics are monitored individually for CBNA and for our consolidated enterprise on a daily basis, including cash position, unencumbered securities, asset liquidity, and available FHLB borrowing capacity. In order to identify emerging trends and risks and inform funding decisions, specific metrics are also forecasted over a one-year horizon.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 64 |
Contractual Obligations
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contractual obligations that may require future cash payments, including customer deposit maturities and withdrawals, debt service, lease obligations and other cash commitments. For more information regarding these obligations, see Notes 9, 12 and 13 in Item 8.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We engage in a variety of activities that are not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets that are generally referred to as “off-balance sheet arrangements.” For more information on these types of activities, see Note 19 in Item 8.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our audited Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this Report, are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to establish accounting policies and make estimates that affect amounts reported in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
An accounting estimate requires assumptions and judgments about uncertain matters that could have a material effect on our audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Estimates are made using facts and circumstances known at a point in time. Changes in those facts and circumstances could produce results substantially different from those estimates. Our most significant accounting policies and estimates and their related application are discussed below. See Note 1 in Item 8, for further discussion of our significant accounting policies.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The ACL decreased from $2.7 billion at December 31, 2020 to $1.9 billion at December 31, 2021, reflecting a reserve release of $736 million reflecting improvements in our macroeconomic outlook and continued strength in the Home Price Index and used automobile values.
To determine the ACL as of December 31, 2021, we utilized an economic forecast that generally reflects real GDP growth of approximately 1.3% over 2022 and projects the unemployment rate to be in the range of 5.2% to 6.6% throughout 2022. This forecast reflects an overall improved macroeconomic outlook as compared to December 31, 2020, which reflected real GDP growth of approximately 4% over 2021 and unemployment in the range of approximately 7% to 7.5% throughout 2021. While the U.S. economy has continued to improve, with the benefits of vaccination and herd resiliency muting, in part, the ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, uncertainty remains. We continue to utilize our qualitative allowance framework to reassess and adjust ACL reserve levels. Macroeconomic forecast risk, driven by uncertainty around and volatility of key macroeconomic variables, is one of the primary factors influencing our qualitative reserve. As the economic recovery has continued, we have assessed risks to the recovery, including potential for continuing impacts from COVID-19 variants, challenges in the global supply chain, inflationary trends, potential impacts from ending monetary and fiscal stimulus programs, and potential for longer-term changes in workforce and consumer behaviors. We continued to apply management judgment to adjust the modeled reserves in the commercial industry sectors most impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, including CRE office.
Our determination of the ACL is sensitive to changes in forecasted macroeconomic conditions during the reasonable and supportable period. To illustrate the sensitivity, we applied a more pessimistic scenario than that described above which assumes that challenges in acceptance of vaccines and efficacy of vaccines against new strains cause COVID-19-related infections to abate later than in our base case scenario, with concerns rising about resistant strains. Consumer spending is slower to rebound, with businesses reopening more slowly and vacation spending muted. This pessimistic scenario reflects real GDP growth of approximately 1.3% and unemployment in the range of 6.6% to 7.4% over 2022. Excluding consideration of qualitative adjustments, this scenario would result in a quantitative lifetime loss estimate of approximately 1.15x our modeled period-end ACL, or an increase of approximately $170 million. This analysis relates only to the modeled credit loss estimate and not to the overall period-end ACL, which includes qualitative adjustments.
Because several quantitative and qualitative factors are considered in determining the ACL, this sensitivity analysis does not necessarily reflect the nature and extent of future changes in the ACL or even what the ACL would be under these economic circumstances. The sensitivity is intended to provide insights into the impact of adverse changes in the macroeconomic environment and the corresponding impact to modeled loss estimates. The hypothetical determination does not incorporate the impact of management judgment or other
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 65 |
qualitative factors that could be applied in the actual estimation of the ACL and does not imply any expectation of future deterioration in our loss rates.
To provide additional context regarding sensitivity to more pessimistic scenarios, our ACL balance of $1.9 billion represents 22% of the $8.6 billion of nine-quarter losses projected in the Federal Reserve run of the December 2020 Supervisory Severely Adverse scenario, which forecasted more protracted unemployment and GDP declines compared with our ACL calculation. Our ACL calculation also included the impacts of government stimulus.
Comparatively, our ACL represents 38% of the $5.1 billion of projected losses in the Company run results of the Supervisory Severely Adverse scenario. Losses projected under the Company Supervisory Severely Adverse scenario are lower than the Federal Reserve results due to methodology and modeling differences. As an example, the Federal Reserve’s models did not recognize contractual loss sharing arrangements in the merchant loan portfolio. Both the Company and Federal Reserve results include incremental losses associated with loan originations assumed post-December 31, 2020. In contrast, our December 31, 2021 ACL balance considers only existing loans and lines of credit as of the reporting date.
While the economic recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic continues, significant future uncertainty still exists, including the impacts of COVID-19 variants and challenges from vaccine acceptance rates and efficacy against newer strains on consumer sentiment and spending behavior. It remains difficult to estimate how changes in economic forecasts might affect our ACL because such forecasts consider a wide variety of variables and inputs, and changes in the variables and inputs may not occur at the same time or in the same direction, and such changes may have differing impacts by product types. The variables and inputs may be idiosyncratically affected by risks to the recovery, including potential for continuing impacts from COVID-19 variants, challenges in the global supply chain and recent inflationary trends, as well as potential impacts from ending monetary and fiscal stimulus programs. Changes in one or multiple of the key variables may have a material impact to our estimation of expected credit losses.
We continue to monitor the impact of COVID-19 and related fiscal and monetary policy measures on the economy and the resulting potentially material effects on the ACL.
For additional information regarding the ACL, see Note 1 and Note 6 in Item 8.
Fair Value
We measure the fair value of assets and liabilities using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is also used on a recurring and nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain assets for impairment or for financial statement disclosure purposes. Examples of nonrecurring uses of fair value include impairment for certain loans, leases and goodwill. Examples of recurring uses of fair value for financial statement disclosure purposes include disclosure of the fair value of certain financial assets and liabilities accounted for on an amortized cost basis, such as HTM securities. For certain assets or liabilities the application of management judgment in the determination of the fair value is more significant due to the lack of observable market data.
MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. MSRs are classified as Level 3 since the valuation methodology utilizes significant unobservable inputs. The fair value is calculated using a discounted cash flow model which uses assumptions, including weighted-average life, prepayment assumptions and weighted-average option adjusted spread. It is important to note that changes in our assumptions may not be independent of each other; changes in one assumption may result in changes to another (e.g., changes in interest rates, which are inversely correlated to changes in prepayment rates, may result in changes to discount rates). The underlying assumptions and estimated values are corroborated by values received from independent third parties based on their review of the servicing portfolio, and comparisons to market transactions.
For additional information regarding our fair value measurements, see Note 1, Note 4, Note 9, Note 14 and Note 20 in Item 8.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 66 |
RISK GOVERNANCE
We are committed to maintaining a strong, integrated and proactive approach to the management of all risks to which we are exposed in pursuit of our business objectives. A key aspect of our Board’s responsibility as the main decision making body is setting our risk appetite to ensure that the levels of risk that we are willing to accept in the attainment of our strategic business and financial objectives are clearly understood.
To enable our Board to carry out its objectives, it has delegated authority for risk management activities, as well as governance and oversight of those activities, to a number of Board and executive management level risk committees. The Executive Risk Committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for oversight of risk across the enterprise and actively considers our inherent material risks, analyzes our overall risk profile and seeks confirmation that the risks are being appropriately identified, assessed and mitigated. Reporting to the Executive Risk Committee are the following committees covering specific areas of risk: Compliance and Operational Risk Committee, Model Risk Committee, Credit Policy Committee, Asset Liability Committee, Business Initiatives Review Committee, and the Conduct and Ethics Committee.
Risk Framework
Our risk management framework is embedded in our business through a “Three Lines of Defense” model which defines responsibilities and accountabilities for risk management activities.
First Line of Defense
The business lines (including their associated support functions) are the first line of defense and are accountable for identifying, assessing, managing, and controlling the risks associated with the products and services they provide. The business lines are responsible for performing regular risk assessments to identify and assess the material risks that arise in their area of responsibility, complying with relevant risk policies, testing and certifying the adequacy and effectiveness of their operational and financial reporting controls on a regular basis, establishing and documenting operating procedures and establishing and owning a governance structure for identifying and managing risk.
Second Line of Defense
The second line of defense includes independent monitoring and control functions accountable for developing and ensuring implementation of risk and control frameworks and related policies. This centralized risk function is appropriately independent from the business and is accountable for overseeing and challenging our business lines on the effective management of their risks, including credit, market, operational, regulatory, reputational, interest rate, liquidity and strategic risks.
Third Line of Defense
Our Internal Audit function is the third line of defense providing independent assurance with a view of the effectiveness of our internal controls, governance practices, and culture so that risk is managed appropriately for the size, complexity, and risk profile of the organization. Internal Audit has complete and unrestricted access to any and all of our records, physical properties and personnel. Internal Audit issues a report following each internal review and provides an audit opinion to the Board’s Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.
Credit Review reports to the Chief Audit Executive and provides the legal-entity boards, senior management and other stakeholders with independent assurance on the quality of credit portfolios and adherence to agreed Credit Risk Appetite and Credit Policies and processes. In line with its procedures and regulatory expectations, the Credit Review function undertakes a program of portfolio testing, assessing and reporting through four Risk Pillars of Asset Quality, Rating and Data Integrity, Risk Management and Credit Risk Appetite.
Risk Appetite
Risk appetite is a strategic business and risk management tool. We define our risk appetite as the maximum limit of acceptable risk beyond which we could be unable to achieve our strategic objectives and capital adequacy obligations.
Our principal non-market risks include credit, operational, regulatory, reputational, liquidity and strategic risks. We are also subject to certain market risks which include potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Market risk in our business arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including hedging of
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 67 |
interest rates, foreign exchange risk and non-trading activities within capital markets. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report on market risk. We actively manage both trading and non-trading market risks. See “—Market Risk” for further information. Our risk appetite is reviewed and approved annually by the Board Risk Committee.
Credit Risk
Overview
Credit risk represents the potential for loss arising from a customer, counterparty, or issuer failing to perform in accordance with the contractual terms of the obligation. While the majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, we do engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, and trading activities. Given the financial impact of credit risk on our earnings and balance sheet, the assessment, approval and management of credit risk represents a major part of our overall risk-management responsibility.
Objective
The independent Credit Risk Function is responsible for reviewing and approving credit risk appetite across all lines of business and credit products, approving larger and higher risk credit transactions, monitoring portfolio performance, identifying problem credit exposures, and ensuring remedial management.
Organizational Structure
Management and oversight of credit risk is the responsibility of both the business line and the second line of defense. The second line of defense, the independent Credit Risk Function, is led by the Chief Credit Officer who oversees all of our credit risk. The Chief Credit Officer reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Credit Officer, acting in a manner consistent with Board policies, has responsibility for, among other things, the governance process around policies, procedures, risk acceptance criteria, credit risk appetite, limits and authority delegation. The Chief Credit Officer and team also have responsibility for credit approvals for larger and higher risk transactions and oversight of line of business credit risk activities. Reporting to the Chief Credit Officer are the heads of the second line of defense credit functions specializing in: Consumer Banking, Commercial Banking, Citizens Restructuring Management, Portfolio and Corporate Reporting, ALLL Analytics, Current Expected Credit Loss, and Credit Policy and Administration. Each team under these leaders is composed of highly experienced credit professionals.
Governance
The primary mechanisms used to govern our credit risk function are our consumer and commercial credit policies. These policies outline the minimum acceptable lending standards that align with our desired risk appetite. Material changes in our business model and strategies that identify a need to change our risk appetite or highlight a risk not previously contemplated are identified by the individual committees and presented to the Credit Policy Committee, Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee for approval, as appropriate.
Key Management Processes
We employ a comprehensive and integrated risk control program to proactively identify, measure, monitor, and mitigate existing and emerging credit risks across the credit life cycle (origination, account management/portfolio management, and loss mitigation and recovery).
Consumer
On the Consumer Banking side of credit risk, our teams use models to evaluate consumer loans across the life cycle of the loan. Starting at origination, credit scoring models are used to forecast the probability of default of an applicant. When approving customers for a new loan or extension of an existing credit line, credit scores are used in conjunction with other credit risk variables such as affordability, length of term, collateral value, collateral type, and lien subordination.
To ensure proper oversight of the underwriting teams, lending authority is granted by the second line of defense credit risk function to each underwriter. The amount of delegated authority depends on the experience of the individual. We periodically evaluate the performance of each underwriter and annually reauthorize their delegated authority. Only senior members of the second line of defense credit risk team are authorized to approve significant exceptions to credit policies. It is not uncommon to make exceptions to established policies
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 68 |
when compensating factors are present. There are exception limits which, when reached, trigger a comprehensive analysis.
Once an account is established, credit scores and collateral values are refreshed at regular intervals to allow for proactive identification of increasing or decreasing levels of credit risk. Our approach to managing credit risk is highly analytical and, where appropriate, is automated to ensure consistency and efficiency.
Commercial
On the Commercial Banking side of credit risk, risk management begins with defined credit products and policies and is separated into C&I loans, leases and CRE. Within C&I loans and leases there are separate verticals established for certain specialty products (e.g., asset-based lending, leasing, franchise finance, health care, technology and mid-corporate). A “specialty vertical” is a stand-alone team of industry or product specialists. Substantially all activity that falls under the ambit of the defined industry or product is managed through a specialty vertical when one exists. CRE also operates as a specialty vertical.
Commercial transactions are subject to individual analysis and approval at origination and, with few exceptions, are subject to a formal annual review requirement. The underwriting process includes the establishment and approval of credit grades that confirm the PD and LGD. All material transactions then require the approval of both a business line approver and an independent credit approver with the requisite level of delegated authority. The approval level of a particular credit facility is determined by the size of the credit relationship as well as the PD. The checks and balances in the credit process and the independence of the credit approver function are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, facilitate the early recognition of credit problems when they occur, and to provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. All authority to grant credit is delegated through the independent Credit Risk function and is closely monitored and regularly updated.
The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, transaction structure, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. In addition to the credit analysis conducted during the approval process at origination and annual review, our Credit Review group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality of the portfolio and new originations. This group conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans and validate risk ratings, as well as test the consistency of the credit processes and the effectiveness of credit risk management.
The maximum level of credit exposure to individual credit borrowers is limited by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower or related group of borrowers. Concentration risk is managed through limits on industry asset class and loan quality factors. We focus predominantly on extending credit to commercial customers with existing or expandable relationships within our primary markets, although we do engage in lending opportunities outside our primary markets if we believe that the associated risks are acceptable and aligned with strategic initiatives.
Substantially all loans categorized as Classified are managed by a specialized group of credit professionals.
MARKET RISK
Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Modest market risk arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including hedging of interest rate and foreign exchange risk. As described below, more material market risk arises from our non-trading banking activities, such as loan origination and deposit-gathering. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. We actively manage market risk for both non-trading and trading activities.
Non-Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk as a result of non-trading banking activities. This market risk is substantially composed of interest rate risk, as we have no commodity risk and de minimis direct currency and equity risk. We also have market risk related to capital markets loan originations, as well as the valuation of our MSRs.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 69 |
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk emerges from the balance sheet after the aggregation of our assets, liabilities and equity. We refer to this non-trading risk embedded in the balance sheet as “structural interest rate risk” or “interest rate risk in the banking book.”
A major source of structural interest rate risk is a difference in the repricing of assets relative to liabilities and equity. There are differences in the timing and drivers of rate changes reflecting the maturity and/or repricing of assets and liabilities. For example, the rate earned on a commercial loan may reprice monthly with changes in LIBOR, while the rate paid on debt or certificates of deposit may be fixed for a longer period. There may also be differences in the drivers of rate changes. Loans may be tied to a specific index rate such as LIBOR or Prime, while deposits may be only loosely correlated with LIBOR and dependent upon competitive demand. Due to these basis differences, net interest income is sensitive to changes in spreads between certain indices or repricing rates.
Another important source of structural interest rate risk relates to the potential exercise of explicit or embedded options. For example, most consumer loans can be prepaid without penalty and most consumer deposits can also be withdrawn without penalty. The exercise of such options by customers can exacerbate the timing differences discussed above.
A primary source of our structural interest rate risk relates to faster repricing of floating-rate loans relative to core deposit funding. This source of asset sensitivity is more biased toward the short end of the yield curve.
The secondary source of our interest rate risk is driven by longer term rates comprising the rollover or reinvestment risk on fixed-rate loans, as well as prepayment risk on mortgage-related loans and securities funded by non-rate sensitive deposits and equity.
The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control exposure to interest rate risk within policy limits approved by our Board. These limits and guidelines reflect our tolerance for interest rate risk over both short-term and long-term horizons. To ensure that exposure to interest rate risk is managed within our risk appetite, we must measure the exposure and hedge it, as necessary. The Treasury Asset and Liability Management team is responsible for measuring, monitoring and reporting on our structural interest rate risk position. These exposures are reported on a monthly basis to the Asset Liability Committee and at Board meetings.
We measure structural interest rate risk through a variety of metrics intended to quantify both short-term and long-term exposures. The primary method we use to quantify interest rate risk is simulation analysis in which we model net interest income from assets, liabilities and hedge derivative positions under various interest rate scenarios over a three-year horizon. Exposure to interest rate risk is reflected in the variation of forecasted net interest income across the scenarios.
Key assumptions in this simulation analysis relate to the behavior of interest rates and spreads, the changes in product balances and the behavior of loan and deposit clients in different rate environments. The most material of these behavioral assumptions relate to the repricing characteristics and balance fluctuations of deposits with indeterminate (i.e., non-contractual) maturities, as well as the pace of mortgage prepayments. Assessments are periodically made by running sensitivity analyses to determine the impact of key assumptions. The results of these analyses are reported to the Asset Liability Committee.
As the future path of interest rates cannot be known in advance, we use simulation analysis to project net interest income under various interest rate scenarios including a “most likely” (implied forward) scenario, as well as a variety of deliberately extreme and perhaps unlikely scenarios. These scenarios may assume gradual ramping of the overall level of interest rates, immediate shocks to the level of rates and various yield curve twists in which movements in short- or long-term rates predominate. Generally, projected net interest income in any interest rate scenario is compared to net interest income in a base case where market forward rates are realized.
The table below reports net interest income exposures against a variety of interest rate scenarios. Our policies involve measuring exposures as a percentage change in net interest income over the next year due to either instantaneous or gradual parallel changes in rates relative to the market implied forward yield curve. As the following table illustrates, our balance sheet is asset-sensitive; net interest income would benefit from an increase in interest rates, while exposure to a decline in interest rates is within limit. While an instantaneous and
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 70 |
severe shift in interest rates is included in this analysis, we believe that any actual shift in interest rates would likely be more gradual and therefore have a more modest impact.
The table below presents the sensitivity of net interest income to various parallel yield curve shifts from the market implied forward yield curve:
| Table 28: Sensitivity of Net Interest Income | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Estimated % Change in Net Interest Income over 12 Months | |||||
| December 31, | |||||
| Basis points | 2021 | 2020 | |||
| Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates | |||||
| 200 | 19.4 | % | 21.2 | % | |
| 100 | 10.2 | 11.2 | |||
| -25 | (3.0) | (2.7) | |||
| Gradual Change in Interest Rates | |||||
| 200 | 10.1 | % | 10.8 | % | |
| 100 | 5.2 | 5.5 | |||
| -25 | (1.5) | (1.5) |
We continue to manage asset sensitivity within the scope of our policy and changing market conditions. Asset sensitivity against a 200 basis point gradual increase in rates was 10.1% at December 31, 2021, compared with 10.8% at December 31, 2020. Current levels of asset sensitivity continue to provide meaningful upside benefit to net interest income as we enter a period of expected higher short-term policy rates from the Federal Reserve. Changes in interest rates can also affect the risk positions, which impacts the repricing sensitivity or beta of the deposit base as well as the cash flows on assets that allow for early payoff without a penalty. The risk position is managed within our risk limits, and long term view of interest rates through occasional adjustments to securities investments, interest rate swaps and mix of funding.
We use a valuation measure of exposure to structural interest rate risk, Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”), as a supplement to net interest income simulations. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure over a long-term horizon. EVE measures the extent to which the economic value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. The change in value is expressed as a percentage of regulatory capital.
We use interest rate swap contracts to manage the interest rate exposure to variability in the interest cash flows on our floating-rate assets and floating-rate wholesale funding, and to hedge market risk on fixed-rate capital markets debt issuances.
| Table 29: Interest Rate Swap Contracts Used to Manage Non-Trading Interest Rate Exposure | |||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Weighted Average | Weighted Average | ||||||||||||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | Notional Amount | Maturity (Years) | Receive Rate | Pay Rate | Notional Amount | Maturity (Years) | Receive Rate | Pay Rate | |||||||||||
| Cash flow - receive-fixed/pay-variable - conventional ALM(1) | $16,250 | 3.7 | 1.0 | % | 0.1 | % | $12,350 | 1.0 | 1.5 | % | 0.2 | % | |||||||
| Fair value - receive-fixed/pay-variable - conventional debt | 2,200 | 1.3 | 2.5 | 0.2 | 3,200 | 1.7 | 2.1 | 0.2 | |||||||||||
| Cash flow - pay-fixed/receive-variable - conventional ALM(1)(2) | 3,000 | 2.5 | 0.1 | 1.7 | 4,750 | 3.9 | 0.2 | 1.4 | |||||||||||
| Fair value - pay-fixed/receive-variable - conventional ALM(1) | 2,000 | 2.7 | 0.1 | 1.5 | 2,000 | 3.7 | 0.2 | 1.5 | |||||||||||
| Total portfolio swaps | $23,450 | 3.3 | 1.0 | % | 0.4 | % | $22,300 | 2 | 1.2 | % | 0.6 | % |
(1) Asset Liability Management (“ALM”) strategies used to manage interest rate exposures include interest rate swap contracts used to manage exposure to the variability in the interest cash flows on our floating-rate commercial loans and floating-rate wholesale funding, as well as the variability in the fair value of AFS securities.
(2) December 31, 2020 includes $1.8 billion of forward-starting, pay-fixed interest rate swaps that were terminated in the first quarter of 2021.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 71 |
The following table presents the pre-tax net gains (losses) recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income relating to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:
| Table 30: Pre-Tax Gains (Losses) Recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Amounts Recognized for the Year Ended December 31, | ||||
| (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | ||
| Amount of pre-tax net gains (losses) recognized in OCI | ($66) | $130 | ||
| Amount of pre-tax net gains (losses) reclassified from OCI into interest income | 183 | 184 | ||
| Amount of pre-tax net gains (losses) reclassified from OCI into interest expense | (48) | (35) |
(1) Using the interest rate curve at December 31, 2021 with respect to cash flow hedge strategies, we estimate that approximately $36 million will be reclassified from AOCI to net interest income over the next 12 months.
LIBOR Transition
As previously disclosed, many of our lending products, securities, derivatives, and other financial transactions utilize the LIBOR benchmark rate, requiring us to develop plans for its discontinuance. In late 2018, we formed a LIBOR Transition Program (“the Program”) designed to guide the organization through the planned discontinuation of LIBOR. The Program, with direction and oversight from our Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for developing, maintaining and executing against a coordinated strategy to ensure a timely and orderly transition from LIBOR. The Program is structured to address various initiatives including program governance, transition management, communications, exposure management, new alternative reference rate product delivery, risk management, contract remediation, operations and technology readiness, accounting and reporting, as well as tax and regulation impacts. On a quarterly basis we tracked and reviewed the risks associated with the LIBOR transition with a focus on the identification of mitigation actions.
The ARRC recommended that banks be systemically and operationally capable of supporting transactions in alternative reference rates, such as SOFR, by the end of September 2020. Guided by this milestone, we are systemically and operationally prepared to support alternative reference rate transactions. On March 5, 2021, the FCA formally announced the future cessation or loss of representation of the LIBOR benchmark settings currently published by the Intercontinental Exchange (“ICE”) Benchmark Administration. Further, the FCA stated that the 1-week and 2-month U.S. Dollar LIBOR rates will cease as of December 31, 2021 and all other U.S. Dollar LIBOR tenors will cease as of June 30, 2023. With the FRB, OCC, and FDIC (collectively, the agencies) supporting this announcement, the Program adjusted LIBOR transition activities and timelines accordingly. The agencies continue to urge market participants to stop entering into new U.S. Dollar LIBOR contracts as soon as practicable, but no later than the end of 2021. We moved new originations to alternative reference rates over the course of 2021 in anticipation of this deadline. However, our plans for legacy contract remediation now extend through mid-2023 given the FCA announcement. More broadly, program governance remains robust, and progress has been made in the above-outlined initiatives as management continues to closely monitor industry and regulatory developments pertaining to the transition.
Upon commencement of the Program, we conducted an impact assessment to identify all areas that were likely to be impacted by the LIBOR transition. The impact assessment identified where LIBOR-related products, systems, models, policies and procedures existed. We used the assessment results to develop a robust transition roadmap and an implementation plan, which continues to evolve, based on market and regulatory developments. Key LIBOR transition efforts over the course of 2021 include, but are not limited to, the following:
•Upgraded standard form provisions and issued implementation guidance to require use of reference rate fallback language in any new and existing LIBOR contracts in connection with contract amendments made in the ordinary course of business;
•Launched new product issuances with alternative reference rates;
•Completed operational readiness of systems, models, and applications to handle all potential alternative reference rates;
•Remediated legacy contracts that reference non-U.S. Dollar LIBOR in preparation for the December 31, 2021 cessation of LIBOR quotations for non-U.S. Dollar currencies;
•Analyzed existing fallback language in legacy contracts to assess robustness and devise a strategy for those requiring remediation;
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 72 |
•Continued to develop and enhance internet and intranet sites for the LIBOR transition; and
•Participated in industry and ARRC working groups to ascertain market developments and assess the impact to us and our customers.
Capital Markets
A key component of our capital markets activities is the underwriting and distribution of corporate credit facilities to partially finance merger and acquisition transactions for our clients. We have a rigorous risk management process around these activities, including a limit structure capping our underwriting risk, our potential loss, and sub-limits for specific asset classes. Further, the ability to approve underwriting exposure is delegated only to senior level individuals in the credit risk management and capital markets organizations with each transaction adjudicated in the Loan Underwriting Approval Committee.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
We have market risk associated with the value of residential MSRs, which are impacted by various types of inherent risks, including duration, basis, convexity, volatility and yield curve.
As part of our overall risk management strategy relative to the fair market value of the MSRs we enter into various free-standing derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate futures, and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities to economically hedge the changes in fair value. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair value of our MSRs was $1.0 billion and $658 million, respectively, and the total notional amount of related derivative contracts was $11.8 billion and $11.4 billion, respectively. Gains and losses on MSRs and the related derivatives used for hedging are included in mortgage banking fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
As with our traded market risk-based activities, earnings at risk excludes the impact of MSRs. MSRs are captured under our single price risk management framework that is used for calculating a management value at risk that is consistent with the definition used by banking regulators.
Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk primarily through client facilitation activities including derivatives and foreign exchange products, as well as underwriting and market making activities. Exposure is created as a result of changes in interest rates and related basis spreads and volatility, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on a select range of interest rates, foreign exchange, commodities, equity securities, corporate bonds and secondary loan instruments.These securities underwriting and trading activities are conducted through CBNA, CCMI, and JMP.
Client facilitation activities consist primarily of interest rate derivatives, financially settled commodity derivatives and foreign exchange contracts where we enter into offsetting trades with a separate counterparty or exchange to manage our market risk exposure. In addition to the aforementioned activities, we operate trading desks covering secondary loans, corporate bonds, and equity securities; all with the objective to meet secondary liquidity needs of our issuing clients’ transactions and investor clients. We do not engage in any trading activities with the intent to benefit from short-term price differences.
We record these rate and commodity derivatives and foreign exchange contracts as derivative assets and liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Trading assets and liabilities are carried at fair value with income earned related to these activities included in net interest income. Changes in fair value of trading assets and liabilities are reflected in other income, a component of noninterest income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Market Risk Governance
The market risk limit setting process is established in-line with the formal enterprise risk appetite process and policy. This appetite reflects the strategic and enterprise level articulation of opportunities for creating franchise value set to the boundaries of how much market risk to assume. Dealing authorities represent the key control tool in the management of market risk that allows the cascading of the risk appetite throughout the enterprise. A dealing authority sets the operational scope and tolerances within which a business and/or trading desk is permitted to operate, which is reviewed at least annually. Dealing authorities are structured to accommodate client facing trades and hedges needed to manage the risk profile. Primary responsibility for keeping within established tolerances resides with the business. Key risk indicators, including VaR, open foreign
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 73 |
currency positions and single name risk, are monitored on a daily basis and reported against tolerances consistent with our risk appetite and business strategy to relevant business line management and risk counterparts.
Market Risk Measurement
We use VaR as a statistical measure for estimating potential exposure of our traded market risk in normal market conditions. Our VaR framework for risk management and regulatory reporting is the same. Risk management VaR is based on a one day holding period to a 99% confidence level, whereas regulatory VaR is based on a ten-day holding period to the same confidence level. In addition to VaR, non-statistical measurements for measuring risk are employed, such as sensitivity analysis, market value and stress testing.
Our market risk platform and associated market risk and valuation models capture correlation effects across all our “covered positions” and allow for aggregation of market risk across products, risk types, business lines and legal entities. We measure, monitor and report market risk for both management and regulatory capital purposes.
VaR Overview
The market risk measurement model is based on historical simulation. The VaR measure estimates the extent of any fair value losses on trading positions that may occur due to broad market movements (General VaR) such as changes in the level of interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. It is calculated on the basis that current positions remain broadly unaltered over the course of a given holding period. It is assumed that markets are sufficiently liquid to allow the business to close its positions, if required, within this holding period. VaR’s benefit is that it captures the historic correlations of a portfolio. Based on the composition of our “covered positions,” we also use a standardized add-on approach for the loan trading and high yield bond desks’ Specific Risk capital which estimates the extent of any losses that may occur from factors other than broad market movements. The General VaR approach is expressed in terms of a confidence level over the past 500 trading days. The internal VaR measure (used as the basis of the main VaR trading limits) is a 99% confidence level with a one day holding period, meaning that a loss greater than the VaR is expected to occur, on average, on only one day in 100 trading days (i.e., 1% of the time). Theoretically, there should be a loss event greater than VaR two to three times per year. The regulatory measure of VaR is done at a 99% confidence level with a ten-day holding period. The historical market data applied to calculate the VaR is updated on a two-business day lag. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” below for details of our ten-day VaR metrics for the quarters ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, including high, low, average and period end VaR for interest rate and foreign exchange rate risks, as well as total VaR.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 74 |
Market Risk Regulatory Capital
The U.S. banking regulators’ “Market Risk Rule” covers the calculation of market risk capital. For the purposes of the Market Risk Rule, all of our client facing trades and associated hedges maintain a net low risk and do qualify, as “covered positions.” The internal management VaR measure is calculated based on the same population of trades that is utilized for regulatory VaR.
| Table 31: Results of Modeled and Non-Modeled Measures for Regulatory Capital Calculations | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2021 | For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Market Risk Category | Period End | Average | High | Low | Period End | Average | High | Low | |||||||||||||||
| Interest Rate | $2 | $1 | $2 | $— | $2 | $2 | $4 | $— | |||||||||||||||
| Foreign Exchange Currency Rate | — | 1 | 2 | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Credit Spread | 3 | 7 | 10 | 3 | 9 | 10 | 12 | 3 | |||||||||||||||
| Commodity | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| General VaR | 6 | 8 | 10 | 5 | 9 | 8 | 13 | 4 | |||||||||||||||
| Specific Risk VaR | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total VaR | $6 | $8 | $10 | $5 | $9 | $8 | $13 | $4 | |||||||||||||||
| Stressed General VaR | $8 | $9 | $12 | $6 | $13 | $10 | $16 | $6 | |||||||||||||||
| Stressed Specific Risk VaR | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total Stressed VaR | $8 | $9 | $12 | $6 | $13 | $10 | $16 | $6 | |||||||||||||||
| Market Risk Regulatory Capital | $50 | $56 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Specific Risk Not Modeled Add-on | 20 | 14 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| de Minimis Exposure Add-on | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Total Market Risk Regulatory Capital | $70 | $70 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Market Risk-Weighted Assets | $877 | $871 |
Stressed VaR
SVaR is an extension of VaR as it uses a longer historical look-back horizon that is fixed from January 3, 2005. This is done not only to identify headline risks from more volatile periods, but also to provide a counterbalance to VaR which may be low during periods of low volatility. The holding period for profit and loss determination is ten days. In addition to risk management purposes, SVaR is also a component of market risk regulatory capital. We calculate SVaR daily under its own dynamic window regime. In a dynamic window regime, values of the ten-day, 99% VaR are calculated over all possible 260-day periods that can be obtained from the complete historical data set. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” above for details of SVaR metrics, including high, low, average and period end SVaR for the combined portfolio.
Sensitivity Analysis
Sensitivity analysis is the measure of exposure to a single risk factor, such as a one basis point change in rates or credit spread. We conduct and monitor sensitivity on interest rates, basis spreads, foreign exchange exposures, option prices and credit spreads. Whereas VaR is based on previous moves in market risk factors over recent periods, it may not be an accurate predictor of future market moves. Sensitivity analysis complements VaR as it provides an indication of risk relative to each factor irrespective of historical market moves and is an effective tool in evaluating the appropriateness of hedging strategies and concentrations.
Stress Testing
Conducting a stress test of a portfolio consists of running risk models with the inclusion of key variables that simulate various historical or hypothetical scenarios. For historical stress tests, profit and loss results are simulated for selected time periods corresponding to the most volatile underlying returns while hypothetical stress tests aim to consider concentration risk, illiquidity under stressed market conditions and risk arising from our trading activities that may not be fully captured by our other risk measurement methodologies. Hypothetical scenarios also assume that market moves happen simultaneously and no repositioning or hedging activity takes place to mitigate losses as market events unfold. We generate stress tests of our trading positions on a daily basis. For example, we currently include a stress test that simulates a “Lehman-type” crisis scenario by taking the worst 20-trading day peak to trough moves for the various risk factors that go into VaR from that period, and assumes they occurred simultaneously.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 75 |
VaR Model Review and Validation
Market risk measurement models used are independently reviewed and subject to ongoing performance analysis by the model owners. The independent review and validation focuses on the model methodology, market data, and performance. Independent review of market risk measurement models is the responsibility of Citizens’ Model Risk Management and Validation team. Aspects covered include challenging the assumptions used, the quantitative techniques employed and the theoretical justification underpinning them and an assessment of the soundness of the required data over time. Where possible, the quantitative impact of the major underlying modeling assumptions will be estimated (e.g., through developing alternative models). Results of such reviews are shared with our U.S. banking regulators. The market risk models may be periodically enhanced due to changes in market price levels and price action regime behavior. The Market Risk Management and Validation team will conduct internal validation before a new or changed model element is implemented and before a change is made to a market data mapping.
VaR Backtesting
Backtesting is one form of validation of the VaR model and is run daily. The Market Risk Rule requires a comparison of our internal VaR measure to the actual net trading revenue (excluding fees, commissions, reserves, intra-day trading and net interest income) for each day over the preceding year (the most recent 250 business days). Any observed loss in excess of the VaR number is taken as an exception. The level of exceptions determines the multiplication factor used to derive the VaR and SVaR-based capital requirement for regulatory reporting purposes, when applicable. We perform sub-portfolio backtesting as required under the Market Risk Rule, using models approved by our banking regulators, for interest rate, credit spread, and foreign exchange positions.
The following graph shows our daily net trading revenue and total internal, modeled VaR for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Daily VaR Backtesting
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 76 |
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RECONCILIATIONS
For more information on the computation of non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Introduction — Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” included in this Report. The following tables present computations of non-GAAP financial measures representing our “Underlying” results used throughout the MD&A:
Table 32: Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Measures
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions, except share, per share and ratio data) | Ref. | 2021 | 2020 | |||
| Total revenue, Underlying: | ||||||
| Total revenue (GAAP) | A | $6,647 | $6,905 | |||
| Less: Notable items | — | — | ||||
| Total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | B | $6,647 | $6,905 | |||
| Noninterest expense, Underlying: | ||||||
| Noninterest expense (GAAP) | C | $4,081 | $3,991 | |||
| Less: Notable items | 105 | 125 | ||||
| Noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | D | $3,976 | $3,866 | |||
| Pre-provision profit: | ||||||
| Total revenue (GAAP) | A | $6,647 | $6,905 | |||
| Less: Noninterest expense (GAAP) | C | 4,081 | 3,991 | |||
| Pre-provision profit (GAAP) | $2,566 | $2,914 | ||||
| Pre-provision profit, Underlying: | ||||||
| Total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | B | $6,647 | $6,905 | |||
| Less: Noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | D | 3,976 | 3,866 | |||
| Pre-provision profit, Underlying (non-GAAP) | $2,671 | $3,039 | ||||
| Income before income tax expense, Underlying: | ||||||
| Income before income tax expense (GAAP) | E | $2,977 | $1,298 | |||
| Less: Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) related to notable items | (105) | (125) | ||||
| Income before income tax expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | F | $3,082 | $1,423 | |||
| Income tax expense and effective income tax rate, Underlying: | ||||||
| Income tax expense (GAAP) | G | $658 | $241 | |||
| Less: Income tax expense (benefit) related to notable items | (27) | (42) | ||||
| Income tax expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | H | $685 | $283 | |||
| Effective income tax rate (GAAP) | G/E | 22.10 | % | 18.54 | % | |
| Effective income tax rate, Underlying (non-GAAP) | H/F | 22.21 | 19.92 | |||
| Net income, Underlying: | ||||||
| Net income (GAAP) | I | $2,319 | $1,057 | |||
| Add: Notable items, net of income tax benefit | 78 | 83 | ||||
| Net income, Underlying (non-GAAP) | J | $2,397 | $1,140 | |||
| Net income available to common stockholders, Underlying: | ||||||
| Net income available to common stockholders (GAAP) | K | $2,206 | $950 | |||
| Add: Notable items, net of income tax benefit | 78 | 83 | ||||
| Net income available to common stockholders, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L | $2,284 | $1,033 | |||
| Return on average common equity and return on average common equity, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average common equity (GAAP) | M | $21,025 | $20,438 | |||
| Return on average common equity | K/M | 10.49 | % | 4.65 | % | |
| Return on average common equity, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L/M | 10.86 | 5.05 | |||
| Return on average tangible common equity and return on average tangible common equity, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average common equity (GAAP) | M | $21,025 | $20,438 | |||
| Less: Average goodwill (GAAP) | 7,062 | 7,049 | ||||
| Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP) | 54 | 64 | ||||
| Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP) | 381 | 376 | ||||
| Average tangible common equity | N | $14,290 | $13,701 | |||
| Return on average tangible common equity | K/N | 15.44 | % | 6.93 | % | |
| Return on average tangible common equity, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L/N | 15.98 | 7.53 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 77 |
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions, except share, per share and ratio data) | Ref. | 2021 | 2020 | |||
| Return on average total assets and return on average total assets, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average total assets (GAAP) | O | $185,106 | $176,442 | |||
| Return on average total assets | I/O | 1.25 | % | 0.60 | % | |
| Return on average total assets, Underlying (non-GAAP) | J/O | 1.30 | 0.65 | |||
| Return on average total tangible assets and return on average total tangible assets, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average total assets (GAAP) | O | $185,106 | $176,442 | |||
| Less: Average goodwill (GAAP) | 7,062 | 7,049 | ||||
| Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP) | 54 | 64 | ||||
| Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP) | 381 | 376 | ||||
| Average tangible assets | P | $178,371 | $169,705 | |||
| Return on average total tangible assets | I/P | 1.30 | % | 0.62 | % | |
| Return on average total tangible assets, Underlying (non-GAAP) | J/P | 1.34 | 0.67 | |||
| Efficiency ratio and efficiency ratio, Underlying: | ||||||
| Efficiency ratio | C/A | 61.40 | % | 57.80 | % | |
| Efficiency ratio, Underlying (non-GAAP) | D/B | 59.82 | 55.99 | |||
| Operating leverage and operating leverage, Underlying: | ||||||
| (Decrease) increase in total revenue | (3.74) | % | 6.38 | % | ||
| Increase in noninterest expense | 2.25 | 3.73 | ||||
| Operating Leverage | (5.99) | % | 2.65 | % | ||
| (Decrease) increase in total revenue, Underlying (non-GAAP) | (3.74) | % | 6.39 | % | ||
| Increase in noninterest expense, Underlying (non-GAAP) | 2.85 | 2.30 | ||||
| Operating Leverage, Underlying (non-GAAP) | (6.59) | % | 4.09 | % | ||
| Tangible book value per common share: | ||||||
| Common shares - at period end (GAAP) | Q | 422,137,197 | 427,209,831 | |||
| Common stockholders’ equity (GAAP) | $21,406 | $20,708 | ||||
| Less: Goodwill (GAAP) | 7,116 | 7,050 | ||||
| Less: Other intangible assets (GAAP) | 64 | 58 | ||||
| Add: Deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP) | 383 | 379 | ||||
| Tangible common equity | R | $14,609 | $13,979 | |||
| Tangible book value per common share | R/Q | $34.61 | $32.72 | |||
| Net income per average common share - basic and diluted and net income per average common share - basic and diluted, Underlying: | ||||||
| Average common shares outstanding - basic (GAAP) | S | 425,669,451 | 427,062,537 | |||
| Average common shares outstanding - diluted (GAAP) | T | 427,435,818 | 428,157,780 | |||
| Net income per average common share - basic (GAAP) | K/S | $5.18 | $2.22 | |||
| Net income per average common share - diluted (GAAP) | K/T | 5.16 | 2.22 | |||
| Net income per average common share-basic, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L/S | 5.37 | 2.42 | |||
| Net income per average common share-diluted, Underlying (non-GAAP) | L/T | 5.34 | 2.41 | |||
| Dividend payout ratio and dividend payout ratio, Underlying: | ||||||
| Cash dividends declared and paid per common share | U | $1.56 | $1.56 | |||
| Dividend payout ratio | U/(K/S) | 30 | % | 70 | % | |
| Dividend payout ratio, Underlying (non-GAAP) | U/(L/S) | 29 | 65 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Citizens Financial Group, Inc. | 78 |
The following table presents computations of non-GAAP financial measures representing certain metrics excluding the impact of PPP loans used throughout the MD&A:
| Table 33: Reconciliations of Non-GAAP Measures - Excluding PPP | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions, except ratio data) | Ref. | December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | |||
| Allowance for credit losses to total loans and leases, excluding the impact of PPP loans: | ||||||
| Total loans and leases (GAAP) | A | $128,163 | $123,090 | |||
| Less: PPP loans | 787 | 4,155 | ||||
| Total loans and leases, excluding the impact of PPP loans (non-GAAP) | B | $127,376 | $118,935 | |||
| Allowance for credit losses (GAAP) | C | $1,934 | $2,670 | |||
| Allowance for credit losses to total loans and leases (GAAP) | C/A | 1.51 | % | 2.17 | % | |
| Allowance for credit losses to total loans and leases, excluding the impact of PPP loans (non-GAAP) | C/B | 1.52 | % | 2.24 | % |